Rules for Building and Classing - Towmasters: the Master of Towing ...

Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels for Service on Rivers and Intracoastal Waterways 

"#$%& '(" )#*$+*,- .,+ /$.&&*,- 

STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS AND 

INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS 

2007 

American *ureau of S/i00ing 

2ncor0orated 5y Act of 7egislature of 

t/e State of :e;

This Page Intentionally Left Blank

Table of Contents 

"#$%& '(" )#*$+*,- .,+ /$.&&*,- 

STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS AND 

INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS 

/(,1%,1& 

,230456 789 -585:7; *8

.@@%,+*U ? /2=C7:0628 2< 3D5 ,B=V5:08J &P635= 2< 3D5 ?WWF 

"B;56 R6. GSSF "B;56 ......................................................... NSF 

0R ABS !"#$% '(! )"*#+*,- .,+ /#.%%*,- %0$$# 1$%%$#% '(! %$!1*/$ (, !*1$!% 2 *,0!./(.%0.# 3.0$!3.4% . 5667

N o t i c e s a n d G e n e r a l I n f o r m a t i o n 

Notices and General Information 

/(,1%,1& 

*83:29B43028....................................................................................................K 

TABLE 1 Applicable Editions of Booklets Comprising 2007 Rules ..........5 

TABLE 2 Division and Numbering of Rules..............................................5 

/D78J5 ,23045 !200$% ....................................................................................Q 

TABLE 3 Summary of Changes for the 2007 Rules.................................6 

ABS !"#$% '(! )"*#+*,- .,+ /#.%%*,- %0$$# 1$%%$#% '(! %$!1*/$ (, !*1$!% 2 *,0!./(.%0.# 3.0$!3.4% . 5667 ?


Notices and General Information 

Introduction 

For the year 2007 edition of the !"#$% '() *"+#,+-. /-, 0#/%%+-. 12$$# 3$%%$#% '() 1$)4+5$ (- !+4$)% 

/-, 6-2)5(/7%2/# 8/2$)9/:%, 1997, the Rules have been re-organized and re-formatted for the purpose 

of improving their ease of use. In this regard, we advise the users of these Rules of the following 

primary changes. 

1. The year 2007 edition is a complete re-print of the River Rules. 

2. A new numbering system was incorporated into the Rules, in accordance with Table 2, which 

organizes the requirements into JParts,K JChaptersK and JSectionsK. A comparison of the old 

J1997K numbering system versus the new J2007K numbering system is shown in Appendix 1 

as a guide map for users who are familiar with the existing Rules. 

3. The 2007 edition of the Rules becomes effective on 1 January 2007. This more desirable 

effective date was made possible by appropriately revising the schedule of meetings of the 

ABS technical Committees in 1999, and with The Technical Committee meeting during the 

month of May, rather than during the previously traditional month of November. It is 

intended to continue this practice in order for all future editions of the River Rules to continue 

to have an effective date of 1 January. 

4. The effective date of each technical change since 1992 is shown in parenthesis at the end of 

the subsection/paragraph titles within the text of each Part. Unless a particular date and 

month are shown, the years in parentheses refer to the following effective datesV 

; and after 1 January 2000 (and subsequent years) ;?@@A> 15 May 1995 

;?@@@> 12 May 1999 ;?@@B> 9 May 1994 

;?@@C> 13 May 1998 ;?@@D> 11 May 1993 

;?@@E> 19 May 1997 ;?@@ 13 May 1992 

;?@@F> 9 May 1996 

5. The Rule Changes contained in the previously published Notices 1 through 12 to the 1997 

River Rules (together with Corrigenda) have also been incorporated into the text of the 

reformatted 2007 River Rules. These Rule Changes, together with their effective dates, are 

listed for ready reference in Table 3. 

6. Until the next edition of the River Rules is published, Rule Change Notices and/or 

Corrigenda, as necessary, will be published on the ABS website – www.eagle.org – and will 

be available free for downloading. It is not intended at this time to publish hard copies of 

future Rule Change Notices and/or Corrigenda. 

7. The listing of CLASSIFICATION SYMBOLS AND NOTATIONS is available from the ABS 

website www.eagle.org/rules/downloads.html for download. 

ABS !"#$% '(! )"*#+*,- .,+ /#.%%*,- %0$$# 1$%%$#% '(! %$!1*/$ (, !*1$!% 2 *,0!./(.%0.# 3.0$!3.4% . 5667 

K


,230456 789 -585:7; *8

,230456 789 -585:7; *8

! A R T !&'( )* C,-./(/,-0 ,1 C2&00/1/3&(/,- 4S6772898-( (, (:8 ABS R6280 1,' C,-./(/,-0 ,1 C2&00/1/3&(/,-< 

1 

Conditions of Classification 

4S6772898-( (, (:8 ABS R6280 1,' C,-./(/,-0 ,1 C2&00/1/3&(/,-< 

CONTENTS 

CHAPTER 1 Scope and Conditions of Classification ............................11 

S83(/,- ) C2&00/1/3&(/,-===========================================================)3 

S83(/,- 2 C2&00/1/3&(/,- S@9A,20 &-. N,(&(/,-0=====================)C 

S83(/,- 3 R6280 1,' C2&00/1/3&(/,- ===========================================)D 

S83(/,- E S6A9/00/,- ,1 !2&-0 ===============================================)9 

ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS 2 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007 7

"#$% &'() *+,)+,$-+'../ 0)1, 2.'+3

! A R T F , ' 8 H , ' . 

1 

Foreword (1 January 2008) 

4-5 ,#) 6778 )9$,$-+: &'5, ;: -EE-+ 'CC.$>'A$.$,/ -1 ,#) 

>.'%%$1$>',$-+ 5)GD$5)E)+,% $+ ',$-+? E-5) 5)'9$./ ' >-EE-+ KD.) 

-1 ,#) B'5$-D% H2I KD.)% '+9 LD$9)%: '% 'CC5-C5$',). 

"#D%: ,#$% %DCC.)E)+, %C)>$1$)% -+./ ,#) D+$GD) 5)GD$5)E)+,% 'CC.$>'A.) ,- %,)). B)%%).% 1-5 %)5B$>) -+ 

5$B)5% '+9 *+,5'>-'%,'. @',)5@'/%. "#$% %DCC.)E)+, $% '.@'/% ,- A) D%)9 @$,# ,#) '1-5)E)+,$-+)9 

Rules for Conditions of Classification (Part 1). 


"#$% &'() *+,)+,$-+'../ 0)1, 2.'+3

! A R T C : & 7 ( 8 ' ) * S 3 , 7 8 & - . C , - . / ( / , - 0 , 1 C 2 & 0 0 / 1 / 3 & ( / , - 

1 

C I A ! T E R 1 Scope and Conditions of 

Classification 

CONTENTS 

SECTION 1 

Classification........................................................................13 

SECTION 2 

Classification Symbols and Notations...............................15 

) R/K8' S8'K/38========================================================================)C 

3 S783/&2 R6280 =======================================================================)C 

SECTION 3 Rules for Classification .......................................................17 

) A772/3&(/,- ===========================================================================)D 

)=) G8-8'&2 ===========================================================================)D 

)=3 A772/3&(/,- ======================================================================)D 

SECTION 4 

Submission of Plans............................................................19 

) I622 !2&-0=============================================================================)9 

3 M&3:/-8'@ !2&-0 ==================================================================20 

C A../(/,-&2 !2&-0 ===================================================================20 


"#$% &'() *+,)+,$-+'../ 0)1, 2.'+3

! A R T S 8 3 ( / , - ) * C 2 & 0 0 / 1 / 3 & ( / , - 

1 



S E C T I O N 1 Classification (1 January 2008) 

"#) 5)GD$5)E)+,% 1-5 >-+9$,$-+% -1 >.'%%$1$>',$-+ '5) >-+,'$+)9 $+ ,#) %)C'5',): ()+)5$> H2I Rules for 

Conditions of Classification (Part 1). 

H99$,$-+'. 5)GD$5)E)+,% %C)>$1$> ,- %,)). B)%%).% 1-5 %)5B$>) -+ 5$B)5% '+9 $+,5'>-'%,'. @',)5@'/% '5) 

>-+,'$+)9 $+ ,#) 1-..-@$+( I)>,$-+% -1 ,#$% &'5,. 


"#$% &'() *+,)+,$-+'../ 0)1, 2.'+3

! A R T S 8 3 ( / , - 2 * C 2 & 0 0 / 1 / 3 & ( / , - S @ 9 A , 2 0 & - . N , ( & ( / , - 0 

1 



S E C T I O N 2 Classification Symbols and 

Notations (1 January 2008) 

H .$%,$+( -1 =.'%%$1$>',$-+ I/EA-.% '+9 N-,',$-+% 'B'$.'A.) ,- ,#) O@+)5% -1 B)%%).%: -11%#-5) 95$..$+( 

'+9 C5-9D>,$-+ D+$,% '+9 -,#)5 E'5$+) %,5D>,D5)% '+9 %/%,)E%: 1E?. 

"#) 1-..-@$+( +-,',$-+% '5) %C)>$1$> ,- B)%%).% $+,)+9)9 1-5 %)5B$>) -+ 5$B)5% -5 *+,5'>-'%,'. @',)5@'/%. 

1 River Service 

S)%%).% @#$># #'B) A))+ AD$., ,- ,#) %',$%1'>,$-+ -1 ,#) ID5B)/-5% ,- ,#) 2D5)'D ,- ,#) 5)GD$5)E)+,% -1 

,#)%) KD.)%: @#)5) 'CC5-B)9 A/ ,#) =-EE$,,)): @$.. A) >.'%%)9 '+9 9$%,$+(D$%#)9 $+ ,#) Record A/ 

,#) %/EA-.% ! A1: 1-..-@)9 A/ ,#) %)5B$>) .$E$,',$-+ River Service. 

3 Special Rules 

S)%%).% @#$># #'B) A))+ AD$., ,- ,#) %',$%1'>,$-+ -1 ,#) ID5B)/-5% ,- ,#) 2D5)'D ,- ,#) 5)GD$5)E)+,% '% 

>-+,'$+)9 $+ ,#) KD.)% 1-5 %C)>$'. ,/C)% -1 B)%%).% '+9 @#$># '5) 'CC5-B)9 A/ ,#) =-EE$,,)) @$.. A) 

>.'%%)9 '+9 9$%,$+(D$%#)9 $+ ,#) Record A/ ,#) %/EA-.% ! A1 1-..-@)9 A/ 'CC5-C5$',) +-,',$-+ '+9 

%)5B$>) .$E$,',$-+ %D># '% Oil Tank Barge, River Service: Barge, River Service: Towing 

Vessel, River Service: Chemical Tank Barge, River Service: Passenger Vessel, River 

Service: ),>. 


"#$% &'() *+,)+,$-+'../ 0)1, 2.'+3

! A R T S 8 3 ( / , - 3 * R 6 2 8 0 1 , ' C 2 & 0 0 / 1 / 3 & ( / , - 

1 



S E C T I O N 3 Rules for Classification (1 January 

2008) 

1 Application 

1.1 General 

"#)%) KD.)% #'B) A))+ 9)B).-C)9 1-5 A'5()%: ,-@A-',%: >'5(- B)%%).% '+9 C'%%)+()5 B)%%).% $+ %)5B$>) 

-+ E'T-5 5$B)5% '+9 -+ >-++)>,$+( $+,5'>-'%,'. @',)5@'/%. "#)%) KD.)% C5-B$9) 1-5 >)5,'$+ 1)',D5)% 

C)>D.$'5 ,- ,#$% %)5B$>) %D># '% CD%#J,-@$+(: $+,)(5',)9 ,-@% >-+%$%,$+( -1 A'5()% $+ >-+,'>, '+9 

15)GD)+, ,5'+%$,$+( -1 .->3%. U-@)B)5: ,#)/ '5) $+,)+9)9 ,- 'CC./ ,- '+9 E'/ A) D%)9 $+ 

9)B).-CE)+, -1 9)%$(+% 1-5 B)%%).% $+,)+9)9 1-5 %)5B$>) $+ -,#)5 A-9$)% -1 >-EC'5',$B)./ %E--,# 

@',)5. "#)%) KD.)% '5) +-, $+,)+9)9 ,- 'CC./ ,- B)%%).% $+ %)5B$>) -+ ,#) L5)', 0'3)% -1 N-5,# 

HE)5$>': >-'%,@$%) -C)5',$-+: -5 -+ '+/ ->)'+. *+ ,#) 9)%$(+ -1 %).1JC5-C)..)9 B)%%).% $+,)+9)9 ,- 

>'55/ 95/ -5 .$GD$9 >'5(-)%: ,#) '55'+()E)+,% '+9 %>'+,.$+(% $+ @'/ -1 ,#) >'5(- %C'>)% E'/ A) 

,'3)+ 15-E ,#) 'CC5-C5$',) I)>,$-+% 1-5 A'5()%. 

"#)%) 5)GD$5)E)+,% '5) 'CC.$>'A.) ,- ,#-%) 1)',D5)% ,#', '5) C)5E'+)+, $+ +',D5) '+9 >'+ A) 

B)5$1$)9 A/ C.'+ 5)B$)@: >'.>D.',$-+: C#/%$>'. %D5B)/ -5 -,#)5 'CC5-C5$',) E)'+%. H+/ %,',)E)+, 

$+ ,#) KD.)% 5)('59$+( -,#)5 1)',D5)% $% ,- A) >-+%$9)5)9 '% ' (D$9'+>) ,- ,#) 9)%$(+)5: AD$.9)5: -@+)5: 

), '.. 

1.3 Application (2005) 

"#) 'CC.$>',$-+ -1 ,#) KD.)% $%: $+ ()+)5'.: A'%)9 -+ ,#) >-+,5'>, 9',) 1-5 >-+%,5D>,$-+ A),@))+ ,#) 

%#$CAD$.9)5 '+9 ,#) C5-%C)>,$B) -@+)5. V).(.: KD.)% @#$># A)>'E) )11)>,$B) -+ ; WD./ 677X '5) +-, 

'CC.$>'A.) ,- ' B)%%). 1-5 @#$># ,#) >-+,5'>, 1-5 >-+%,5D>,$-+ @'% %$(+)9 -+ Y7 WD+) 677X.Z I)) '.%- 

;J;J[QY -1 ,#) H2I Rules for Conditions of Classification (Part 1). 


"#$% &'() *+,)+,$-+'../ 0)1, 2.'+3

! A R T S 8 3 ( / , - E * S 6 A 9 / 0 0 / , - , 1 ! 2 & - 0 

1 



S E C T I O N 4 Submission of Plans 

1 Hull Plans 

&.'+% %#-@$+( ,#) %>'+,.$+(%: '55'+()E)+,%: '+9 9),'$.% -1 ,#) C5$+>$C'. C'5,% -1 ,#) #D.. %,5D>,D5) -1 

)'># B)%%). ,- A) AD$., D+9)5 %D5B)/ '5) ,- A) %DAE$,,)9 '+9 'CC5-B)9 A)1-5) ,#) @-53 -1 >-+%,5D>,$-+ 

$% >-EE)+>)9. "#)%) C.'+% '5) ,- $+9$>',) >.)'5./ ,#) %>'+,.$+(% '+9 9),'$.% -1 @).9$+(: '+9 ,#)/ '5) 

,- $+>.D9): $1 'CC.$>'A.): %D># C'5,$>D.'5% '% ,#) 9)%$(+ 95'1, '+9 9)%$(+ %C))9. \#)5) C5-B$%$-+ $% ,- 

A) E'9) 1-5 '+/ %C)>$'. ,/C) -1 >'5(- -5 1-5 '+/ )R>)C,$-+'. >-+9$,$-+% -1 .-'9$+(: @#),#)5 $+ A'..'%, 

-5 @$,# >'5(-: C'5,$>D.'5% -1 ,#) @)$(#,% ,- A) >'55$)9 '+9 -1 ,#)$5 9$%,5$AD,$-+ '5) '.%- ,- A) ($B)+. *+ 

()+)5'.: ,#) 1-..-@$+( C.'+% '5) ,- A) %DAE$,,)9 1-5 5)B$)@ -5 5)1)5)+>). 

" S)%%). IC)>$1$>',$-+% 

" L)+)5'. H55'+()E)+, 

" ]$9%#$C I)>,$-+ 

" I>'+,.$+( &5-1$.) 

" 2-,,-E =-+%,5D>,$-+: 4.--5%: L$59)5%: ),>. 

" 45'E$+( 

" K'3) 45'E$+( 

" 2-@ 45'E$+( 

" I,)E 

" *++)5 2-,,-E 

" I#).. &.',$+( 

" ^)>3% 

" "5D%%)% 

" &$..'5% '+9 L$59)5% 

" \',)5,$(#, '+9 ^))C "'+3 2D.3#)'9% 

" I#'1, "D++).% 

" ]'>#$+)5/ ='%$+(%: 2-$.)5: _+($+) '+9 ]'$+ HDR$.$'5/ 4-D+9',$-+% 


Part 1 Conditions of Classification 

Chapter 1 Scope and Condition of Classification 

Section 4 Submission of Plans 1-1-4 

" I,)5+ 45'E$+( 

" I,)5+ 45'E) '+9 KD99)5 

" I#'1, I,5D,% 

" IDC)5%,5D>,D5)% '+9 ^)>3#-D%)% 

" U',>#)% '+9 U',>#J=.-%$+( H55'+()E)+,% 

" S)+,$.',$-+ I/%,)E -+ \)',#)5 ^)>3% 

&.'+% %#-D.9 ()+)5'../ A) %DAE$,,)9 $+ ,5$C.$>',): -+) >-C/ ,- A) 5),D5+)9 ,- ,#-%) E'3$+( ,#) 

%DAE$%%$-+: -+) >-C/ 1-5 ,#) D%) -1 ,#) ID5B)/-5 @#)5) ,#) B)%%). $% A)$+( AD$.,: '+9 -+) >-C/ ,- A) 

5),'$+)9 $+ ,#) H2I ")>#+$>'. -11$>) 1-5 ,#) 5)>-59. H99$,$-+'. >-C$)% E'/ A) 5)GD$5)9 @#)5) ,#) 

5)GD$5)9 ',,)+9'+>) -1 ,#) ID5B)/-5 $% '+,$>$C',)9 ', E-5) ,#'+ -+) .->',$-+. 

3 Machinery Plans 

&.'+% %#-@$+( ,#) A-$.)5: E'$+ C5-CD.%$-+ )+($+): 5)9D>,$-+ ()'5: %#'1,$+( '+9 ,#5D%, A)'5$+( 

1-D+9',$-+% VI)) YJ6J;Q6X -5 YJ6J6Q6;Z: $+>.D9$+( #-.9$+(J9-@+ A-.,%` '.%- E'>#$+)5/ ()+)5'. 

'55'+()E)+,: $+%,'..',$-+ '+9 )GD$CE)+, C.'+% '% 5)1)5)+>)9 $+ &'5, [: '5) ,- A) %DAE$,,)9 '+9 

'CC5-B)9 A)1-5) C5->))9$+( @$,# ,#) @-53. 

5 Additional Plans 

\#)5) >)5,$1$>',$-+ D+9)5 ;J;JXQY -5 ;J;JXQX -1 ,#) H2I Rules for Conditions of Classification 

(Part 1) $% 5)GD)%,)9: %DAE$%%$-+ -1 '99$,$-+'. C.'+% '+9 >'.>D.',$-+% E'/ A) 5)GD$5)9. 

20 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS 2 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007

! A R T ! & ' ( 2 * + & ( , ' - & . / & 0 1 2 , . 1 - 0 3 

2 

Materials and Welding 

!"# %&'#(#&'#&) *++,-#). /01 Rules for Materials and Welding (Part 2), 2+3 4)##-4. %3+&4. *3+&5#4. 

#)6.. %4 )+ *# 3#2#33#' )+. !"%4 *++,-#) 6+&4%4)4 +2 )"# 2+--+8%&9 :";()#34< 

Rules for Testing and Certification of Materials 

CHAPTER 1 Materials for Hull Construction 

CHAPTER 2 Materials for Equipment 

CHAPTER 3 Materials for Machinery, Boilers, Pressure Vessels, and 

Piping 

APPENDIF 1 List of Destructive and Nondestructive Tests Required in 

Part 2, Chapters 1, 2 and 3 and Responsibility for Verifying 

APPENDIF 4 Scheme for the Approval of Rolled Hull Structural Steel 

Manufacturer 

APPENDIF 5 Scheme for the Approval of Manufacturers of Hull 

Structural Steels Intended for Welding with High Heat 

Input 

APPENDIF 6 Guide for Nondestructive Examination of Marine Steel 

Castings 

APPENDIF 7 Guide for Nondestructive Examination of Hull and 

Machinery Steel Forgings 

Rules for Welding and Fabrication 

CHAPTER 4 Welding and Fabrication 

APPENDIF 2 Requirements for the Approval of Filler Metals 

APPENDIF 3 Application of Filler Metals to ABS Steels 


!"%4 =;9# >&)#&)%+&;--? @#2) 0-;&,

P A R T P a r t 3 * H u l l C o n s t r u c t i o n a n d E q u i p m e n t 

3 

Hull Construction and Equipment 

CONTENTS 

CHAPTER 1 General..................................................................................25 

Section 1 Definitions ...............................................................27 

Section 2 General Requirements............................................31 

CHAPTER 2 Hull Structures and Arrangements.....................................35 

Section 1 

Tank Barges............................................................41 

Section 2 Dry Cargo Barges ...................................................65 

Section 3 

Barges Intended to Carry Dangerous Chemical 

Cargoes in Bulk.......................................................85 

Section 4 Towboats ................................................................91 

Section 5 Passenger Vessels ...............................................101 

Section 6 

Weld Design..........................................................119 

CHAPTER 3 Subdivision and Stability ..................................................129 


CHAPTER 4 Fire Safety Measures .........................................................143 


CHAPTER 5 Equipment...........................................................................153 


CHAPTER 6 Testing, Trials & Surveys During Construction – Hull ...159 

Section 1 Tank and Bulkhead Tightness Testing .................161 

Section 2 Trials .....................................................................163 

Section 3 Surveys .................................................................165 

ABS RUL%S FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING ST%%L 1%SS%LS FOR S%R1IC% ON RI1%RS 2 INTRACOASTAL WAT%RWAYS ! 2007 23


P A R T C h a p t e r 1 * G e n e r a l 

3 

C H A P T E R 1 General 

CONTENTS 

SECTION 1 

Definitions.............................................................................27 

1 Application ...........................................................................27 

3 Length ..................................................................................27 

3.1 Barges.............................................................................27 

3.3 Self-Propelled Vessels .................................................... 27 

5 Breadth ................................................................................27 

7 Depth ...................................................................................27 

9 Design Draft .........................................................................27 

11 Baseline ...............................................................................28 

13 Truss ....................................................................................28 

15 Amidships ............................................................................28 

17 Block Coefficient (C " ) ...........................................................28 

19 Double Ended Rake Barge ..................................................28 

21 Oil.........................................................................................28 

23 Passenger............................................................................28 

25 Superstructure .....................................................................28 

27 Cargo Area...........................................................................29 

29 Cargo Pump Room ..............................................................29 

31 Weathertight.........................................................................29 

33 Gross Tonnage ....................................................................29 

35 Units.....................................................................................29 

SECTION 2 

General Requirements.........................................................31 

1 Materials ..............................................................................31 

1.1 Steel................................................................................31 

1.3 Aluminum Alloys..............................................................31 

1.5 Design Consideration......................................................31 

1.7 Guidance for Repair ........................................................ 31 

1.9 Materials Containing Asbestos........................................ 31 

3 Scantlings ............................................................................32 

3.1 General ...........................................................................32 

3.3 Workmanship ..................................................................32 


5 Proportions...........................................................................32 

7 Structural Sections...............................................................32 

7.1 Required Section Modulus ..............................................32 

7.3 Serrated Sections............................................................32 

9 Structural Design Details .....................................................33 

9.1 General............................................................................33 

9.3 Termination of Structural Members .................................33 

26 ABS RUL%S FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING ST%%L 1%SS%LS FOR S%R1IC% ON RI1%RS 2 INTRACOASTAL WAT%RWAYS ! 2007

P A R T S e c t i o n 1 * D e f i n i t i o n s 

3 


S E C T I O N 1 Definitions 

1 Application 

Unless specified otherwise, the following definitions apply in all cases where reference is made in 

these Rules, Tables and equations. 

3 Length 

3.1 Barges 

L is the distance, in meters (feet), measured on the centerline between the inside surfaces of the 

head log plates at each end. For barges of special form such as those having rounded ends or with 

wells or recesses in the ends, the length for the purpose of these Rules is to be specially determined. 

3.3 Self-Propelled Vessels 

L is the overall distance, in meters (feet), measured on the centerline, between the inside surfaces of 

the shell plates at each end. 

5 Breadth 

The breadth B, is the greatest horizontal distance, in meters (feet), between the inner surfaces of the 

side shell plating. 

7 Depth 

The depth D, is the vertical distance, in meters (feet), measured at the middle of L from the base line 

to the under surface of the deck plating at the side of the vessel. 

9 Design Draft 

The design draft ', is the vertical distance, in meters (feet), measured at the middle of L from the 

baseline to the deepest design waterline. 


Part 3 Hull Construction and Equipment 

Chapter 1 General 

Section 1 Definitions 3-1-1 

11 Baseline 

The B()*+,-* is a horizontal line extending through the upper surface of the bottom shell plating at the 

centerline. 

13 Truss 

A T/0)) is a system of internal framing members comprised of top and bottom chords extending either 

longitudinally or transversely in association with regularly spaced stanchions and diagonals. A single 

laced truss is one having diagonal bracing in only one direction in each space between stanchionsH 

a double laced truss is one having diagonal bracing in both directions in each space. 

15 Amidships 

Amidships is the middle of the length L. 

17 Block Coefficient (C " ) 

The B+123 C1*44,2,*-5 6C " 7, is given by 

C " I #$JLB' 

where # is the volume of molded displacement, excluding appendages, in cubic meters (cubic feet). 

19 Double Ended Rake Barge 

21 Oil 

A D10"+* E-'*' R(3* B(/:* is a barge with similar rakes at each end and fitted with towing bitts 

arranged in such a manner that the barge in normal circumstances may be towed from either end. 

Each end of barges with this configuration is to be considered as the forward end in the application of 

these Rules. 

As used in these Rules, the term O,+ refers to petroleum products having flash points at or below 60%C 

(140%F), (closed cup test). 

23 Passenger 

A */)5/0250/* is a decked structure on the freeboard deck extending from side to side of the barge 

or vessel, or with the side plating not being inboard of the shell plating more than 0.04B. 




Section 1 Definitions 3-1-1 

27 Cargo Area 

The C(/:1 A/*( is that part of a barge that contains cargo tanks, slop tanks and cargo pump rooms 

and includes ballast and void spaces, cofferdams and pump rooms adQacent to cargo tanks and also 

deck areas throughout the entire length and breadth of that part of the barge over the above mentioned 

spaces. In chemical and liquefied gas tank barges having independent cargo tanks installed in hold 

spaces, cofferdams or ballast or void spaces aft of the aftermost hold space bulkhead or forward of the 

forward-most hold space bulkhead are excluded from the cargo area. 

29 Cargo Pump Room 

A C(/:1 R11@ is a space containing pumps and their accessories for the handling of the cargo. 

31 Weathertight 

A*(5B*/5,:B5 means that in any sea conditions water will not penetrate into the vessel. 

33 Gross Tonnage 

For vessels in domestic service, gross tonnage is the national gross tonnage as specified by the country 

in which the vessel is to be registered. For vessels which are engaged in international voyages, gross 

tonnage is to be determined by the International Convention on Tonnage Measurement of Ships, 1969. 

35 Units 

These Rules are written in two systems of units, i.e., MKS units and US customary units. Each 

system is to be used independently of any other system. 

Unless indicated otherwise, the format of presentation in the Rules of the two systems of units is as 

followsW 

MKS units (US customary units) 


This Page Intentionally Left Blank 


P A R T S e c t i o n 2 * G e n e r a l R e q u i r e m e n t s 

3 


S E C T I O N 2 General Requirements 

1 Materials 

1.1 Steel 

These Rules are intended for barges and vessels of welded construction using steels complying with 

the requirements of Chapters 1 and 2 of the ABS R0+*) 41/ C(5*/,(+) (-' A*+',-: 6



Section 2 General Requirements 3-1-2 

3 Scantlings 

3.1 General 

Sections having appropriate section moduli or areas, in accordance with their functions in the structure 

as stiffeners, columns or combinations of both, are to be adopted, due regard being given to the 

thickness of all parts of the sections to provide a proper margin for corrosion. It may be required that 

calculations be submitted in support of resistance to buckling for any part of the vesselZs structure. 

3.3 Workmanship 

All workmanship is to be of commercial marine quality and acceptable to the Surveyor. Welding is to 

be in accordance with the requirements of Section 3-2-6. The Surveyors are to satisfy themselves that 

all operators to be employed in the construction of barges and vessels to be classed are properly 

qualified in the type of work proposed and in the proper use of the welding processes and procedures 

to be followed. 

5 Proportions 

In general, these Rules are valid for vessels having lengths not exceeding 30 times their depth, and 

breadths not exceeding 6 times their depth. Vessels with other proportions will be specially considered. 

7 Structural Sections 

7.1 Required Section Modulus 

The scantling requirements of these Rules are applicable to structural angles, channels, bars, and 

rolled or built-up sections. The required section modulus of members such as girders, webs, etc, 

supporting frames and stiffeners is to be obtained with an effective width of plating basis as described 

below, unless otherwise noted. The section modulus is to include the structural member in association 

with an effective width of plating equal to one-half the sum of the spacing on each side of the member 

or 33] of the unsupported span !, whichever is less. For girders and webs along hatch openings, an 

effective breadth of plating equal to one-half the spacing or 16.5] of the unsupported span !, 

whichever is less, is to be used. Where channel construction is adopted, as illustrated in 3-2-1JFigure 5 

and 3-2-2JFigure 5, the required section modulus is to be obtained solely by the channel. 

The required section modulus of frames and stiffeners is assumed to be provided by the stiffener and 

one frame space of the plating to which it is attached. . For bars or shapes which are not attached to 

the plating, the section modulus is to be obtained in the member only. It may be required that 

calculations be submitted in support of the resistance to buckling of longitudinals. 

7.3 Serrated Sections 

Serrated sections may be used for girders, webs, frames and stiffeners, but the depth of the member is 

not to be less than 2 times the depth of any cutout. The cutouts are to be arranged to provide regularly 

spaced points of contact with the plating sufficient to obtain the welding required. Where supporting 

members are cut out for framing and stiffening members, the depth of the cutout should not exceed 

50] of the depth of the supporting member. 




Section 2 General Requirements 3-1-2 

9 Structural Design Details 

9.1 General 

The designer shall give consideration to the followingW 

9.1.1 

9.1.2 

9.1.3 

9.1.4 

The thickness of internals in locations susceptible to rapid corrosion. 

The proportions of built-up members to comply with established standards for buckling strength. 

The design of structural details, such as noted below, against the harmful effects of stress 

concentrations and notchesW 

,7 Details of the ends, the intersections of members and associated brackets. 

,,7 Shape and location of air, drainage, or lightening holes. 

,,,7 Shape and reinforcement of slots or cut-outs for internals. 

,E7 Elimination or closing of weld scallops in way of butts, `softeninga of bracket toes, 

reducing abrupt changes of section or structural discontinuities. 

Proportions and thickness of structural members to reduce fatigue response due to cyclic 

stresses, particularly for higher-strength steels. 

9.3 Termination of Structural Members 

Unless permitted elsewhere in the Rules, structural members are to be effectively connected to the 

adQacent structures in such a manner as to avoid hard spots, notches and other harmful stress 

concentrations. Where members are not required to be attached at their ends, special attention is to be 

given to the end taper, by using soft-toed concave brackets or by a sniped end of not more than 30°. 

Where the end bracket has a face bar, it is to be sniped and tapered not more than 30%. Bracket toes or 

sniped ends are to be kept within 25 mm (1.0 in.) of the adQacent member, and the depth at the toe or 

snipe end is generally not to exceed 15 mm (0.60 in.). Where a strength deck or shell longitudinal 

terminates without end attachment, it is to extend into the adQacent transversely framed structure or 

stop at a local transverse member fitted at about one transverse frame space beyond the last floor or 

web that supports the longitudinal. 



! " # $ & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 1 1 2 * , 0 3 * 0 , + 4 ( 5 6 " , , ( 5 7 + 8 + 5 * 4 

3 

& / " ! $ 9 # 2 Hull Structures and Arrangements 

CONTENTS 

SECTION 1 

Tank Barges..........................................................................41 

: "))1;3(*;: 

? &1(44;@;3(*;: 

A 2*,03*0,(1 ",,(57+8+5*........................................................>: 

G 

N 

A.: B+*C++5 *'+ #(D+4 .........................................................>: 

A.? 

A.A 

#(D+4..............................................................................>- 

EY 

:N.: ",,(57+8+5* ................................................................... >Y 

:N.? &

-:.G $(5D 2)(3+4 ...................................................................A: 

-:.N B;17+ "571+4 ....................................................................A: 

-? /(*3'+4 (56 P;**;574 ............................................................A: 

-?.: /(*3'C(Z4.......................................................................A: 

-?.? E+3D P;**;574....................................................................A: 

-A B(,7+ #+;5@

:A B01D'+(64 ............................................................................QN 

:A.: &

SECTION 4 Towboats .............................................................................. 91 

: "))1;3(*; 

:A.? &

SECTION 5 

Passenger Vessels.............................................................101 

: "))1;3(*;

-A #066+,4..............................................................................::- 

-A.: L(*+,;(14........................................................................::- 

-A.? "))1;3(*;

! " # $ 2 + 3 * ; < 5 : . $ ( 5 D B ( , 7 + 4 

3 


2 9 & $ O W ] 1 Tank Barges 

1 Application 

The following Rules and Tables apply to barges intended for the transportation of liquid cargoes in 

bulk in services which require operation in comparatively smooth water exclusively, such as in rivers, 

intracoastal waterways, etc. For additional chemical tank barge requirements see Section 3-2-3. 

3 Classification 

The classification ! A1 Oil Tank Barge, River Service is to be assigned to vessels designed for 

the carriage of oil (See 3-1-1/21) cargoes in bulk, and built to the requirements of this Section and 

other relevant Sections of these Rules. Vessels intended to carry fuel oil having a flash point above 

60°C (140°F), closed cup test, and to receive classification ! A1 Fuel Oil Tank Barge, River Service 

are to comply with the requirements of this section and other relevant sections of these Rules with the 

exception that the requirements for cofferdams and gastight bulkhead may be modified. 

5 Structural Arrangement 

5.1 Between the Rakes 

A.:.: 

P,(8;57 

Framing may be arranged either longitudinally, transversely or a combination of both. 

Longitudinal frames are to be supported by regularly spaced transverse deep frames formed 

either by channels extending across the inner faces of the longitudinal frames, or by flanged 

plates notched over the frames and attached to the shell or deck and the longitudinals. 

At bulkheads, longitudinals are to be attached at their ends to develop effectively the sectional 

area and resistance to bending. 

A.:.- $,044+4 

Trusses are to be arranged as necessary for the support of the framing. In vessels with 

transverse frames, the trusses are to extend fore and aft and be arranged to limit the spans of 

the frames to a maximum of 4 m (13 ft). With longitudinal framing, they may extend either 

fore and aft or athwartships. 

ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS 2 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS ! 2007 41


Chapter 2 Hull Structures and Arrangements 

Section 1 Tank Barges 3-2-1 

In all vessels where the ratio of L to (D + 1/ 2 the deck crown) exceeds 20, at least one foreand-aft 

single laced truss is to be fitted on each side of the centerline and where the ratio 

exceeds 25, at least one fore-and-aft double laced truss or two single laced trusses are to be 

fitted on each sideS in the latter case the diagonal bracing in the two trusses on each side 

should be reversed in direction with each other to provide tension members whether the 

conditions of load create either hogging or sagging forces. 

A.:.? 

B;17+ (56 M05C(1+ B,(3D+*4 

In tanks where the radius at the bilge exceeds 305 mm (12 in.), the bilge brackets connecting 

the lower ends of vertical side frames with transverse bottom frames are to be cut to fit 

against and support the bilge plate. In longitudinally framed vessels, a similar arrangement 

will be required at each main transverse frame and in addition, intermediate brackets are to be 

fitted spaced not over 0.9 m (3 ft) apart. See 3-2-1/Figures 1 and 2. Similar brackets may 

be required to be fitted at the gunwales where no gunwale angle is used. See 3-2-1/Figure 4. 

As an alternative to the fitting of bilge brackets, an additional inverted angle or flat bar 

longitudinal may be fitted as shown in 3-2-1/Figure 3. 

5.3 Rakes 

The bottom and deck framing is to consist of longitudinal bottom frames and beams, attached to the 

rake bulkheads by effective brackets and to the head log by deep diaphragm plates or by a system of 

vertical channels which in turn support horizontal stiffening on the head log. The longitudinal bottom 

frames and beams are to have intermediate supports obtained by a system of strut angles extending 

between each corresponding beam and frame to form an effective longitudinal truss, or as an 

alternative, stanchions and diagonals may be fitted on the longitudinal frames at regular intervals in 

association with channel or flanged plate transverses for the support of the intervening rake frames 

and beams. A typical arrangement is shown in 3-2-1/Figure 11. 

The sides of rakes may be framed vertically, diagonally or horizontally. 

Special heavy plates are to be fitted to form the head logs and these are to be terminated at the corners 

of the barge in special heavy castings or weldments. 

5.5 Double Skin Construction 

These Rules contain requirements for single skin as well as double skin tank barges. Consideration 

is to be given to double skin construction as may be required by governmental regulations for certain 

types of cargoes. 

For an oil barge of U.S. registry less than 10,000 DWT in service exclusively on inland or limited 

short protected coastwise routes, 33CFR157.10d(d) specifies the following double hull dimensions 

and clearances: 

" Double Bottom 610 mm (2 ft) measured at right angles to the bottom shell 

" Wing Tank or Space 610 mm (2 ft) measured at right angles to the side shell. 

A minimum clearance of 460 mm (18 in.) for passage between framing must be maintained throughout 

the double sides and double bottom. 

42 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS 2 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS ! 2007




7 Longitudinal Strength (2001) 

7.1 Definitions 

G.:.: 

G.:.- 

G.:.? 

H;8;*;57 E,(@* 

A limiting draft is the maximum draft to which cargo of the specified densities may be loaded. 

/




7.7 Hull Girder Section Modulus 

The hull girder section modulus within the midship 0.5L for vessels of 53 meters (175 feet) in length 

or above is to be not less than obtained from the following equation: 

SM = M sw /f P cm 2 -m (in 2 -ft) 

where 

SM = minimum required hull girder section modulus, in cm 2 -m (in 2 -ft) 

M sw = 

maximum calculated still water bending moment or M s , whichever is greater, in 

tf-m (Ltf-ft). See 3-2-1/7.5. 

M s = a standard still water bending moment 

= L 2 BD/5.76 kN-m for SI units 

= L 2 BD/56.44 tf-m for MKS units 

= L 2 BD/2025 Ltf-ft for US units 

f p = nominal permissible bending stress of 13.1 kN/cm 2 (1.34 tf/cm 2 , 8.5 Ltf/in 2 ). 

for compressive side, f p is not to be taken greater than 0.67 times the reference 

stress (f r ) as specified below, or permissible stress f as specified in 3-2-3/7.5.3(b) 

whichever is less. 

f r = kf c abC 2 + (a/st)c/b1 + (a/st)cd f y for longitudinally framed deck or bottom 

= bC 2 s/b + 0.115(1 e s/b)(1 + 1/@ 2 ) 2 c f y for transversely framed deck or bottom 

C 2 = 2.25/@ e 1.25/@ 2 for @ f 1.25 

= 1 for @ g 1.25 

k = 0.8 for serrated longitudinals 

= 0.95 for non-serrated longitudinals 

f c = f E for f E g 0.6 

= 1 e 0.24/f E for f E f 0.6 

f E = & 2 EI/b! 2 (a + C 2 st)f y c 

a = area of longitudinal, in mm 2 (in 2 ) 

@ = (f y /E) 1/2 s/t 

s = spacing of the deck/bottom longitudinals or beams, in mm (in.) 

b = unsupported length of the deck/bottom transverse beams/frames, in mm (in.) 

t = thickness of the deck/bottom plating, in mm (in.) 

f y = yield strength of the deck/bottom material, in N/cm 2 (kgf/cm 2 , lbf/in 2 ) 

E = modulus of elasticity, in N/cm 2 (kgf/cm 2 , lbf/in 2 ) 

I = moment of inertia of the deck/bottom longitudinal associated with the effective 

deck/bottom plating in cm 4 (in 4 ) 

L, B and D are as defined in Section 3-1-1. 

Beyond the midship 0.5L, scantlings may be tapered to their normal requirements. 





7.9 Items Included in the Section Modulus Calculation 

In general, the following items may be included in the calculation of the section modulus. 

" Deck and trunk plating 

" Shell and inner bottom plating 

" Deck and bottom girders 

" Plating and longitudinal stiffeners of longitudinal bulkheads 

" All longitudinals of deck, trunk, sides, bottom and inner bottom 

All items are to be continuous or effectively developed at the transverse bulkheads and all other joints. 

In general, the net sectional areas of longitudinal-strength members are to be used in the hull girder 

section modulus calculation. 

9 Deck and Trunk Plating 


The thickness of deck, trunk and trunk side plating between the rakes is to be not less than the greater 

of 3-2-1/9.1.1 or 3-2-1/9.1.2 below. 

N.:.: 

L;5;808 $';3D5+44 

The thickness of plating is to be not less than determined by the following equations. 

" With Transverse Beams 

t = 0.066L + 3.5 mm 

" With Longitudinal Beams 

Note 

t = 0.066L + 2.5 mm 

t = 0.0008L + 0.14 in. 

t = 0.0008L + 0.10 in. 

The thickness of decks and trunk tops and sides with longitudinal beams and L ' 79 meters (260 feet) 

need not be greater than 8.0 mm (0.31 in. except as required to provide adequate hull girder strength and 

resistance to buckling. For decks and trunks with longitudinal beams, for L ' 30.5 meters (100 feet), the 

thickness of the deck and trunk top and side plating is to be not less than 4.5 mm (0.18 in.). 

N.:.- $';3D5+44 @




11 Frames 

Each frame, in association with the plating to which it is attached, is to have a section modulus, SM, 

not less than obtained from the following equation: 

where 

SM = 7.8chs! 2 cm 3 SM = 0.0041chs! 2 in 3 

c = coefficient appropriate to the member under consideration and the type of 

construction employed as given in 3-2-1/Figures 5 through 11 

= 1.0 for rake side frames 

h = distance from the middle of ! to the deck at side, in m (ft) 

= for rake bottom frames, the vertical distance from the middle of ! to the height of 

the deck at side at the rake bulkhead, in m (ft) 

= for rake deck transverses and longitudinals, 1.2 m (4.0 ft) 

= in way of tanks, h as defined in 3-2-1/17, but not to be taken less than h e as 

indicated in 3-2-1/Figures 8 and 9 for bottom transverses and floors on double 

skin tank barges with void wing compartments 

s = member spacing in m (ft) 

! = unsupported span of the member, in m (ft). Where brackets of the thicknesses 

given in 3-2-1/Table 1 are fitted, ! may be measured to a point 25k of the extent 

of the bracket beyond its toe. 

Rake side vertical frames are to be fitted at their upper and lower ends with brackets extending over to 

the first adjacent longitudinal beam or frame. 

13 Trusses 

13.1 Top and Bottom Chords 

Each top and bottom chord is to have a section modulus, SM, not less than obtained from the following 

equation: 


where c, h, s and ! are as defined in 3-2-1/11. 

13.3 Stanchions 

The spacing of truss stanchions is generally not to exceed the depth of the truss. 

:?.?.: !+,8;44;F1+ H




! = unsupported span of the stanchion, in cm (ft) 

r = least radius of gyration, in cm (in.) 

A = cross sectional area of the stanchion, in cm 2 (in 2 ) 

:?.?.- &(1301(*+6 H




h t = head from the center of the supported area or lower edge of the plating to the 

deck at side for tanks outside trunks, or to the top of the trunk at side for tanks 

within trunks. 

h s = head to the spill valve or rupture disc, where fitted, in m (ft) 

p s = relieving pressure of spill valve or rupture disc, where fitted, in kgf/cm 2 (psi) 

17.3 Pressure Setting Over 0.12 kgf/cm 2 (1.7 psi) 

The scantling head is to be in accordance with 3-2-1/17.1, except that h 2 is to be used in lieu of h 1 . 

h 2 = (h t + 10p m 

h 2 = (h t + 2.3p ft 

where 

p = pressure setting of pressure-vacuum valve, in kgf/cm 2 (psi) 

19 Bulkheads 

19.1 Arrangement 

:N.:.: 20F6;X;4;




19.3 Construction of Tank Boundary Bulkheads 

:N.?.: !1(*;57 

Plating is to be of thickness obtained from the following equation: 

where 

t = (s h /254) + 1.78 mm (min. t = 5 mm) 

t = (s h /460) + 0.07 in. (min. t = 0.20 in.) 

h = height, in m (ft), in accordance with 3-2-1/17. 

s = for flat plate bulkheads, the spacing of stiffeners. in mm (in.) 

= for corrugated bulkheads, the greater of dimensions a or c as indicated in 

Section B-B of 3-2-1/Figures 8 and 9. 

For corrugated bulkheads, the angle is to be 45° or more 

:N.?.- 2*;@@+5;57 

The ends of stiffeners are to be either bracketed or clipped, and those of trunk top transverse 

beams are to be effectively attached as shown in 3-2-1/Figure 8a or 3-2-1/Figure 9a. Each 

stiffener, in association with the plating to which it is attached, is to have a section modulus 

SM not less than obtained from the following equation: 

where 

SM = 7.8csh! 2 cm 3 SM = 0.0041chs! 2 in 3 

c = 1.00 

h = height, in m (ft), in accordance with 3-2-1/17 

s = stiffener spacing, in m (ft) 

= for corrugated bulkheads, a + b where a and b are as indicated in Section 

B-B of 3-2-1/Figures 8 and 9 

! = as defined in 3-2-1/11 

= for corrugated bulkheads, the distance between the supporting members, 

in m (ft) 

The developed section modulus, SM, for corrugated bulkheads may be obtained from the 

following equation, where a, t and d are as indicated in Section B-B, 3-2-1/Figures 8 and 9. 

SM = (td 2 /6) + (adt/2) 

:N.?.? E,(;5(7+ (56 ";, 943()+ 

Limber and air holes are to be cut in all parts of the structure as required to ensure the free 

flow to the suction pipes and the escape of air to the vents. Efficient arrangements are to be 

made for draining the spaces above deep tanks. 





19.5 Construction of Other Watertight Bulkheads 

:N.A.: !1(*;57 


t = (s h /290) + 1.0 mm (min. t = 4.5 mm) 

t = (s h /525) + 0.04 in. (min. t = 0.18 in.) 

where 

s = as defined in 3-2-1/19.3.1 

h = vertical distance measured in m (ft) from the lower edge of the plate to 

the height of the deck at centerline. 

:N.A.- 2*;@@+5;57 

Each stiffener, in association with the plating to which it is attached, is to have a section 

modulus SM not less than obtained from the following equation: 

where 

21 Shell Plating 

21.1 Bottom Shell 


c = 0.46 

h = vertical distance from the middle of ! to the deck at centerline, in m (ft) 

s = for flat plate bulkheads, stiffener spacing, in m (ft) 

= for corrugated bulkheads, a + b where a and b are as indicated in Section 

B-B of 3-2-1/Figures 8 and 9 

! = as defined in 3-2-1/19.3.2 

Stiffeners on these bulkheads may have unattached sniped ends provided the above value of 

SM is increased 25k. 

The developed section modulus, SM, for corrugated bulkheads may be obtained as indicated 

in 3-2-1/19.3.2. 

The thickness of the bottom shell plating throughout is not to be less than determined by the following 

equation: 

where 

t = 0.069L + 0.007s e 0.5 mm 

t = 0.000825L + 0.007s e 0.02 in. 

s = stiffener spacing, in mm (in.) 

L = length of the vessel, in m (ft) 

(min. t = 5 mm) 

(min. t = 0.20 in.) 





21.3 Side Shell 

The thickness of the side shell plating is to be not less than determined by the following equation and 

not less than 5 mm (0.20 in.). 

21.5 Bilge Plating 

t = 0.069L + 0.007s e 1.0 mm 

t = 0.069L + 0.007se 1.5 mm 

t = 0.000825L + 0.007s e 0.04 in. 

t = 0.000825L + 0.007s e 0.06 in. 

L g 73 m 

L ' 73 m 

L g 240 ft 

L ' 240 ft 

Where radiused bilges are used, the bottom thickness is to extend to the upper turn of the bilge. 

Where the radius at the bilge exceeds 305 mm (12 in.), the thickness of the plating should be at least 

1.5 mm (0.06 in.) greater than the required thickness for side plating. 

21.7 Tank Spaces 

In way of the cargo tanks the bottom, side and bilge plating are not to have less thickness than 

required by 3-2-1/19.3.1 for the plating of deep tank bulkheads where the spacing of the stiffeners is 

equal to the frame spacing and the value of h in accordance with 3-2-1/17. 

21.9 Bilge Angles 

Where angles are used at the bilges or gunwales they are to have a thickness at least 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) 

greater than that of the thinner of the two plates joined. 

23 Hatches and Fittings 

23.1 Hatchways 

Hatchways of sufficient size to provide access and ventilation and having substantial oiltight steel 

covers are to be fitted to each tank. Where openings are located close to the gunwales, doubling plates 

or other compensation may be required. 

23.3 Deck Fittings 

The structure in way of cleats, bitts and chocks is to be suitably reinforced by installation of headers, 

additional beams, brackets or doubling plates 

25 Barge Reinforcement 

25.1 General 

The following paragraphs are intended to provide for additional protection against contact with locks 

and river bottom and against other wear and tear damage associated with normal operation with other 

floating equipment. 

A design intended for Classification will be reviewed for compliance with 3-2-1/25.3 when requested. 

A notation lReinforcement Am or lReinforcement Bm will be entered in the Record indicating compliance 

with all of the requirements for reinforcement A or B in 3-2-1/25.3. 





25.3 Reinforcement 

Where the option for reinforcement in 3-2-1/25.1 is chosen, the hull parts to be reinforced are 

given in the following table, the reinforced plate thicknesses are to be not less than given in column 

Reinforcement A or column Reinforcement B, as appropriate. 

Bilge radius for full-length of barge 

(knuckle plate) 

Reinforcement A 

t min = 16.0 mm ( 5 / 8 in.) 

Reinforcement B 

t min = 12.5 mm ( 1 / 2 in.) 

Side shell t min = 11.0 mm ( 7 / 16 in.) t min = 9.5 mm ( 3 / 8 in.) 

Headlog and sternlog plate t min = 19.0 mm ( 3 / 4 in.) t min = 16.0 mm ( 5 / 8 in.) 

Transom side and bottom periphery 

(picture frame) plates 

All side shell, bottom shell and deck 

structural members in wing and rake 

compartments 

t min = 16.0 mm ( 5 / 8 in.) 

Use appropriate Rule coefficients with 

1.83 m (6 ft) overflow above deck at side. 

Where no wing tanks are fitted, the 

reinforcement is to apply to the side shell 

structure in way of cargo tanks and the 

side, bottom and deck structure in way of 

rakes. 

t min = 12.5 mm ( 1 / 2 in.) 







TABLE 1 

Brackets 

d 

! ) For stiffeners 

and frames 

f 

d 

0.25d 

Metric Units 

Length of Face, f 

Thickness, mm 

mm Plain Flanged 

Width of Flange 

mm 

Not exceeding 455 6.5 --- --- 

Over 455 to 660 8.0 6.5 50 

Over 660 to 915 9.5 8.0 63 

Over 915 to 1370 11.0 9.5 75 

US Units 

Length of Face, f 

Thickness, mm 

in. Plain Flanged 

Width of Flange 

in. 

Not exceeding 18 1/ 4 --- --- 

Over 18 to 26 5/ 16 

1/ 4 2 

Over 26 to 36 3/ 8 

5/ 16 2 1 / 2 

Over 36 to 54 7/ 16 

3/ 8 3 





FIGURE 1 

Bilge Bracket (see 3-2-1/5.1.3) 

Side frame 

Floor 

FIGURE 2 

Intermediate Bilge Bracket (see 3-2-1/5.1.3) 

Side longitudinal 

Bottom longitudinal 

FIGURE 3 

Alternative Arrangement (see 3-2-1/5.1.3) 

Additional longitudinal 





FIGURE 4 

Gunwale Bracket (see 3-2-1/5.1.3) 

Deck longitudinal 






FIGURE 5 

Tank Barge 

A 

! for deck 

and bottom 

transverses 

b for stanchions 

!/2 

h t 

for side 

transverses 

and stanchions 

h t 


longitudinals 

h t 

for bottom 

longlos and 

transverses 

h for stanchions 

CL 

A 

s for longitudinals 

! for side 

transverses 


! for longitudinals 

s for stanchions 

and transverses 

Section A-A 

Bottom transverse c = 1.08 Bottom longitudinal c = 1.28 

Side transverse c = 1.75 Side longitudinal c = 1.28 

Deck transverse c = 1.08 Deck longitudinal c = 1.75 

h = in accordance with 3-2-1/17 





FIGURE 6 

Tank Barge 

! for C L 

bulkhead 

transverse 

! for deck and 

bottom trans 


A 


transverses 


h for C L 

bulkhead 

transverse 

!/2 

!/2 

h t 


transverses 

h t 


longitudinals 

h t 



transverses 


CL 


A 




Section A-A 




C.L. Bulkhead transverse c = 1.08 C.L. Bulkhead longitudinal c = 1.00 






FIGURE 7 

Tank Barge 

! for deck beams ! for side frames 

A 

h t 

for 

bulkhead 

stiffeners 

!/2 

! for bulkhead 

stiffeners 

!/2 

h t 


frames 

h t 


frames and 

bottom channels 


CL 

A 

! for bottom frame 


! for stanchions 

! for top and 

bottom chords 


s for frames 

Section A-A 


Aternate Section A-A 

Bottom frame c = 1.00 Deck beam c = 1.00 

Truss bottom chord c = 1.08 Side frame c = 1.00 

Truss top chord c = 1.08 






FIGURE 8 

Double Skin Tank Barge 

A 

!/2 

h t 

for centerline 

bulkhead stiffener 

h t 


bulkhead 

stiffener 

!/2 

h t 

for side frame 

h e 

floor 

B 

B 

! for cenerline 

bulkhead 

stiffener 

! for plate floor in m (ft) 

between bulkheads 

!/2 

! 

h t 

for floor 

CL 

A 

d 

a 

c 

b 

t 

Section B-B 

Centerline corrugated bulkhead 

Section A-A 

s for plate floor 

Floor c = 1.00 Bulkhead Stiffener c = 1.00 

Centerline bulkhead stiffener c = 1.00 Side frame c = 1.00 

Deck beam c = 1.00 


(Center compartment e liquid cargo) 

(Wing compartment e void or ballast) 





FIGURE 8A 

Trunk Top Beam End Connection 

A 

A 

Section A-A 





A 

FIGURE 9 


! 

!/2 

B 

h t 

for centerline 

bulkhead stiffener 

h t 

for bottom trans 

and inner bottom longol 

B 

! for plate floor in m (ft) 


h t 


bulkhead 

stiffener 

!/2 

h t 

for side transverse 

h for side longol 

! for side trans 

h e 


transverse 

h for bottom 

longitudinals 

CL 

A 

s for longitudinal 

s for transverse 

! for longitudinal 

d 

a 

b 

t 

Section B-B 

Centerline corrugated bulkhead 

c 

Section A-A 

Bottom longitudinal c = 1.08 

Side longitudinal c = 1.08 (Wing compartment e void) 

c = 1.28 (Wing compartment e ballast) 

Inner bottom longitudinal c = 1.00 

Bulkhead stiffener c = 1.00 

Centerline bulkhead stiffener c = 1.00 

Bottom transverse c = 1.08 

Side transverse c = 1.08 

Deck transverse c = 1.08 

Deck longitudinal c = 1.75 



(Wing compartment e void or ballast) 





FIGURE 9A 

Trunk Top Transverse End Connection 

A 

A 

Section A-A 





FIGURE 10 


h t 

for side trans 

(upper) 

h for side trans 

(upper) 

b for strut 

!/2 

!/2 

h t 

for bulkhead trans 

(upper span) 

h t 

for strut 

! for bulkhead trans 

(upper span) 

h t 

for bulkhead trans 

(lower span) 

! for bulkhead trans 

(lower span) 

CL 



Bulkhead transverse c = 1.08 



(Wing compartment e liquid cargo or ballast) 

For side and deck transverses where wing compartment is void, see 3-2-2/Figure 12. 





FIGURE 11 

Rake Framing 


s for transverses 


A 

Depth of barge 

at side at rake 

bulkhead 

h distance in meters (feet) 

from bottom of 

rake at member 

A 

! for transverses 



s spacing of rake 

longitudinals 

Section A-A 




! " # $ 2 + 3 * ; < 5 - . E , Z & ( , 7 

3 


2 9 & $ O W ] 2 Dry Cargo Barges 

1 Application 

The following Rules and Tables apply to barges intended for the transportation of general or bulk 

cargoes in services which require operation in comparatively smooth water exclusively, such as in 

rivers, intracoastal waterways, etc. 



?.:.: P,(8;57 

Framing may be arranged either longitudinally, transversely or a combination of both. 

Longitudinal frames are to be supported by regularly spaced transverse deep frames formed 

either by channels extending across the inner faces of the longitudinal frames, or by flanged 

plates notched over the frames and attached to the shell or deck and the longitudinals. 

At bulkheads, longitudinals are to be attached at their ends to effectively develop the sectional 

area and resistance to bending. 

?.:.- $,044+4 

Trusses are to be arranged as necessary for the support of the framing. In vessels with 

transverse frames, the trusses are to extend fore and aft. With longitudinal framing, they may 

extend either fore and aft or athwartships. 

In all vessels where the ratio of L to the overall depth of the effective longitudinal material 

included in the section modulus calculation (see 3-2-2/5) exceeds 20, special consideration is 

to be given to the introduction of longitudinal bulkheads or trusses. 

?.:.? B;17+ (56 M05C(1+ B,(3D+*4 

In holds where the radius at the bilge exceeds 305 mm (12 in.), the bilge brackets connecting 

the lower ends of vertical side frames with transverse bottom frames are to be cut to fit 

against and support the bilge plate. In longitudinally framed vessels, a similar arrangement is 

to be required at each main transverse frame and in addition, intermediate brackets are to be 

fitted spaced not over 0.9 m (3 ft) apart (see 3-2-2/Figures 1 and 2). Similar brackets may be 

required to be fitted at the gunwales where no gunwale angle is used. As an alternative to the 

fitting of bilge brackets, an additional inverted angle or flat bar longitudinal may be fitted as 

shown in 3-2-2/Figure 3. 




Section 2 Dry Cargo Barges 3-2-2 

3.3 Rakes 

For structural arrangement of rakes, see 3-2-1/5.3. 

5 Longitudinal Strength 

5.1 Section Modulus 

The required hull girder section modulus, SM, at amidships is to be obtained from the following 

equation: 

SM = 0.347(B + 12.19)DL cm 2 -m 

SM = 0.00455(B + 12.19)DL 2 cm 2 -m 

SM = 0.005(B + 40)DL in 2 -ft 

SM = 2.0 * 10 -5 (B + 40)DL 2 in 2 -ft 

where L, B, and D are as defined in Section 3-1-1. 

for L g 76.2 m 

for L ' 76.2 m 

for L g 250 ft 

for L ' 250 ft 

In calculating the section modulus, bottom, bilge, side and inner bottom plating, all bilge, gunwale 

and other longitudinal angles and frames if continuous or adequately developed at the transverse 

bulkheads and hopper side and other continuous longitudinal bulkheads may be included. The section 

modulus to the deck or bottom is obtained by dividing the moment of inertia by the distance from the 

neutral axis to the molded deck line at side amidships or to the base line, respectively. 

5.3 Section Modulus with Continuous Coaming 

Where longitudinal coamings of length greater than 0.14L are provided, they are to comply with the 

requirements of 3-2-2/19.7. Such continuous coamings may be included in the calculation of hull 

girder inertia which is to be divided by the sum of the distance from neutral axis to deck at side and 

the height of continuous hatch coaming, to obtain the section modulus to the top of the coaming. 

7 Deck Plating 

7.1 Minimum Thickness 

The thickness of deck plating throughout is not to be less than 0.01 mm per millimeter (0.01 in. per inch) 

of the spacing of the beams, s b . 


The thickness of deck plating between the rakes is to be not less than determined by the following 

equations: 

" With Transverse Beams 

t = 0.066L + 3.5 mm 

" With Longitudinal Beams 

t = 0.066L + 2.5 mm 

t = 0.0008L + 0.14 in. 

t = 0.0008L + 0.10 in. 





7.5 Watertight Decks 

The thickness of plating of decks intended to provide tight divisions for protection against damage to 

the shell is not to be less than that required for ordinary bulkhead plating at the same level plus 

1.0 mm (0.04 in.). 

7.7 Cargo Decks (2002) 

The thickness of plating on which cargo is to be carried is not to be less than determined by the 

following equations: 

where 

t = 0.00395s h + 1.5 mm but not less than 5.0 mm 

t = 0.00218s h + 0.06 in. but not less than 0.20 in. 

h = p/0.721 m (p/45 ft) 

p = uniformly distributed deck load, in tonnes/m 2 (lbs/ft 2 ) 

s = spacing of the beams, in mm (in.) 

In vessels regularly engaged in trades where cargo is handled by grabs or similar mechanical appliances, 

it is recommended that flush plating be used in way of the cargo and that increased framing and 

thickness be provided. 

7.9 Wheel Loaded Strength Decks 

Where provision is to be made for the operation or stowage of vehicles having rubber tires, and after 

all other requirements are met, the thickness of strength deck plating is to be not less than 110k of the 

thickness required for wheel loaded inner bottoms in 3-2-2/19.1.2. 

9 Frames 

Each frame, in association with the plating to which it is attached, is to have a section modulus, SM, 

not less than obtained from the following equation: 

where 


c = coefficient appropriate to the member under consideration and the type of 

construction employed as given in 3-2-2/Figures 5 through 12 

= 1.0 for rake side frames 

h = distance, in m (ft), as given in 3-2-2/Figures 5 through 12 

= for rake bottom frames, the vertical distance, in m (ft), from the middle of ! to the 

height of the deck at side at the rake bulkhead 

= for rake deck transverses and longitudinals, 1.2 m (4.0 ft) 

s = member spacing, in m (ft) 

! = unsupported span of the member, in m (ft) 

Where brackets of the thicknesses given in 3-2-1/Table 1 are fitted, ! may be 

measured to a point 25k of the extent of the bracket beyond the its toe. 

Where fitted, rake side vertical frames are to have brackets at their upper and lower ends extending 

over to the first adjacent longitudinal beam or frame. 





11 Trusses 

11.1 Top and Bottom Chords 

Each top and bottom chord is to have a section modulus, SM, not less than obtained from the 

following equation: 



11.3 Stanchions 

The spacing of truss stanchions is generally not to exceed the depth of the truss. 

::.?.: !+,8;44;F1+ H




13 Web Frames, Girders and Stringers 

Each web frame, girder and stringer is to have a section modulus, SM, not less than obtained from the 




Where transverse buck frames are formed by channels extending over the inner faces of longitudinal 

frames, these channels are to be attached at the bilge and deck as shown in 3-2-2/Figure 5. Where it is 

desirable to avoid any direct attachment between the channel frames and the shell plating, alternative 

construction shown in 3-2-2/Figure 4 may be accepted. 

15 Bulkheads 


:A.:.: !1(*;57 


t = (s h /254) + 1.78 mm (min. t = 5 mm) 

t = (s h /460) + 0.07 in. (min. t = 0.20 in.) 

where 

s = spacing of stiffeners, in mm (in.) 

h = vertical distance measured from the lower edge of the plate to 1.2 m (4 ft) 

above the deck at side, or to the top of the hatch, whichever is greater. 

:A.:.- 2*;@@+5;57 

The ends of stiffeners are to be either bracketed or clipped. Each stiffener, in association with 

the plating to which it is attached, is to have a section modulus SM not less than obtained 

from the following equation: 

where 

SM = 7.8chs! 2 crn 3 SM = 0.0041chs! 2 in 3 

c = 1.00 

h = vertical distance from the middle of ! to the top of the overflow, in m (ft) 




:A.?.: !1(*;57 


t = (s h /290) + 1.0 mm (min. t = 4.5 mm) 

t = (s h /525) + 0.04 in. (min. t = 0.18 in.) 





where 


h = vertical distance measured from the lower edge of the plate to the height 

of the deck at centerline, in m (ft) 

:A.?.- 2*;@@+5;57 


modulus, SM, not less than obtained from the following equation: 

where 



c = 0.46 






The thickness of the bottom, side and bilge plating is to be as required below. In addition, the thickness 

of plating in these locations is to be not less than as required by 3-2-2/15.3.1 for tank bulkheads where 

the spacing of the stiffeners is equal to the frame spacing and the value of h is equal to the distance 

from the lower edge of the plate to the under surface of the deck plating at side. 



equation: 

where 


t = 0.069L + 0.007s e 0.8 mm 

t = 0.000825L + 0.007s e 0.02 in. 



(min. t = 5 mm) 

(min. t = 0.20 in.) 



t = Rule Bottom Shell e 0.5 mm 

t = Rule Bottom Shell e 1.0 mm 

t = Rule Bottom Shell e 0.02 in. 

t = Rule Bottom Shell e 0.04 in. 

L g 73 m 

L ' 73 m 

L g 240 ft 

L ' 240 ft 





17.5 Bilge Plating 

Where radiused bilges are used the bottom thickness is to extend to the upper turn of the bilgeS where the 

radius at the bilge exceeds 305 mm (12 in.), the thickness of the plating should be at least 1.5 mm 

(0.06 in.) greater than the required thickness for side plating. 


Where angles are used at the bilges or gunwales they are to have a thickness at least 1.5 min (0.06 in.) 


19 Inner Bottoms, Hatches and Fittings 

19.1 Inner Bottom Plating 

:N.:.: O55+, B




19.3 Hatchways 

b = wheel imprint dimension perpendicular to the longer edge, !, of the plate 

panel, in mm (in.) 

s = spacing of deck beams or deck longitudinals, in mm (in.) 

! = length of the plate panel, in mm (in.) 

Where the wheels are close together, a combined imprint and load are to be used. 

Hatchways or manholes of sufficient size to provide access and ventilation are to be fitted to each 

compartment. Where openings are located close to the gunwales, doubling plates or other compensation 

may be required. 

All openings in decks are to be so framed as to provide efficient support and attachment for the ends 

of the half beams. 

19.5 Hatch Covers 

:N.A.: R;*';5 &1




19.11 Cargo Boxes 

Cargo boxes, flash boards, coamings or other structures for retaining deck cargo, are to be sufficiently 

strong for their height, and adequately bracketed to the deck. Effective means for drainage of these 

spaces are to be provided. 

21 Barge Reinforcement 

21.1 General 

The following paragraphs are intended to provide for additional protection against contact with locks 

and river bottom and against other wear and tear damage associated with normal operation with other 

floating equipment. 

A design intended for Classification will be reviewed for compliance with 3-2-2/21.3 when requested. 

A notation lReinforcement Am or lReinforcement Bm will be entered in the Record indicating compliance 

with all of the requirements for reinforcement A or B in 3-2-2/21.3. 

21.3 Reinforcement 

Where the option for reinforcement in 3-2-2/21.1 is chosen, the hull parts to be reinforced are given in 

the following table, the reinforced plate thicknesses are to be not less than given in column 

Reinforcement A or column Reinforcement B as appropriate. 

Bilge radius for full-length of barge 

(knuckle plate) 

Reinforcement A 

t min = 16.0 mm ( 5 / 8 in.) 

Reinforcement B 

t min = 12.5 mm ( 1 / 2 in.) 

Side shell t min = 11.0 mm ( 7 / 16 in.) t min = 9.5 mm ( 3 / 8 in.) 

Deck stringer plate e hopper barge t min = 11.0 mm ( 7 / 16 in.) t min = 9.5 mm ( 3 / 8 in.) 

Lower 1.83 m (6 ft) of sides and ends of 

hopper plating 

t min = 9.5 mm ( 3 / 8 in.) 

t min = 9.5 mm ( 3 / 8 in.) 

Headlog and sternlog plate t min = 19.0 mm ( 3 / 4 in.) t min = 16.0 mm ( 5 / 8 in.) 

Transom side and bottom periphery 

(picture frame) plates 

All side shell, bottom shell and deck 

structural members in wing and rake 

compartments 

t min = 16.0 mm ( 5 / 8 in.) 



Where no wing tanks are fitted, this 


structure in cargo/void spaces and the side, 

bottom and deck structure in way of rakes. 

t min = 12.5 mm ( 1 / 2 in.) 



Where no wing tanks are fitted, this 


structure in cargo/void spaces and the side, 

bottom and deck structure in way of rakes. 





FIGURE 1 

Bilge Bracket (see 3-2-2/3.1.3) 

Side frame 

Floor 

FIGURE 2 

Intermediate Bilge Bracket (see 3-2-2/3.1.3) 


Bottom longitudinal 

FIGURE 3 

Alternative Arrangement (see 3-2-2/3.1.3) 

Additional longitudinal 





FIGURE 4 

Alternative Channel Construction at Bilge (see 3-2-2/3.1.3) 





FIGURE 5 

Deck Barge 

A 

h for deck longitudinals 

and deck transverses = 1.50D 

! for deck 

and bottom 

transverses 


!/2 

h for side 

transverses 


longitudinals 


longitudinals 

transverses 


CL 

A 



transverses 





Section A-A 








FIGURE 6 

Deck Barge 

! for C L 

bulkhead 

transverse 

! for deck and 

bottom trans 


A 


transverses 



and deck transverses 

= 1.50D 

h for C L 

bulkhead 

transverse 

!/2 

!/2 


transverses 


longitudinals 



transverses 


CL 


A 




Section A-A 




C.L. Bulkhead transverse c = 0.70 C.L. Bulkhead longitudinal c = 0.70 





FIGURE 7 

Deck Barge 

! for deck beams ! for side frames 

A 


and deck transverses = 1.50D 

h t 


bulkhead 

stiffeners 

!/2 

! for bulkhead 

stiffeners 

!/2 


frames 


frames and 

bottom channels 


CL 

A 

! for bottom frame 



! for top and 

bottom chords 



Section A-A 


Aternate Section A-A 

Bottom frame c = 1.00 Deck beam c = 0.56 

Truss bottom chord c = 1.00 Side frame c = 1.00 

Truss top chord c = 0.70 





FIGURE 8 

Hopper Barge 

!/2 h 

h 1 

h 

!/2 

h 

!/2 

! 

! 1 

! 1 

/2 

! 

! 

Type A 

Type B 

h 

!/2 

h 1 

! 

h 

! 

Type C 

Type D 

Side Frame 

Hopper Side Stiffener 

Type A (for !) c = 1.15 Type A c = 1.00 

Type A (for ! 1 ) c = 2.00 Type B c = 1.10 

Type B c = 1.30 Type C c = 1.20 

Type C c = 1.45 Type D c = 1.00 

Type D c = 1.08 Hopper Side Chord 

Type D c = 1.00 





FIGURE 9 

Hopper Barge 

! 

Wood or steel 

d 

Floors 

Minimum 

Minimum 

d = !/24 with wood inner bottom 

d = !/30 with steel inner bottom effectively attached to each floor 

s = spacing of floors, in m (ft) 

h = vertical distance from the baseline to the under surface of the deck plating at side, in m (ft) 

c = 1.00 

Where barges are designed exclusively for carrying uniformly distributed dry bulk cargoes and are classed Bulk Cargo 

Barge, c = 0.55. 





FIGURE 10 

Double Skin Hopper Barge 

Rolling hatch covers 

! 

!/2 

h 

! 1 

! 1 

/2 h 1 

!/2 h ! for stiffeners 

h 2 

for inner bottom angles 

! for truss floors, 

distance in m (ft) 


h for floors and 

bottom angles 

! for bottom and 

inner bottom angles 

b for vertical stanchions 

CL 


Truss floor c = 1.00 where the section modulus is that of the combined 

8 

! as shown section 

Bottom angle c = 1.00 

Inner bottom angle c = 0.56 

Side frame (for h) c = 1.50 

(for h 1 ) c = 2.00 


Vertical stanchion truss floor 

W = 1.07bhs tf 

W = 1.07bh 2 s tf 

8 whichever is greater 

W = 0.03bhs Ltf 

W = 0.03bh 2 s Ltf 

8 whichever is greater 





FIGURE 11 

Double Skin Hopper Barge with Deckhouse 

Deck house 

h for hold 

pillars 

h 

h 

!/2 

!/2 

! ! 

! for plate floor, distance in 

m (ft) between bulkheads 

b Center of hatch to 

center of hatch or 

breadth supported 

! for pillars 

h for floors 

CL 

Floor c = 1.00 where the section modulus is that of the combined 

8 

! as shown section 

Side frame c = 1.30 


Hold pillar 

W = 0.715b(h + 0.46)s 1 tf 

W = 0.02b(h + 1.50)s 1 Ltf 

s 1 = spacing of pillars, in m (ft) 

Note: 

Main deck scantlings within house are to be designed for a load in kgf/m 2 (lb/ft 2 ) equal to 200 (45) multiplied 

by the height of the house in meters (feet). Scantlings of the deckhouse top are to be designed for a load of 

245 kgf/m 2 (50 lb/ft 2 ). 





FIGURE 12 

Double Skin Hopper Barge 

h for strut 

h for side transverse 

(upper span) 

!/2 

h for bulkhead transverse 

(upper span) 


(upper span) 

h for bulkhead transverse 

(lower span) 

h for side transverse 

(lower span) 

!/2 

b for strut 


(lower span) 

CL 



Bulkhead transverse c = 0.70 

(Center compartment e dry cargo) 

(Wing compartment e void) 





FIGURE 13 

Wheel Loading Curves of K 


! " # $ 2+3*;



Section 3 Barges Intended to Carry Dangerous Chemical Cargoes in Bulk 3-2-3 

Except as indicated in 3-2-3/7, calculations showing compliance with 46 CFR Part 151 or other 

recognized standards are to be submitted for review. Written evidence that the U.S. Coast Guard has 

certified the vessel as being in compliance with their Regulations will be acceptable in lieu of 

calculations showing compliance with 46 CFR Part 151. Vessels designed to other recognized standards 

may be given similar consideration. 

7 Type I and Type II Barges with Integral Tanks 

Barges of Type I or Type II with integral tanks are to comply with the following requirements. 

Submitted calculations showing compliance with 46 CFR Part 151 as indicated in 3-2-3/5 need not 

include calculations for those items considered in this Subsection. 

7.1 Definitions 

G.:.: $Z)+ O B(,7+ /011 

Barge hull Type I refers to those designed to carry products which require the maximum 

preventative measures to preclude the uncontrolled release of the cargo. 

G.:.- $Z)+ OO B(,7+ /011 

Barge hull Type II refers to those designed to carry products which require significant 

preventative measures to preclude the uncontrolled release of the cargo. 

G.:.? 

H;8;*;57 E,(@* 

A limiting draft is the maximum draft to which cargo of specified densities may be loaded for 

a given hull type. A chemical barge may be assigned more than one limiting draft for different 

combinations of cargo density and hull type. 

7.3 Tank Arrangement 

G.?.: &




7.5 Longitudinal Strength (2001) 

G.A.: 

G.A.- 

H




P = pressure relief valve setting, in kgf/cm 2 (psi), or 0.105h (0.455h), 

whichever is greater 

h = design head, in m (ft) 

P o = 0.21 kgf/cm 2 (3 psi) 

! = unsupported span of the longitudinal, in cm (in.) 

r = i / A 

i = moment of inertia of the longitudinal with deck plating, in cm 4 (in 4 ) 

A = cross sectional area of the longitudinal with deck plating, in cm 2 (in 2 ) 

Y = yield point of the material, in tf/cm 2 (Ltf/in 2 ) 

k = 1.0 for barge without trunk 

7.7 Deck/Trunk Top Transverses 

= 0.87 for barge with trunk 

B o = width of the transversely framed portion of the deck (if no trunk) or 

transversely framed trunk top 

B = breadth of barge, in m (ft), as defined in 3-1-1/5 

The moment of inertia in cm 4 (in 4 ) of the deck or trunk top transverses, where applicable, with associated 

deck plating, is to be not less than I o as given below. 

where 

I o = 0.34K(b/!) 3 (b/s)i 

K = 1.0 for transverses without effective end brackets if barge does not have 

centerline bulkhead or stanchions 

= 0.3 for the transverses without effective end brackets if barge has centerline 

bulkhead or stanchions 

= 0.19 for the transverses with effective end brackets with or without centerline 

bulkhead or stanchions 

b = unsupported span of the transverses, in m (ft) 

! = spacing of the transverses, in m (ft) 

s = spacing of the longitudinals, in m (ft) 

i = moment of inertia of the longitudinal with deck plating that will satisfy 

3-2-3/7.5.3(b) 

Where applicable, width of effective deck flange for the transverses is to be taken as b/3 or !, whichever 

is less. 





7.9 Transverse Beams 

The moment of inertia in cm 4 (in 4 ) of the deck or trunk top transverse beam with associated deck plating, 

is to be not less than I o as given below. 

where 

I 0 = 0.0367K(t/s) 3 b 4 

s = spacing of the transverse beams, in mm (in.) 

t = thickness of the deck or trunk top, in mm (in.), that will satisfy 3-2-3/7.5.3(b) 

b = unsupported length of the transverse beam, in cm (in.) 

K = coefficient, specified in 3-2-3/7.7 

Width of effective deck flange for transverse beam is to be taken as s. 



! " # $ 2 + 3 * ; < 5 > . $ < C F < ( * 4 

3 


2 9 & $ O W ] 4 Towboats 

1 Application 

The following Rules and Tables apply to self-propelled river towboat type vessels intended for towing 

operation in comparatively smooth water exclusively, such as in rivers, intracoastal waterways, etc. 


3.1 Framing 

Framing may be arranged either longitudinally, transversely or a combination of both. Longitudinal 

frames are to be supported by regularly spaced transverse deep frames formed either by channels 

extending across the inner faces of the longitudinal frames, or by flanged plates notched over the 

frames and attached to the shell or deck and the longitudinals. 

3.3 Longitudinal Webs 

Trusses or non-tight bulkheads extending fore and aft are to be fitted, one on or near the centerline 

and one on each side of the centerline. An arrangement of deep girders at the deck and bottom 

connected by vertical members will be considered. They are to be arranged so that in association with 

auxiliary supporting girders. The spans of the bottom frames do not exceed 4 m (13 ft). Bulkheads 

may be offset or stepped in a transverse direction provided sufficient overlap is effected to maintain 

their longitudinal continuity. 


The required hull girder section modulus, SM, within the midship 0.5L is to be obtained from the 

following equation. 

SM = 0.764BDL cm 2 -m 

L, B and D are as defined in Section 3-1-1. 

SM = 0.011BDL in 2 -ft 

In calculating the actual section modulus, bottom, bilge and side plating, all bilge, gunwale and other 

longitudinal angles if continuous or adequately developed at the transverse bulkheads and the continuous 

deck plating may be included. Beyond the midship 0.5L, scantlings may be tapered to their normal 

requirements at the ends where these are less. 




Section 4 Towboats 3-2-4 


7.1 Strength Decks 

The thickness of strength deck plating throughout is not to be less than 0.01 mm per millimeter (0.01 in. 

per inch) of the spacing of the beams, s b . 

7.3 Other Locations 

The thickness of plating forming the tops of deep tanks, watertight flats, bulkhead recesses and tunnel 

tops which may be used for stores space is to be 1 mm (0.04 in.) thicker than required for bulkhead 

plating at the same level. 

9 Frames 

9.1 Bottom Longitudinals 

Each bottom longitudinal, in association with the plating to which it is attached, is to have a section 


where 


c = 1.08 

h = vertical distance from the longitudinal to the deck at side, in m (ft) 

= for longitudinals in tanks, the vertical distance from the longitudinal to the top of 

the overflow, in m (ft) 

s = longitudinal spacing, in m (ft) 

! = unsupported span of the member in m (ft). Where brackets of the thicknesses 


of the bracket beyond the its toe. 

9.3 Side and Deck Framing 

Each side frame or deck beam, in association with the plating to which it is attached, is to have a 

section modulus, SM, not less than obtained from the following equation: 

where 


c = coefficient appropriate to the type of construction employed as given in 

3-2-4/Figure 1 for side frames 

= 0.70 for deck beams in dry spaces 

= 1.00 for deck beams in way of tanks 

= 1.08 for side longitudinals 





h = distance, in m (ft), as given in 3-2-4/Figure 1 

= in way of tanks, the vertical distance from the middle of ! to the top of the 

overflow, in m (ft), but not less than 1.2 m (4.0 ft) for deck beams 

= 1.2 (4.0) for support of decks. For decks on which stores may be carried, h is 

not to be taken less than the height of the storage space. 


! = as defined in 3-2-4/9.1 

9.5 Framing in Tunnels 

Special consideration is to be given to increasing the framing in way of propeller tunnels or special 

types of nozzles. It is recommended that nontight bulkheads and diaphragms be introduced in way of 

long tunnels (see also 3-2-4/17.5). 

11 Stanchions 

11.1 Permissible Load 

The permissible load, W a , of each stanchion is to be obtained from the following equation and is to be 

not less than the calculated load W given in 3-2-4/11.3 below. 

W a = bk e n!/rcA tf (Ltf) 

where 

k = 1.232 (7.83) 

n = 0.00452 (0.345) 




11.3 Calculated Load 

The calculated load for each stanchion is to be determined by the following equation: 

where 

W = nbhs tf (Ltf) 

n = 1.07 (0.03) where the stanchion supports bottom structure 

= 0.715 (0.02) where the stanchion supports deck structure 

b = mean breadth of the area supported, in m (ft) 

h = distance from the bottom shell at the center of the area supported to the underside 

of the deck plating at side, in m (ft), for support of bottom structure 

= 1.2 (4.0) for support of decks. Where decks are intended to carry stores, h is not 

to be taken less than the height of the storage space. 

s = spacing of the stanchions, in m (ft) 






Each supporting girder, transverse floor and stringer with transverse framing, and each main transverse 

member with longitudinal framing, is to have a section modulus, SM, not less than obtained from the 


where 


c = 1.00 for bottom and side supporting members and for deck supporting members 

in tanks. 

= 0.70 for deck supporting members in dry spaces 

h = for bottom and side supporting members, the distance from the middle of ! to the 

deck at side, in m (ft) 

" in way of tanks h is to be the vertical distance to the top of the overflow, in m (ft) 

= for deck supporting members, 1.2 m (4.0 ft) 

s and ! are as defined in 3-2-4/9.1. 

" for decks on which stores may be carried, h is not to be less than the 

height of the storage space 

" in way of deep tanks, h is not to be less than the distance to the top of the 

overflow. 

The thickness of floors or transverses is in general not to be less than 5 mm (3/ 16 in.) and those 

under the engines are to be suitably increased. 

15 Bulkheads 


Intact watertight collision bulkheads are to be fitted up to the deck in all vessels at a distance of not 

less than 0.05L from the stem. Watertight after peak bulkheads are to be fitted. Machinery spaces below 

the deck are to be enclosed by transverse bulkheads which are watertight to the deck. 


:A.?.: !1(*;57 


t = (s h /254) + 1.78 mm (min. t = 5 mm) 

t = (s h /460) + 0.07 in. (min. t = 0.20 in.) 

where 


h = vertical distance measured from the lower edge of the plate to the top of 

the overflow 





:A.?.- 2*;@@+5;57 

The ends of stiffeners are to be either bracketed or clipped. Each stiffener, in association with 

the plating to which it is attached, is to have a section modulus, SM, not less than obtained 


where 


c = 1.00 

h = vertical distance from the middle of ! to the top of the overflow, in m (ft) 


! = as defined in 3-2-4/9.1 


:A.A.: !1(*;57 


t = (s h /290) + 1.0 mm (min. t = 4.5 mm) 

t = (s h /525) + 0.04 in. (min. t = 0.18 in.) 

where 




:A.A.- 2*;@@+5;57 



where 



c = 0.46 



! = as defined in 3-2-4/9.1 

The thickness of the bottom, side and bilge plating is to be as required below. In addition, the 

thickness of plating in these locations is to be not less than as required by 3-2-4/15.3.1 for tank 

bulkheads where the spacing of the stiffeners is equal to the frame spacing and the value of h is equal 

to the distance from the lower edge of the plate to the under surface of the deck plating at side. In way 

of deep tanks, h is to be measured to the top of the overflow. 







equation: 

where 


t = 0.069L + 0.007s e 0.5 mm 

t = 0.000825L + 0.007s e 0.02 in. 



(min. t = 5 mm) 

(min. t = 0.20 in.) 



t = 0.069L + 0.007s e 1.0 mm 

t = 0.069L + 0.007s e 1.5 mm 

t = 0.000825L + 0.007s e 0.04 in. 

t = 0.000825L + 0.007s e 0.06 in. 

17.5 Bilge and Tunnel Plating 

L g 73 m 

L ' 73 m 

L g 240 ft 

L ' 240 ft 

Where radiused bilges are used, the bottom thickness is to extend to the upper turn of the bilge. Where 

the radius at the bilge exceeds 305 mm (12 in.), the thickness of the plating should be at least 1.5 mm 

(0.06 in.) greater than the required thickness for side plating. The shell plating in tunnels in way of 

propellers is to be increased above the requirements of this Subsection. 




19 Deckhouses 

19.1 Scantlings 

Deckhouses on towboats are to be of adequate construction, consideration being given to their size 

and the loads which may be imposed upon them. The plating of the deckhouses is to be not less than 

3.5 mm (10 gauge), and where the spacing of stiffeners exceeds 610 mm (24 in.), the plating thickness 

is to be increased. Stiffeners are not to be less than 63.5 mm (2.5 in.) in depth and this depth is to be 

increased if the length of the stiffeners is over 2.44 m (8 ft). The scantlings of decks and platforms 

above the main deck are to be determined from 3-2-4/9.3 and 3-2-4/13 using an h not less than 0.61 m 

(2.0 ft) for the first level above the main deck and 0.457 m (1.5 ft) for the second level or higher. 

19.3 Sill Height 

Openings in exposed positions on the weather decks which lead to spaces below are to have sills at 

least 150 mm (6 in.) in height. 





21 Keels, Stems and Stern Frames 

21.1 Bar Keels 

Where bar keels are used, their thicknesses and depths are to be not less than given by the following 

equations: 

where 

t = 0.52L + 9.5 mm 

h = 1.06L + 94.5 mm 

21.3 Flat Plate Keels 

t = thickness, in mm (in.) 

h = depth, in mm (in.) 

t = 0.0062L + 0.37 in. 

h = 0.0127L + 3.72 in. 

L = length of the vessel as defined in 3-1-1/3.1 

Flat plate keels are not to be of less thickness than required for bottom plating. 

21.5 Bar Stems 

Where bar stems are used, their thicknesses and widths are to be not less than given by the following 

equations: 

where 

21.7 Sternposts 

t = 0.38L + 11.0 mm 

w = 1.09L + 80.0 mm 


w = width, in mm (in.) 

t = 0.0046L + 0.44 in. 

w = 0.0131L + 3.15 in. 


Where bar sternposts are fitted, their thicknesses and widths are to be not less than given by the 


where 

t = 0.52L + 9.5 mm 

w = 1.09L + 80.0 mm 



t = 0.0062L + 0.37 in. 

w = 0.0131L + 3.15 in. 






21.9 Stern Frames 

-:.N.: O55+, !




where 

S = diameter of upper stock, in mm (in.) 

R = distance from the centerline of the stock to the center of gravity of the 

immersed rudder area forward or abaft the center of the rudder stock, in 

m (ft) 

A = area of the immersed rudder surface forward or abaft the center of the 

rudder stock, in m 2 (ft 2 ) 

The values of R and A to be used are those which give the larger products of R and A. 

Where the design speed exceeds 16 km/h (10 mph), the diameter is to be increased in the ratio 

of the speed to 16 km/h (10 mph). 

-?.A.- H




FIGURE 1 

Towboat Framing 

! 

h 

!/2 

h 1 

! 1 

/2 

! 1 

! 

!/2 

h 

! 

!/2 

h 

Type A 

Type B 

Type C 

h 

!/2 

h 

!/2 

! 

! 

Type D 

Type E 

Side Frame 

Type A c = 1.15 (for h) 

Type A c = 2.00 (for h 1 ) 

Type B c = 1.30 

Type C c = 1.45 

Type D c = 1.00 

Type E c = 1.00 


! " # $ 2 + 3 * ; < 5 A . ! ( 4 4 + 5 7 + , _ + 4 4 + 1 4 

3 


2 9 & $ O W ] 5 Passenger Vessels 

1 Application 

1.1 Service 

The following Rules apply to vessels carrying more than 12 passengers exclusively in smooth domestic 

water, such as in rivers, intracoastal waterways, etc. The requirements for river passenger vessels 

engaged in an international voyage will be subject to special consideration. 

1.3 National Regulations 

Where the flag Administration has Regulations acceptable to the Bureau, including those for stability, 

structural fire protection, life saving appliances, etc., such Regulations may be considered under 

1-1-4/7.3 of the ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification (Part 1). 

3 Classification 

The classification ! A1 Passenger Vessel, River Service is to be assigned to vessels designed 

and specifically fitted for the carriage of passengers and built to the requirements of this Section and 

other relevant sections of the Rules. 


5.1 Framing 

Framing may be arranged either longitudinally, transversely or a combination of both. Longitudinal 

frames are to be supported by regularly spaced transverse deep frames formed either by channels 

extending across the inner faces of the longitudinal frames, or by flanged plates notched over the 

frames and attached to the shell or deck and the longitudinals. Where longitudinal beams are used on 

more than one deck, transverses on all decks are to be fitted at the same vertical plane. 

5.3 Longitudinal Webs 

Trusses or non-tight bulkheads extending fore and aft are to be fitted, one on or near the centerline 

and one on each side of the centerline. An arrangement of deep girders at the deck and bottom 

connected by vertical members will be considered. They are to be arranged so that in association with 

auxiliary supporting girders, the spans of the bottom frames do not exceed 4 m (13 ft). Bulkheads may 

be offset or stepped in a transverse direction provided sufficient overlap is effected to maintain their 

longitudinal continuity. 




Section 5 Passenger Vessels 3-2-5 


7.1 Hull Girder Section Modulus 

The hull girder section modulus within the midship 0.5L is to be not less than obtained from the 

following equations i) or ii), whichever is greater. 

i) SM = M sw /f p 

ii) SM = C 1 C 2 L 2 B(C b + 0.7) 

where 

SM = minimum required hull girder section modulus, in cm 2 -m (in 2 -ft) 

M sw = 

maximum calculated still-water bending moment, in tf-m (Ltf-ft), which is to be 

submitted for review. 

f p = nominal permissible bending stress of 1.34 tf/cm 2 (8.5 Ltf/in 2 ), but is not to be 

taken greater than 0.8 times the lowest critical buckling stress of the hull girder 

structure. 

C 1 = 7.32 e 0.033L (7.32 e 0.01L) for L g 61 m (200 ft) 

= 4.36 + 0.016L (4.36 + 0.0048L) for L ' 61 m (200 ft) 

C 2 = 0.01 (1.44 * 10 -4 ) 

L, B and C b are as defined in Section 3-1-1. 

Beyond the midship 0.5L, scantlings may be tapered to their normal requirements at the ends where 

these are less. 

7.3 Hull Girder Moment of Inertia 

The hull girder moment of inertia of the vessel at amidships is to be not less than obtained from the 


where 

I = L(SM/33.3) 

I = minimum required hull girder moment of inertia, in cm 2 -m 2 (in 2 -ft 2 ) 

L and SM are as defined in 3-2-5/7.1. 

7.5 Hull Girder Shear Strength 

The hull girder nominal shear stress f in the side shell plating, obtained from the following equation, is 

not to exceed nominal permissible shear stress, f s , as defined below. 

where 

f s = Fm/(2It) 

f s = nominal permissible shear stress of 1.03 tf/cm 2 (6.5 Ltf/in 2 ), but is not to be taken 

greater than 0.8 times the lowest critical buckling shear stress of the hull girder 

structure. 

I = hull girder moment of inertia at the section under consideration, in cm 4 (in 4 ) 






9.1 Strength Decks 

F = maximum still water shear force calculated at the position being considered, in tf 

(Ltf) 

m = first moment of area of the material between the point under consideration and 

the vertical extremity of the effective longitudinal material, in cm 3 (in 3 ). m is to 

be taken about the neutral axis at the section under consideration 

t = side shell thickness, in cm (in.) 

The thickness of strength deck plating throughout is not to be less than 0.01 mm per millimeter (0.01 in. 

per inch) of the spacing of the beams, s b . 

9.3 Superstructure Decks 

The thickness of superstructure deck plating is to be not less than obtained from the following 

equations: 

t = 0.0063s b + 1.0 mm 

t = 0.0063s b + 0.04 in. 

where s b is the stiffener spacing in mm (inches). 

9.5 Wheel Loaded Decks 

(min, t = 4.5 mm) 

(min. t = 0.18 in.) 

Where provision is to be made for the operation or stowage of vehicles having rubber tires, and after 

all other requirements are met, the thickness of deck plating is to be not less than that required by 

3-2-2/7.9. 

9.7 Other Locations 

The thickness of plating forming the tops of deep tanks, watertight flats, bulkhead recesses and tunnel 

tops which may be used for stores space is to be 1 mm (0.04 in.) thicker than required for bulkhead 

plating at the same level. 

11 Frames 

11.1 Bottom Longitudinals 

Each bottom longitudinal, in association with the plating to which it is attached, is to have a section 


where 


c = 1.08 

h = vertical distance from the keel to the design draft, in m (ft), but not less than 2/ 3 

the distance from the keel to the main deck. 

= for longitudinals in tanks, the vertical distance from the keel to the top of the 

overflow, in m (ft) 

s = longitudinal spacing, in m (ft) 





! = unsupported span of the member, in m (ft). Where brackets of the thicknesses 


of the bracket beyond the its toe. 

11.3 Side and Deck Framing 

Each side frame or deck beam, in association with the plating to which it is attached, is to have a 

section modulus, SM, not less than obtained from the following equation: 

where 


c = coefficient appropriate to the type of construction employed as given in 

3-2-5/Figure 1 for side frames 

" 0.70 for deck longitudinals in dry spaces 

" 0.56 for deck beams in dry spaces 

" 1.00 for deck beams in way of tanks 

" 1.08 for side longitudinals 

h = distance, in m (ft), as given in 3-2-5/Figure 1 

" for side longitudinals, the vertical distance from the middle of ! to the deck at 

side, in m (ft) 

" in way of tanks, the vertical distance from the middle of ! to the top of the 


" 0.01L + 0.61 m (0.01L + 2.0 ft) for main decks. 

" 0.67 m (2.2 ft) for superstructure decks. Where deck loading may exceed 360 

kgf/m 2 , (75 lb/ft 2 ), h is to be proportionately increased. 

" 0.30 m (0.98 ft) for rain covers 


! = as defined in 3-2-5/11.1 

11.5 Framing in Tunnels 

Special consideration is to be given to increasing the framing in way of propeller tunnels or special 

types of nozzles, It is recommended that nontight bulkheads and diaphragms be introduced in way of 

long tunnels. 

13 Stanchions 

13.1 Permissible Load 

The permissible load, W a , of each stanchion is to be obtained from the following equation and is to be 

not less than the calculated load W given in 3-2-5/13.3 below. 

W a = bk e n!/rcA tf (Ltf) 

where 

k = 1.232 (7.83) 

n = 0.00452 (0.345) 








Special support is to be arranged at the ends and corners of deckhouses, in machinery spaces, at ends 

of partial superstructures and under heavy concentrated weights. 

13.3 Calculated Load 

:?.?.: B




d = horizontal distance between the stanchion below deck and next point of 

support of the girder or transverse supported, in m (ft) 

a = horizontal distance between the stanchion above deck and the stanchion 

below deck being considered, in m (ft) 

P 

a 

d 

R = P r (d ) a)/d 


Each supporting girder, transverse floor and stringer with transverse framing, and each main transverse 

member with longitudinal framing, is to have a section modulus, SM, not less than obtained from the 


where 

15.1 Proportions 


c = 1.00 for bottom and side supporting members and for deck supporting members 

in tanks 

= 0.70 for deck supporting members in dry spaces 

h = for bottom supporting member, the vertical distance from the keel to the design 

draft, in m (ft), but not less than 2/ 3 the distance from the keel to the main deck 

" for side supporting members, the distance from the middle of ! to the deck at 

side, in m (ft). In way of tanks, h is to be the vertical distance to the top of the 


" in way of tanks, the vertical distance from the middle of ! to the top of the 


" 0.01L + 0.61 m (0.01L + 2.0 ft) for main decks. 

" height of storage space, in m (ft), on decks where stores are carried 

" 0.67 m (2.2 ft) for superstructure decks. Where deck loading may exceed 

360 kgf/m 2 , (75 lb/ft 2 ), h is to be proportionately increased. 

" 0.30 m (0.98 ft) for rain covers 

s = sum of the half lengths of the supported members, in m (ft) 

! = as defined in 3-2-5/11.1. 

:A.:.: B




:A.:.- E+3D M;,6+,4 (56 $,(54X+,4+4 

i) Outside tanks, deck girders and transverses are to have depths not less than 0.0583! 

(0.7 in. per ft of span). Thickness is not to be less than 1 mm per 100 mm (0.01 in. per in.) 

of depth plus 4.0 mm (0.16 in.). 

ii) 

17 Bulkheads 


In tanks, deck transverses and girders are to have depths not less than 0.0833! (1.0 in. 

per ft of span). Thickness is not to be less than 1 mm per 100 mm (0.01 in. per in.) of 

depth plus 4.0 mm (0.16 in.). 

Intact watertight collision bulkheads are to be fitted up to the deck in all vessels at a distance of not 

less than 0.05L from the stem. Watertight after peak bulkheads are to be fitted. Machinery spaces below 

the deck are to be enclosed by transverse bulkheads which are watertight to the deck. Additional 

transverse watertight bulkheads are to be provided in accordance with 3-2-5/17.1.1 or 3-2-5/17.1.2 below. 

A watertight shaft tunnel or other watertight space(s) separate from the stern tube compartment is to 

be provided around the stern gland of such volume that, if flooded by leakage through the stern gland, 

the margin line will not be submerged. 

:G.:.: _+44+14 ?.A 8 U:>? @*V ;5 H+57*' ?.A ;5 U:>? @*V ;5 H+57*' 

Each main transverse watertight bulkhead is to be a minimum of 10 percent of the vesselss 

length or 1.8 m (6 ft), whichever is greater, from the collision bulkhead, from every other 

main transverse bulkhead and from the aft peak bulkhead. 


:G.?.: !1(*;57 


t = (s h /254) + 1.78 mm (min. t = 5 mm) 

t = (s h /460) + 0.07 in. (min. t = 0.20 in.) 

where 


h = vertical distance measured from the lower edge of the plate to the top of 

the overflow, in m (ft) 

:G.?.- 2*;@@+5+,4 


modulus, SM, not less than obtained from the following equation. The ends are to be either 

bracketed or clipped. 






where 

c = 1.00 

h = for double bottom tanks, height from the middle of ! to the tank top, plus 

2/ 3 of the distance from the tank top to the top of the overflow, in m (ft) 

= for other tanks, vertical distance from the middle of ! to the top of the 



! = as defined in 3-2-5/11.1 

:G.?.? M;,6+,4 (56 R+F4 

17.3.3(a) Strength Requirements. Each girder and web supporting bulkhead stiffeners is to 

have a section modulus not less than required by 3-2-5/17.3.2 for stiffeners, where s is the 

sum of half lengths of the stiffeners supported on each side of the girder or web, in m (ft). 

17.3.3(b) Proportions. Webs and girders are to have depths not less than 0.145! (1.75 in. per 

ft of span !) where no struts or ties are fitted. Where struts are fitted, they are to have depths 

not less than 0.0833! (1 in. per ft of span !) plus one-quarter of the depth of the slots for the 

stiffeners. In general, the depth is not to be less than 2 times the depth of the slots. 

The thickness is not to be less than 1 mm per 100 mm (0.01 in. per in.) of depth plus 3 mm 

(0.12 in.) but need not exceed 11.5 mm (0.46 in.). 

17.3.3(c) Tripping Brackets. Tripping brackets are to be fitted at intervals of about 3 m 

(10 ft) and where the width of the face flange exceeds 200 mm (8 in.) on either side of the 

girder or web, these are to be arranged to support the flange. 


:G.A.: !1(*;57 


t = (s h /290) + 1.0 mm (min. t = 4.5 mm) 

t = (s h /535) + 0.04 in. (min. t = 0.18 in.) 

where 




:G.A.- 2*;@@+5+,4 



where 


c = 0.46 

h = vertical distance from the middle of ! to the main deck at centerline, in m (ft) 






! = as defined in 3-2-5/11.1 



:G.A.? M;,6+,4 (56 R+F4 

17.5.3(a) Strength Requirements. Each girder and web supporting bulkhead stiffeners is to 

have a section modulus not less than required by 3-2-5/17.3.2 for stiffeners using c of 0.60 

and where s is the sum of half lengths of the stiffeners supported on each side of the girder or 

web, in m (ft). 


17.5.3(b) Proportions. Webs and girders are to have depths not less than 0.0833! (1 in. per ft 

of span !) plus one-quarter of the depth of the slots for the stiffeners. 

The thickness is not to be less than 1 mm per 100 mm (0.01 in. per in.) of depth plus 3 mm 

(0.12 in.) but need not exceed 11.5 mm (0.46 in.). 

17.5.3(c) Tripping Brackets. Tripping brackets are to be fitted at intervals of about 3 m 

(10 ft) and where the width of the face flange exceeds 200 mm (8 in.) on either side of the 

girder or web, these are to be arranged to support the flange. 

The thickness of the bottom, side and bilge plating is to be as required below. In addition, the 

thickness of plating in these locations is to be not less than as required by 3-2-5/17.3.1 for tank 

bulkheads where the spacing of the stiffeners is equal to the frame spacing and the value of h is equal 

to the distance from the lower edge of the plate to the under surface of the deck plating at side. 



equation: 

where 


t = 0.069L + 0.007s e 0.5 mm (min. t = 5 mm) 

t = 0.000825L + 0.007s e 0.02 in. 



(min. t = 0.20 in.) 



t = 0.069L + 0.007s e 1.0 mm 

t = 0.069L + 0.007s e 1.5 mm 

t = 0.000825L + 0.007s e 0.04 in. 

t = 0.000825L + 0.007s e 0.06 in. 

L g 73 m 

L ' 73 m 

L g 240 ft 

L ' 240 ft 





19.5 Bilge and Tunnel Plating 

Where radiused bilges are used the bottom thickness is to extend to the upper turn of the bilgeS where 

the radius at the bilge exceeds 305 mm (12 in.), the thickness of the plating should be at least 1.5 mm 

(0.06 in.) greater than the required thickness for side plating. The shell plating in tunnels in way of 

propellers is to be increased above the requirements of this Subsection. 




21 Deckhouses 

Side structure of multi-tier superstructure is to be designed to effectively withstand racking forces 

caused by wind loadings. If required, racking calculations are to be submitted to substantiate the design. 

Tween deck pillars and structural bulkheads are to be provided and arranged to effectively transmit 

deck loadings to supports below. Stiffeners on exterior bulkheads are also to be designed to effectively 

transmit deck loadings to the main deck. See 3-2-5/13. 

21.1 Side and End Bulkheads 

-:.:.: !1(*;57 

Plating is to be of thickness not less than obtained from the following equation: 

where 

t = (3s h ) + 2.5 mm t = (s h /50) + 0.10 in. 


h = 0.0224L e 0.56 m (0.0224L e 1.82 ft) 

L = length of the vessel, in m (ft), as defined in 3-1-1/3, but is not to be taken 

as less than 50 m (164 ft) 

t is not to be taken as less than t m , as defined in the following equation: 

t m = 4.0 + 0.01L mm 

t m = 0.16 + 0.00012L in. 

-:.:.- 2*;@@+5+,4 



where 


c = 0.45 

h = design head defined in 3-2-5/21.1.1, but not less than 1.4 m( 4.6 ft) 


! = tween deck height or the distance between vertical webs, in m (ft) 





-:.:.? _+,*;3(1 R+F4 

Each vertical web supporting horizontal stiffeners on exterior side and end bulkheads, in 

association with the plating to which it is attached, is to have a section modulus, SM, as 

obtained from the equation in 3-2-5/21.1.2, where s is the sum of half lengths of the stiffeners 

supported on each side of the web, in m (ft), and ! is the tween deck height, in m (ft). 

Proportions are to comply with the requirements of 3-2-5/15.1.2i). 

21.3 Openings in Bulkheads 

All openings in exterior bulkheads of superstructures or deckhouses are to be provided with efficient 

means of closing. Opening and closing appliances are to be framed and stiffened so that the whole 

structure is equivalent to the unpierced bulkhead when closed. 

21.5 Doors for Access Openings 

Doors for access openings into superstructures or deckhouses are to be weathertight, permanently and 

strongly attached to the bulkhead, and so arranged that they can be operated from both sides of the 

bulkhead. 

21.7 Sills of Access Openings 

Openings in exposed positions on the weather decks which lead to spaces below are to have sills at 

least 150 mm (6 in.) in height. Where these openings lead into passenger areas with intact decks, this 

height may be reduced or the sills omitted entirely, provided the openings can be made weathertight. 

Similar consideration may be given where passenger areas contain below-deck access provided it can 

be shown that flooding of the below deck space into which water could enter through the deck access 

opening would not adversely affect the stability or trim of the vessel. 

23 Keels, Stems and Stern Frames 

23.1 Bar Keels 

Where bar keels are used, their thicknesses and depths are to be not less than given by the following 

equations: 

where 

t = 0.52L + 9.5 mm 

h = 1.06L + 94.5 mm 

23.3 Flat Plate Keels 


h = depth, in mm (in.) 

t = 0.0062L + 0.37 in. 

h = 0.0127L + 3.72 in. 

L = length of the vessel, as defined in 3-1-1/3.3 

Flat plate keels are not to be of less thickness than required for bottom plating. 

23.5 Bar Stems 

Where bar stems are used, their thicknesses and widths are to be not less than given by the following 

equations: 

t = 0.38L + 11.0 mm 

w = 1.09L + 80.0 mm 

t = 0.0046L + 0.44 in. 

w = 0.0131L + 3.15 in. 





where 




23.7 Sternposts 

Where bar sternposts are fitted, their thicknesses and widths are to be not less than given by the 


where 

23.9 Stern Frames 

t = 0.52L + 9.5 mm 

w = 1.09L + 80.0 mm 



t = 0.0062L + 0.37 in. 

w = 0.0131L + 3.15 in. 


-?.N.: O55+, !




25.3 Application 

This Section refers to single or twin rudders of the balanced or partially balanced type having efficient 

neck bearings, with or without lower bearings. Where rudders are of unusual shape or design or are 

associated with construction features which make the formulas of this Subsection inapplicable, the 

design and calculations are to be submitted for approval. In such cases the design conditions are to be 

verified during the trials of the vessel. 

25.5 Rudder Stocks 

-A.A.: J))+, 2*




-A.A.? H




25.7 Rudders 

The lower stock is to be of the full diameter to the top of the rudder. Below this, the strength 

of rudder in way of the axis of the stock is to be not less than that of the lower stock required 

by 3-2-5/25.5.2 and 3-2-5/25.5.3 above. 

The bearing is to be bushed and the bushing effectively secured against movement. 

Where the rudder horn supports an upper pintle gudgeon, ! A and ! p , may be measured from 

the center of the upper pintle bearing, and the vertical extent of the upper stock for a rudder 

with an upper pintle may be as shown in 3-2-5/Figure 2a. 

Rudders may be of either single or double plate construction and are to have a sufficient number of 

arms or diaphragms to provide ample stiffness. 

25.9 Couplings 

Couplings in rudder stocks or between stock and rudder are to be equivalent to the required diameter 

of stock. 

25.11 Rudder Stops 

Strong and effective rudder stops are to be fitted. Where adequate positive stops are provided within 

the gear, structural stops will not be required. 

25.13 Supporting and Anti-Lifting Arrangements 

Effective means are to be provided for supporting the weight of the rudder assembly and the horizontal 

forces on the rudder stock without excessive bearing pressure. They are also to be arranged to prevent 

accidental unshipping or undue movement of the rudder which may cause damage to the steering 

gear. 





FIGURE 1 

Passenger Vessel Framing 

! 

h 

!/2 

h 1 

! 1 

/2 

! 1 

! 

!/2 

h 

! 

!/2 

h 

Type A 

Type B 

Type C 

h 

!/2 

h 

!/2 

! 

! 

Type D 

Type E 

Side Frame 

Type A c = 0.80 (for h) 

Type A c = 1.38 (for h 1 ) 

Type B c = 0.90 

Type C c = 1.00 

Type D c = 1.00 

Type E c = 1.00 





FIGURE 2 

Rudder Types 

Neck bearing 

Upper 

stock 

a 

a 

Lower 

stock 

Centroid 

of A 

b 

b 

a Rudder on a vessel with shoepiece 

Neck bearing 

Upper 

stock 

Neck bearing 

a 

Lower 

stock 

! A 

! p 

Lower 

stock 

b 

Centroid 

of A 

b 

b Spade rudder 

c Rudder on vessel with horn 



! " # $ 2 + 3 * ; < 5 Q . R + 1 6 E + 4 ; 7 5 

3 


2 9 & $ O W ] 6 Weld Design 

1 Fillet Welds 

1.1 General 

The actual sizes of fillet welds are to be indicated on detail drawings or on a separate welding schedule 

and submitted for approval in each individual case. 

In general, the weld throat size, t, is not to be less than 0.7 times the weld leg size, w. Continuous 

welding may be substituted for intermittent welding. It may be required that special precautions, such 

as the use of preheat or low-hydrogen electrodes or welding processes, be employed where small 

fillets are used for attachment to heavy plates. Fillet welds may be made by an approved manual or 

automatic process. 

Where the opening between members exceeds 2.0 mm (1/ 16 in.) and is not greater than 5 mm (3/ 16 in.), 

the size of the fillets is to be increased by the amount of the opening. Spacing between plates forming 

tee joints is not to exceed 5 mm (3/ 16 in.). 

1.3 Tee-Type Boundary Connections 

Tank boundary connections are to have double continuous welding in accordance with 3-2-6/Tables 

1A and 1B. 

Tight boundaries of dry spaces may have intermittent welding on one side in accordance with 

3-2-6/Tables 2A and 2B. 

1.5 Tee-Type End Connections 

Tee-type end connections where fillet welds are used are to have continuous welds on each side. In 

general the leg sizes of the welds are to be not less than 3/ 4 times the thickness of the member being 

attached, but in special cases where heavy members are attached to relatively light plating, the sizes 

may be modified. Where only the webs of girders, beams and stiffeners are required to be attached to 

plating, it is recommended that the unattached face plate or flanges be cut back. 

1.7 Other Tee-Type Connections 

Frames, beams, bulkhead stiffeners, floors and intercostals, etc., are to have at least the disposition 

and sizes of intermittent or continuous fillet welds as required by 3-2-6/Tables 1A, 1B, 2A and 2B. 

The stem of a non-watertight tee connection is to be scalloped in way of the joint of both members 

forming the tee. 




Section 6 Weld Design 3-2-6 

1.9 Lapped Joints 

Lapped joints are generally to have overlaps of not less width than twice the thinner plate thickness 

plus 25 mm (l. in.). Both edges of an overlap joint are to have fillet welds which, depending on the 

members to be connected, may be continuous or intermittent and of the size, w, as required by 

3-2-6/1.11 or 3-2-6/1.13. 

1.11 Overlapped End Connections 

Overlapped end connections of longitudinal strength members within the midship 0.5L are to have 

continuous fillet welds on both edges each equal in size, w, to the thickness of the thinner of the two 

plates joined. All other overlapped end connections are to have continuous welds on each edge of 

sizes w such that the sum of the two is not less than 1.5 times the thickness of the thinner plate. In 

addition, for stanchions and diagonals, Note 3 of 3-2-6/Tables 1A, 1B, 2A and 2B is to be complied 

with. For channel members not attached to plating, the minimum weld area of the end connections 

based on the throat dimension of the fillet is not to be less than 75k of the sectional area of the 

channel. 

1.13 Overlapped Seams 

Overlapped seams are to have welds on both edges of the sizes required by 3-2-6/1.7 for tee connections 

at boundaries. 

1.15 Plug Welds or Slot Welds 

Plug welds or slot welds may be specially approved for particular applications. Where used in the 

body of doublers and similar locations, such welds may be spaced about 300 mm (12 in.) between 

centers in both directions. 

3 Alternatives 

The foregoing are considered minimum requirements for electric-arc welding in hull construction, but 

alternative methods, arrangements and details will be considered for approval. The Steel Vessel Rules 

will be an acceptable alternative. Fillet weld sizes may be determined from structural analyses based 

on sound engineering principles provided they meet the overall strength standards of the Rules. 





TABLE 1A 

Double Continuous Fillet Weld Sizes – Millimeters 

For weld requirements for thicknesses intermediate to those shown in the Table use the nearest lower thickness shown in the table. 

Beams 

Weld Size for Lesser Thickness of Members Joined, mm 

Structural Items 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

Transverse or longitudinal to deck w 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 

Bulkhead Plating 

t 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 

Oiltight, watertight bulkheads e w 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 

periphery t 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 

Bulkhead Stiffeners 

Deep tank bulkhead w e 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 

t e 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 

Watertight bulkhead w e 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 

t e 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 

Non-watertight bulkhead w 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 

Center Girder 

t 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 

To inner bottom or rider plate in way of w e 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.0 6.5 

engine and to shell or bar keel t e 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 

To inner bottom or rider plate and clear w 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.0 6.5 

of engine t 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 

Frames and Floors 

To shell in tanks and peaks w e e 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 

t e e 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 

To shell elsewhere w 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 

Wide Spaced Frames and Floors 

t 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 

To shell, deck, inner bottom and w e 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 

longitudinal bulkheads t e 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 

Floors – Single Bottom 

To center keelson w 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 

Floors – Double Bottom 

t 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 

Solid floors to center vertical keel plate w 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.5 8.0 9.0 9.5 10.5 11.0 

in engine room, under boiler bearers t 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.5 6.5 7.5 8.0 

Solid floors to center vertical keel plate 

elsewhere and open floor brackets to 

center vertical keel 

w 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 

t 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 

Solid floors and open floor brackets to w 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 

margin plate t 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 

To inner bottom in engine room w 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 

t 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 

To inner bottom elsewhere w 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 

t 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 





TABLE 1A (continued) 

Weld Sizes and Spacing – Millimeters 


Foundations 

Weld Size for Lesser Thickness of Members Joined, mm 

Structural Items 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 

To top plates, shell or inner bottom for w 5.0 5.0 5.5 5.5 3.0 6.5 7.0 7.5 8.0 8.5 9.0 

main engines and major auxiliaries t 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.5 

Girders, Webs and Trusses 

To shell and to bulkheads or decks in w e 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 5.5 

tanks t e 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3,5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 

To bulkheads or decks elsewhere w e 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 

t e 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 

Webs to face plates w 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 

Intercostals 

t 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 

To shell and inner bottom in way of w e 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.5 5.5 6.0 6.0 6.5 

engines t e 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.0 4.0 4.5 4.5 4.5 

To shell and inner bottom elsewhere, to w 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 

floors t 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 





TABLE 1B 

Double Continuous Fillet Weld Sizes – Inches 


Beams 

Weld Size for Lesser Thickness of Members Joined, in. 

Structural Items 0.20 0.24 0.28 0.32 0.36 0.40 0.44 0.48 0.52 0.56 0.60 

Transverse or longitudinal to deck 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

Bulkhead Plating 

Oiltight, watertight bulkheads e periphery 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

9/ 32 

5/ 16 

5/ 16 

11/ 32 

Bulkhead Stiffeners 

Deep tank bulkhead e 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

Watertight bulkhead e 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

Non-watertight bulkhead 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

Center Girder 

To inner bottom or rider plate in way of 

engine and to shell or bar keel 

To inner bottom or rider plate and clear of 

engine 

Frames and Floors 

e 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

7/ 32 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

7/ 32 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

To shell in tanks and peaks e e 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

To shell elsewhere 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

Wide Spaced Frames and Floors 

To shell, deck, inner bottom and longitudinal 

bulkheads 


e 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

To center keelson 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

9/ 32 

5/ 16 

5/ 16 

11/ 32 

Floors – Double Bottom 

Solid floors to center vertical keel plate in 

engine room, under boiler bearers 

Solid floors to center vertical keel plate 

elsewhere and open floor brackets to center 

vertical keel 

Solid floors and open floor brackets to 

margin plate 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

7/ 32 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

5/ 16 

5/ 16 

3/ 8 

3/ 8 

7/ 16 

7/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

9/ 32 

5/ 16 

5/ 16 

11/ 32 

To inner bottom in engine room 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

9/ 32 

5/ 16 

5/ 16 

11/ 32 

To inner bottom elsewhere 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

Foundations 

To top plates, shell or inner bottom for main 

engines and major auxiliaries 


3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

7/ 32 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

9/ 32 

5/ 16 

5/ 16 

11/ 32 

3/ 8 

To shell and to bulkheads or decks in tanks e 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

7/ 32 

To bulkheads or decks elsewhere e 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

7/ 32 

Webs to face plates 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

Intercostals 

To shell and inner bottom in way of engines e 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

7/ 32 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

To shell and inner bottom elsewhere, to 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

3/ 16 

7/ 32 

floors 





TABLE 2A 

Intermittent Fillet Weld Sizes and Spacing – Millimeters 

For weld requirements for thicknesses intermediate to those shown in the Table use the nearest lower thickness 

shown in the table. 

Weld sizes other than given in the table may be used provided the spacing of welds is modified to give equivalent 

strength. 

For double continuous weld sizes equivalent to the intermittent welds see 3-2-6/Table 1A. 

Weld size for lesser thickness of members joined, mm 

5 6.5 8 9.5 11 12.5 14 

Length of fillet weld 40 65 65 65 65 65 65 

Nominal leg size of fillet w 4.5 5.0 6.5 6.5 8.0 8/0 9.5 

Nominal throat size of fillet t 3.0 3.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.5 

Structural Items 

Spacing of Welds S, mm 

Beams 

Transverse or longitudinal to deck *300 *300 300 300 300 300 300 

Watertight Bulkhead Plating – Periphery 

One side 

Continuous weld of leg size of plate thickness 

less than 2.0 mm 

See 3-2-6/Table 

1A for double 

continuous weld 

Other side — 250 250 250 250 See 3-2-6/Table 

1A for double 


Bulkhead Stiffeners (See Note 5) 

Deep tank bulkhead — 250 250 250 250 250 250 

Watertight bulkhead — *300 300 300 300 300 300 

Non-watertight bulkhead *300 *350 *350 *350 *350 *350 *350 

Center Girder (See Note 6) 

To inner bottom or rider plate in way of engine and to — 150 150 150 150 150 150 

shell or bar keel u 

To inner bottom or rider plate and clear of engine — 150 150 150 150 150 150 

Frames and Floors (See Notes 5 I 7) 

To shell in tanks and peaks — — 250 250 250 250 250 

To shell elsewhere *300 *300 300 300 300 300 300 

Wide Spaced Frames and Floor 

To shell, deck, inner bottom and longitudinal — 150 150 150 150 150 150 


To center keelson 

See 3-2-6/Table 1A for double continuous welds 

Floors – Double Bottom (See Note 7) 

Solid floors to center vertical keel plate in engine room, See 3-2-6/Table 1A for double continuous welds 

under boiler bearers 

Solid floors to center vertical keel plate elsewhere, and — *250 *250 250 250 250 250 

open-floor brackets to center vertical keel 

Solid floors and open-floor brackets to margin plate See 3-2-6/Table 1A for double continuous welds 

To inner bottom in engine room 

See 3-2-6/Table 1A for double continuous welds 

To inner bottom elsewhere *300 *300 300 300 300 300 300 





TABLE 2A (continued) 

Intermittent Fillet Weld Sizes and Spacing – Millimeters 

Weld size for lesser thickness of members joined, mm 

5 6.5 8 9.5 11 12.5 14 

Length of fillet weld 40 65 65 65 65 65 65 

Nominal leg size of fillet w 4.5 5.0 6.5 6.5 8.0 8/0 9.5 

Nominal throat size of fillet t 3.0 3.5 4.5 4.5 5.5 5.5 6.5 



Foundations 

To top plates, shell or inner bottom for main engines See 3-2-6/Table 1A for double continuous welds 

and major auxiliaries 


To shell and to bulkheads or decks in tanks — 200 225 225 225 225 225 

To bulkheads or decks elsewhere — 250 250 250 250 250 250 

Webs to face plate *250 *250 300 300 300 300 300 

Intercostals 

To shell and inner bottom in way of engine u — 150 150 150 150 150 150 

To shell and inner bottom elsewhere, to floors *275 *275 275 275 275 275 275 

See General Notes at beginning of Table. 

* Fillet welds are to be staggered. 

u 

Length of fillet to be 75 mm 

Notes 

1 Where beams, stiffeners, frames, etc., pass through slotted girders, shelves or stringers, there is to be a pair of 

matched intermittent welds on each side of each such intersection, and the beams, stiffeners and frames are to be 

efficiently attached to the girders, shelves and stringers. 

2 Longitudinal frames are to have 150 mm of double continuous welding at their ends and in way of transverses 

except as follows. Deck longitudinals require 150 mm double continuous welding at ends. Side and deck 

longitudinals in way of cargo spaces in open hopper barges require a matched pair of welds at their ends. 

3 The required welding area of end connections of stanchions and diagonals is not to be less than the following: 

" Stanchions e 75k of the area of the stanchions 

" Diagonals e 50k of the area of the diagonal 

In determining the weld area provided, the throat dimension of the fillet is to be used. 

4 Brackets generally welded 75 mm on 150 mm centers, both sides. Length of fillet weld based on lesser thickness 

of members joined. 

5 Unbracketed shell and bulkhead stiffeners are to have double continuous welds for one-tenth of their length at each 

end. 

6 Where center girders are water- or oil-tight a continuous weld is to be used on one side of the connections. 

7 Tank end floors are to be welded to shell, center girder and inner bottom as required for deep tank bulkheads. 





TABLE 2B 

Intermittent Fillet Weld Sizes and Spacing – Inches 

For weld requirements for thicknesses intermediate to those shown in the Table use the nearest lower thickness 

shown in the table. 

Weld sizes other than given in the table may be used provided the spacing of welds is modified to give equivalent 

strength. 

For double continuous weld sizes equivalent to the intermittent welds see 3-2-6/Table 1B. 

Weld size for lesser thickness of members joined, in. 

0.20 0.26 0.32 0.38 0.44 0.50 0.58 

Length of fillet weld 1 1 / 2 2 1 / 2 2 1 / 2 2 1 / 2 2 1 / 2 2 1 / 2 2 1 / 2 

Nominal leg size of fillet w 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

5/ 16 

5/ 16 

3/ 8 



Beams 

Transverse or longitudinal to deck *12 *12 12 12 12 12 12 

Watertight Bulkhead Plating – Periphery 

One side 

Continuous weld of leg size of plate thickness 

less than 1 / 16 in. 

See 3-2-6/Table 

1B for double 


Other side — 10 10 10 10 See 3-2-6/Table 

1B for double 


Bulkhead Stiffeners (See Note 5) 

Deep tank bulkhead — 10 10 10 10 10 10 

Watertight bulkhead — *12 12 12 12 12 12 

Non-watertight bulkhead *12 *14 *14 *14 *14 *14 *14 

Center Girder (See Note 6) 

To inner bottom or rider plate in way of engine and to — 6 6 6 6 6 6 

shell or bar keel u 

To inner bottom or rider plate and clear of engine — 6 6 6 6 6 6 

Frames and Floors (See Notes 5 I 7) 

To shell in tanks and peaks — — 10 10 10 10 10 

To shell elsewhere *12 *12 12 12 12 12 12 

Wide Spaced Frames and Floor 

To shell, deck, inner bottom and longitudinal — 6 6 6 6 6 6 


To center keelson 

See 3-2-6/Table 1B for double continuous welds 

Floors – Double Bottom (See Note 7) 

Solid floors to center vertical keel plate in engine room, See 3-2-6/Table 1B for double continuous welds 

under boiler bearers 

Solid floors to center vertical keel plate elsewhere, and — *10 *10 10 10 10 10 

open-floor brackets to center vertical keel 

Solid floors and open-floor brackets to margin plate See 3-2-6/Table 1B for double continuous welds 

To inner bottom in engine room 

See 3-2-6/Table 1B for double continuous welds 

To inner bottom elsewhere *12 *12 12 12 12 12 12 





TABLE 2B (continued) 

Intermittent Fillet Weld Sizes and Spacing – Inches 

Weld size for lesser thickness of members joined, in. 

0.20 0.26 0.32 0.38 0.44 0.50 0.58 

Length of fillet weld 1 1 / 2 2 1 / 2 2 1 / 2 2 1 / 2 2 1 / 2 2 1 / 2 2 1 / 2 

Nominal leg size of fillet w 3/ 16 

3/ 16 

1/ 4 

1/ 4 

5/ 16 

5/ 16 

3/ 8 



Foundations 

To top plates, shell or inner bottom for main engines See 3-2-6/Table 1B for double continuous welds 

and major auxiliaries 


To shell and to bulkheads or decks in tanks — 8 9 9 9 9 9 

To bulkheads or decks elsewhere — 10 10 10 10 10 10 

Webs to face plate *10 *10 12 12 12 12 12 

Intercostals 

To shell and inner bottom in way of engine u — 6 6 6 6 6 6 

To shell and inner bottom elsewhere, to floors *11 *11 11 11 11 11 11 

See General Notes at beginning of Table. 

* Fillet welds are to be staggered. 

u 

Length of fillet to be 3 in. 

Notes 

1 Where beams, stiffeners, frames, etc., pass through slotted girders, shelves or stringers, there is to be a pair of 

matched intermittent welds on each side of each such intersection, and the beams, stiffeners and frames are to be 

efficiently attached to the girders, shelves and stringers. 

2 Longitudinal frames are to have 6 inches of double continuous welding at their ends and in way of transverses 

except as follows. Deck longitudinals require 6 inches double continuous welding at ends. Side and deck 

longitudinals in way of cargo spaces in open hopper barges require a matched pair of welds at their ends. 

3 The required welding area of end connections of stanchions and diagonals is not to be less than the following: 

" Stanchions e 75k of the area of the stanchions 

" Diagonals e 50k of the area of the diagonal 

In determining the weld area provided, the throat dimension of the fillet is to be used. 

4 Brackets generally welded 3 inches on 6 inch centers, both sides. Length of fillet weld based on lesser thickness of 

members joined. 

5 Unbracketed shell and bulkhead stiffeners are to have double continuous welds for one-tenth of their length at each 

end. 

6 Where center girders are water- or oil-tight a continuous weld is to be used on one side of the connections. 

7 Tank end floors are to be welded to shell, center girder and inner bottom as required for deep tank bulkheads. 



P A R T C h a p t e r 3 : S u b d i v i s i o n a n d S t a b i l i t y 

3 

C H A P T E R 3 Subdivision and Stability 

CONTENTS 

SECTION 1 


1 Definitions ..........................................................................131 

1.1 Margin Line ................................................................... 131 

1.3 Deepest Subdivision Draft............................................. 131 

3 Intact Stability.....................................................................131 

3.1 Vessels Over 100 Gross Tons, greater than 20 m 

(65 ft) in Length, or Carrying 50 or More Passengers ... 131 

3.3 Self-propelled Vessels Under 100 m (328 ft) in 

Length ........................................................................... 132 

5 Damage Stability................................................................133 

5.1 Permeability .................................................................. 133 

5.3 Extent of Damage ......................................................... 133 

7 Portlights in Cargo Spaces Located Below the Margin 

Line ....................................................................................133 

9 Automatic Ventilating Portlights .........................................134 

11 Shell Connections Located Below the Margin Line ...........134 

13 Gangway and Cargo Ports Located Below the Margin 

Line ....................................................................................134 

15 Openings and Penetrations in Watertight Bulkheads ........135 

17 Doors, Manholes and Access Openings............................135 

19 Shaft Tunnel Door and Doors within Propulsion 

Machinery Spaces .............................................................135 

21 Watertight Doors in Watertight Bulkheads.........................136 

23 Power-operated Sliding Watertight Doors .........................136 

25 Watertight Doors in Cargo Spaces ....................................139 

27 Portable Plates...................................................................140 

29 Miscellaneous ....................................................................140 

31 Watertight Decks, Trunks, Tunnels, Duct Keels and 

Ventilators ..........................................................................140 

33 Inclining Experiment...........................................................140 

35 Deadweight Survey............................................................141 

37 Trim and Stability Booklets ................................................141 

39 Damage Control Plans.......................................................141 

ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL 1ESSELS FOR SER1ICE ON RI1ERS 2 INTRACOASTAL 3ATER3A4S . 2007 129


P A R T S e c t i o n 1 : P a s s e n g e r V e s s e l s 

3 

C H A P T E R 3 Subdivision and Stability 

S E C T I O N 1 Passenger Vessels 

1 Definitions 

1.1 Margin Line 

The Margin Line is a line drawn at least 76 mm (3 in.) below the upper surface of the main deck at side. 

1.3 Deepest Subdivision Draft 

Deepest Subdivision Draft is the waterline which corresponds to the greatest draft permitted by the 

subdivision requirements which are applicable. 

3 Intact Stability 

3.1 Vessels Over 100 Gross Tons, Greater than 20 m (65 ft) in Length, or Carrying 

50 or More Passengers 

The metacentric height, GM, of these vessels is to be as indicated by the following equations in each 

condition of loading and operation, except that vessels under 20 m (65 ft) in length, of 100 gross tons 

or less, and carrying between 50 and 150 passengers need only comply with Equation 1. 

where 

GM ' PAHKLW tan(T)M ............................................................................................................ (1) 

GM ' NbKLKW tan(T)M............................................................................................................. (2) 

P N 0.028 P (LK1309) 2 tfKrn 2 (0.0025 P LLK14200M 2 LtfKft 2 ) 

L N length of the vessel, in m (ft), as defined in 3-1-1K3 

A N proTected lateral area of the portion of the vessel above the waterline, in m 2 (ft 2 ) 

H N vertical distance from the center of A to the center of the vesselUs underwater 

lateral area, or approximately to the one-half draft point, in m (ft) 

W N force corresponding to the displacement of the vessel, in tf (Ltf) 

T N 14° or the angle of heel at which one half of the freeboard to the deck edge is 

immersed, whichever is less. 



Chapter 3 Subdivision and Stability 


N N number of passengers 

b N distance from the centerline of the vessel to the geometric center of the passenger 

deck on one side of the centerline, in m (ft) 

K N 23.6 passengersKtf (24 passengersKLtf) 

3.3 Self-propelled Vessels Under 100 m (328 ft) in Length 

These vessels are to comply with 3-3-1K3.3.1 or 3-3-1K3.3.2 below. For the purpose of demonstrating 

compliance with 3-3-1K3.3.1 or 3-3-1K3.3.2 below, at each angle of heel the vesselXs righting arm is to 

be calculated after the vessel is permitted to trim freely until the trimming moment is zero. 

3.3.1 Vessels with Maximum Righting Arm Occurring at an Angle of Heel > 30° 

These vessels are to haveZ 

i) An initial metacentric height (GM) of at least 0.15 m (0.49 ft). 

ii) 

iii) 

iv) 

A maximum righting arm (GZ) of at least 0.20 m (0.66 ft) at an angle of heel equal to 

or greater than 30° 

An area under each righting arm curve of at least 3.15 m-degrees (10.3 ft-degrees) up 

to an angle of heel of 30°. 


to an angle of heel of 40°, or the downflooding angle, whichever is less, and 

v) An area under each righting arm curve between the angles of 30° and 40°, or between 

30° and the downflooding angle, if this angle is less than 40°, of not less than 1.72 

m-degrees (5.6 ft-degrees). 

3.3.2 Vessels with Maximum Righting Arm Occurring at an Angle of Heel + 30° 

These vessels are to comply with 3-3-1K3.3.1 or are to have\ 

i) An initial metacentric height (GM) of at least 0.15 m (0.49 ft). 

ii) A maximum righting arm that occurs at an angle of heel not less than 15°. 

iii) 

iv) 


to an angle of heel of 40°, or the downflooding angle, whichever is less, and 

An area under each righting arm curve between the angles of 30° and 40°, or between 

30° and the downflooding angle, if this angle is less than 40°, of not less than 1.72 

m-degrees (5.6 ft-degrees). 

v) An area under each righting arm curve up to the angle of maximum righting arm of 

not less than the area determined by the following equationsZ 

where 

A N 3.15 P 0.057(30 – Y) m-degrees 

A N area, in m-degrees (ft-degrees) 

Y N angle of maximum righting, in degrees 

A N 10.3 P 0.187(30 – Y) ft-degrees 

132 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL 1ESSELS FOR SER1ICE ON RI1ERS 2 INTRACOASTAL 3ATER3A4S . 2007




5 Damage Stability 

All vessels over 100 gross tons, greater than 20 m (65 ft) in length, or carrying more than 150 passengers, 

are to comply with a one-compartment standard of flooding (no damage to any main transverse watertight 

bulkhead), irrespective of the maximum number of passengers carried. The following assumptions are 

to be made in determining compliance with the one compartment standard. 

5.1 Permeability 

The following uniform average permeabilities are to be assumedZ 

i) Cargo, stores and baggage spacesZ 60B. 

ii) 

iii) 

Machinery spacesZ 85` 

TanksZ 0` or 95`, whichever results in the most disabling condition. 

iv) All other spacesZ 95`. 

5.3 Extent of Damage 

5.3.1 Vessels of 43.5 m (143 ft) in Length or Greater 

For vessels 43.5 m (143 ft) or more in length, the following extent of damage is to be assumedZ 

5.3.1(a) Longitudinal penetration. 3 m (10 ft) plus 3` of the vesselUs length, or 10.7 m (35 ft) 

whichever is less. 

5.3.1(b) Transverse penetration. BK5 where B is the mean of the maximum beam at the 

bulkhead deck and the maximum beam at the deepest subdivision draft, applied inboard from 

the side of the vessel, at right angles to the centerline, at the level of the deepest subdivision 

draft. 

5.3.1(c) Vertical penetration. Upward without limit. 

5.3.2 Vessels Under 43.5 m (143 ft) in Length 

For vessels less than 43.5 m (143 ft) in length, the following extent of damage is to be assumedZ 

5.3.2(a) Longitudinal penetration. 1.8 m (6 ft) or 10` of the vesselUs length, whichever is 

greater. 

5.3.2(b) Transverse penetration. BK5 where B is the mean of the maximum beam at the 

bulkhead deck and the maximum beam at the deepest subdivision draft, applied inboard from 

the side of the vessel, at right angles to the centerline, at the level of the deepest subdivision 

draft. 

5.3.2(c) Vertical penetration. Upward without limit. 

7 Portlights in Cargo Spaces Located Below the Margin Line 

Portlights located below the margin line are to be fitted with tempered monolithic glass of thickness 

obtained from the following equation and are to comply with i), ii) and iii), below. 

t N 0.033d 

t min N 8.0 mm (0.31 in.) 

where 

d N clear glass diameter, in mm (in.) 

t N glass thickness, in mm (in.) 





i) Portlights are not to be fitted in any spaces which are used exclusively for the carriage 

of cargo. 

ii) 

iii) 

Portlights may be fitted in spaces used alternatively for the carriage of cargo or 

passengers, but they are to be of such construction as will effectively prevent any 

unauthorized opening. 

If cargo is carried in spaces mentioned in ii), the portlights and their deadlights are to 

be closed watertight and locked before the cargo is shipped. 

9 Automatic Ventilating Portlights 

Automatic ventilating portlights are not to be fitted in the shell plating below the margin line without 

special approval. 

11 Shell Connections Located Below the Margin Line 

11.1 

11.3 

11.5 

All inlets and discharges in the shell plating are to be fitted with efficient and accessible arrangements 

for preventing the accidental ingress of water into the vessel. 

Except as provided in 3-3-1K11.5, each separate discharge led through the shell plating from spaces 

below the margin line is to be provided with either one automatic non-return valve fitted with a 

positive means of closing from above the bulkhead deck or with two automatic non-return valves 

without positive means of closing, provided that the inboard valve is situated above the deepest draft 

and is always accessible for examination under service conditions. Where a valve with positive means 

of closing is fitted, the operating position above the bulkhead deck is always to be readily accessible, 

and means are to be provided for indicating whether the valve is open or closed. 

Machinery space main and auxiliary sea inlets and discharges used in connection with the operation of 

machinery are to be fitted with readily accessible valves between the pipes and the shell plating or 

between the pipes and fabricated boxes attached to the shell plating. The valves may be controlled 

locally and are to be provided with indicators showing whether they are open or closed. 

13 Gangway and Cargo Ports Located Below the Margin Line 

13.1 

13.3 

Gangway and cargo ports fitted below the margin line are to be of sufficient strength. They are to be 

capable of being effectively closed and secured watertight. The scantlings of the ports are to be 

equivalent to the scantlings required by the Rules for the hull structure in that location. Ports should 

normally open outboard. Ports which open inboard are to have portable strong-backs or props in 

addition to the regular dogs. If accessible during service, they are to be fitted with a device which 

prevents unauthorized opening. Shell doublers or insert plates are to be fitted to compensate for the 

openings and the corners of openings are to be well rounded. Indicators showing whether the ports are 

open or secured closed are to be located in the wheelhouse or main control center. 

Such ports are to be so located as to have their lowest point above the deepest draft waterline. 





15 Openings and Penetrations in Watertight Bulkheads 

15.1 

15.3 

15.5 

15.7 

15.9 

The number of openings in watertight bulkheads is to be reduced to the minimum compatible with the 

design and proper working of the vessel\ satisfactory means are to be provided for closing these 

openings. 

Valves not forming part of a piping system are not permitted in watertight subdivision bulkheads. 

Lead or other heat sensitive materials are not to be used in systems which penetrate watertight subdivision 

bulkheads, where deterioration of such material would in the event of a fire, impair the watertight 

integrity of the bulkheads. 

Except as provided in 3-3-1K15.9, the collision bulkhead may be pierced below the margin line by not 

more than one pipe for dealing with fluid in the forepeak, provided that the pipe is fitted with a 

screwdown valve capable of being operated from above the bulkhead deck\ the valve chest being 

located on the collision bulkhead inside the forepeak. 

If the forepeak is divided to hold two kinds of liquids, the collision bulkhead may be pierced below 

the margin line by two pipes, each of which is fitted as required by paragraph d, provided there is no 

practical alternative to the fitting of such a second pipe and that, having regard to the additional 

subdivision provided in the forepeak, the safety of the vessel is maintained. 

17 Doors, Manholes and Access Openings 

Doors, manholes, or access openings are not permittedZ 

i) In the collision bulkhead below the margin line\ 

ii) 

In watertight transverse bulkheads dividing a cargo space from an adToining cargo space or 

from a permanent or reserve bunker, except as provided in 3-3-1K25. 

19 Shaft Tunnel Door and Doors within Propulsion Machinery 

Spaces 

Within spaces containing the main and auxiliary propulsion machinery including boilers serving the 

needs of propulsion, not more than one watertight door, apart from the watertight doors to shaft 

tunnels, is to be fitted in each main transverse bulkhead. Where two or more shafts are fitted, the 

tunnels are to be interconnected by a passage. There is to be only one watertight door between the 

machinery space and the tunnel spaces where two shafts are fitted, and only two watertight doors 

where there are more than two shafts. All these watertight doors are to be of the sliding type and are to 

be so located as to have their sills as high as practicable. The hand gear for operating these doors from 

above the bulkhead deck is to be situated outside the spaces containing the machinery. See also 

4-4-1K25.9.4. 





21 Watertight Doors in Watertight Bulkheads 

21.1 

21.3 

21.5 

21.7 

Watertight doors, except as provided in 3-3-1K25 are to be power-operated sliding doors complying 

with the requirements of 3-3-1K23 capable of being closed simultaneously from the central operating 

console at the navigation bridge (or main control station) in not more than 60 seconds with the vessel 

in the upright position. 

The means of operation whether by power or by hand of any power-operated sliding watertight door 

is to be capable of closing the door with the vessel listed to 15° either way. Consideration is also to be 

given to the forces which may act on either side of the door as may be experienced when water is 

flowing through the opening applying a static head equivalent to a water height of at least 1 m (3.28 

ft) above the sill on the centerline of the door. 

Watertight door controls, including hydraulic piping and electric cables, are to be kept as close as 

practicable to the bulkhead in which the doors are fitted, in order to minimize the likelihood of them 

being involved in any damage which the vessel may sustain. The positioning of watertight doors and 

their controls are to be such that if the vessel sustains damage within one fifth of the breadth of the 

vessel, as defined in 3-1-1K5, such distance being measured at right angles to the centerline at the level 

of the deepest subdivision load line, the operation of the watertight doors clear of the damaged portion 

of the vessel is not impaired. 

All power-operated sliding watertight doors are to be provided with means of indication which will 

show at all remote operating positions whether the doors are open or closed. Remote operating 

positions are to be at the navigation bridge (or main control station) as required by 3-3-1K23.1.5 and, 

at the location where hand operation above the bulkhead deck is required by 3-3-1K23.1.4. 

21.9 (1##6) 

Sliding doors are to be hydrostatically tested at the manufacturer with a head of water not less than the 

height to the deck at center. 

23 Power-operated Sliding Watertight Doors 

23.1 

Each power-operated sliding watertight door is to comply with the followingZ 

23.1.1 

Have either a vertical or a horizontal motion\ 





23.1.2 

23.1.3 

23.1.4 

23.1.5 

23.1.6 

23.1.7 

SubTect to 3-3-1K27, normally being limited to a maximum clear opening width of 1.2 m 

(3.94 ft). Larger doors may be considered to the extent necessary for the effective operation of 

the vessel provided that other safety measures, including the following, are taken into 

considerationZ 

i) Special consideration is to be given to the strength of the door and its closing 

appliances in order to prevent leakages\ 

ii) 

iii) 

The door is to be located inboard of the transverse extent of damage (BK5)\ 

The door is to be kept closed when the vessel is in service, except the door may be 

opened for limited periods when absolutely necessary. 

Be fitted with the necessary equipment to open and close the door using electric power, 

hydraulic power, or any other acceptable form of power. 

Be provided with an individual hand-operated mechanism. It is to be possible to open and 

close the door by hand from either side of the door, and in addition, close the door from an 

accessible position above the bulkhead deck with an all round crank motion or some other 

movement providing the same acceptable degree of safety. Direction of rotation or other 

movement is to be clearly indicated at all operating positions. The time necessary for the 

complete closure of the door, when operating by hand gear, is not to exceed 90 seconds with 

the vessel in the upright position\ 

Be provided with controls for opening and closing the door by power from both sides of the 

door and also for closing the door by power from the central operating console at the 

navigation bridge (or main control station)\ 

Be provided with an audible alarm, distinct from any other alarm in the area, which will 

sound whenever the door is closed remotely by power and which is to sound for at least five 

seconds but no more than ten seconds before the door begins to move and is to continue 

sounding until the door is completely closed. In the case of remote hand operation it is 

sufficient for the audible alarm to sound only when the door is moving. Additionally, in 

passenger areas and areas of high ambient noise, the audible alarm is to be supplemented by a 

warning sign posted on each side of the door, an intermittent visual signal at the door\ and 

Have an approximately uniform rate of closure under power. The closure time, from the time 

the door begins to move to the time it reaches the completely closed position, is to be not less 

than 20 seconds or more than 40 seconds with the vessel in the upright position. 

23.3 

The electrical power required for power-operated sliding watertight doors is to be supplied from the 

emergency switchboard either directly or by a dedicated distribution board situated above the bulkhead 

deck. The associated control, indication and alarm circuits are to be supplied from the emergency 

switchboard either directly or by a dedicated distribution board situated above the bulkhead deck. 





23.5 

Power-operated sliding watertight doors are to have one of the following systems, 

23.5.1 

23.5.2 

A centralized hydraulic system with two independent power sources each consisting of a 

motor and pump capable of simultaneously closing all doors. In addition, there are to be for 

the whole installation hydraulic accumulators of sufficient capacity to operate all the doors at 

least three times (i.e., closed-open-closed) against an adverse list of 15°. This operating cycle 

is to be capable of being carried out when the accumulator is at the pump cut-in pressure. The 

fluid used is to be chosen considering the temperatures liable to be encountered by the 

installation during its service. The power operating system is to be designed to minimize the 

possibility of having a single failure in the hydraulic piping adversely affect the operation of 

more than one door. The hydraulic system is to be provided with a low-level alarm for 

hydraulic fluid reservoirs serving the power-operated system and a low gas pressure alarm or 

other effective means of monitoring loss of stored energy in hydraulic accumulators. These 

alarms are to be audible and visual and are to be situated on the central operating console at 

the navigation bridge (or main control station). 

An independent hydraulic system for each door with each power source consisting of a motor 

and pump capable of opening and closing the door. In addition, there is to be a hydraulic 

accumulator of sufficient capacity to operate the door at least three times (i.e., closed-openclosed) 

against an adverse list of 15°. This operating cycle is to be capable of being carried 

out when the accumulator is at the pump cut-in pressure. The fluid used is to be chosen 

considering the temperatures liable to be encountered by the installation during its service. A 

low gas pressure group alarm or other effective means of monitoring loss of stored energy in 

hydraulic accumulators is to be provided at the central operating console on the navigation 

bridge (or main control station). Loss of stored energy indication at each local operating 

position is to be provided. 

For the systems specified in 3-3-1K23.5.1 and 3-3-1K23.5.2 above, the power systems for poweroperated 

watertight sliding doors are to be separate from any other power system. A single failure in 

the electric or hydraulic power-operated system excluding the hydraulic actuator is not to prevent the 

hand operation of any door. 

23.7 

23.9 

23.11 

Control handles are to be provided at each side of the bulkhead at a minimum height of 1.6 m (5.25 ft) 

above the deck and are to be so arranged as to enable persons passing through the doorway to hold 

both handles in the open position without being able to set the power closing mechanism in operation 

accidentally. The direction of movement of the handles in opening and closing the door is to be in the 

direction of door movement and is to be clearly indicated. 

As far as practicable, electrical equipment and components for watertight doors are to be situated 

above the bulkhead deck and outside hazardous areas and spaces. 

The enclosures of electrical components necessarily situated below the bulkhead deck are to provide 

suitable protection against the ingress of water. 





23.13 

23.15 

Electric power, control, indication and alarm circuits are to be protected against fault in such a way 

that a failure in one door circuit will not cause a failure in any other door circuits. Short circuits or 

other faults in alarm or indicator circuits of a door are not to result in a loss of power operation of that 

door. Arrangements are to be such that leakage of water into the electrical equipment located below 

the main deck will not cause the door to open. 

A single electrical failure in the power operating or control system of a power-operated sliding 

watertight door is not to result in opening of a closed door. Availability of the power supplies is to be 

continuously monitored at a point in the electrical circuit as near as practicable to each of the motors 

required by 3-3-1K23.5 above. Loss of any such power supply is to activate an audible and visual 

alarm at the central operating console at the navigation bridge or main control station). 

23.17 Central Operating Console 

23.17.1 

The central operating console at the navigation bridge (or main control station) is to have a 

imaster modej switch with two modes of controlZ a ilocal controlj mode which will allow 

any door to be locally opened and locally closed after use without automatic closure, and a 

idoors closedj mode which will automatically close any door that is open. The idoors closedj 

mode will permit doors to be opened locally and will automatically reclose the doors upon 

release of the local control mechanism. The imaster modej switch is to be normally in the 

ilocal controlj mode. 

23.17.2 

The central operating console at the navigation bridge (or main control station) is to be 

provided with a diagram showing the location of each door, with visual indicators to show 

whether each door is open or closed. A red light is to indicate a door is fully open and a green 

light is to indicate a door is fully closed. When the door is closed remotely the red light is to 

indicate the intermediate position by flashing. The indicating circuit is to be independent of 

the control circuit for each door. 

23.17.3 

The arrangements are to be such as to prohibit the opening of any door from the central 

operating console. 

25 Watertight Doors in Cargo Spaces 

Watertight doors of substantial construction may be fitted in watertight bulkheads dividing cargo 

between deck spaces. Such doors may be hinged, rolling or sliding doors and are not to be remotely 

controlled. They are to be fitted at the highest level and as far from the shell plating as practicable, but 

in no case is the outboard vertical edge to be situated at a distance from the shell plating which is less 

than one fifth of the breadth of the vessel, such distance being measured at right angles to the 

centerline of the vessel at the level of the deepest draft. 

All watertight doors in the cargo spaces are to be kept closed during navigation and should any of the 

doors be accessible during the voyage, they are to be fitted with a device which prevents unauthorized 

opening. When it is proposed to fit such doors, the number and arrangements are to be specially 

considered. 





27 Portable Plates 

Portable plates on bulkheads are not permitted except in machinery spaces. The necessary precautions 

are to be taken in replacing them to ensure that the Toints are watertight. 

The Bureau will consider not more than one power-operated sliding watertight door in each main 

transverse bulkhead larger than 1.2 m (3.94 ft) in clear opening width being substituted for these 

portable plates, provided these doors are closed during navigation except, in case of urgent necessity, 

the doors may be opened at the discretion of the master. These doors need not meet the requirements 

of 3-3-1K23.1.4 regarding complete closure by hand-operated gear in 90 seconds provided the doors 

can be closed in a reasonable time. 

29 Miscellaneous 

29.1 

29.3 

29.5 

Where trunkways or tunnels for piping, or for any other purpose are carried through main transverse 

watertight bulkheads, they are to be watertight and in accordance with the requirements of 3-2-5K17. 

The access to at least one end of each such tunnel or trunk-way, if used as a passage during service, is 

to be through a trunk extending watertight to a height sufficient to permit access above the margin 

line. The access to the other end of the trunk-way or tunnel may be through a watertight door of the 

type required by its location in the vessel. Such trunk-ways or tunnels are not to extend through the 

first subdivision bulkhead abaft the collision bulkhead. 

Where it is proposed to fit tunnels piercing main transverse watertight bulkheads, these will be subTect 

to special consideration. 

Where trunkways in connection with refrigerated cargo and ventilation or forced draft trunks are 

carried through more than one watertight bulkhead, the means of closure at such openings are to be 

operated by power and be capable of being closed from a central position situated above the bulkhead 

deck. 

31 Watertight Decks, Trunks, Tunnels, Duct Keels and 

Ventilators 

Watertight decks, trunks, tunnels, duct keels and ventilators are to be of the same strength as watertight 

bulkheads at corresponding levels. The means used for making them watertight, and the arrangements 

adopted for closing openings in them are to be submitted for approval. Watertight ventilators and 

trunks are to be carried at least up to the main deck. 

33 Inclining Experiment 

A stability test (lightweight survey and inclining experiment) to determine the lightship displacement 

and center of gravity of the vessel is to be carried out in the presence of a Surveyor. 





35 Deadweight Survey 

In lieu of an inclining experiment, a deadweight survey may be performed to determine the lightweight 

displacement and longitudinal center of gravity, provided it can be shown that locating the precise 

position of the vesselUs vertical center of gravity is not necessary to ensure that the vessel has adequate 

stability in all probable loading conditions. 

37 Trim and Stability Booklets 

Trim and stability booklets generally will not be required for river service passenger vessels of normal 

configuration with barge-type hulls. Vessels of unusual configuration or with ship-type hulls will be 

subTect to special consideration. 

39 Damage Control Plans 

For the guidance of the officers in charge, plans showing clearly for each deck and hold the boundaries 

of the watertight compartments, the openings therein with the means of closure and position of any 

controls thereof, and the arrangements for the correction of any heel due to flooding are to be 

permanently exhibited onboard the vessel. In addition, booklets containing the aforementioned information 

are to be made available to the officers of the vessel. 



P A R T C h a p t e r 4 : F i r e S a f e t y M e a s u r e s 

3 

C H A P T E R 4 Fire Safety Measures 

CONTENTS 

SECTION 1 


1 Application .........................................................................145 

3 Definitions ..........................................................................145 

3.1 Accommodation Space ................................................. 145 

3.3 Public Space .................................................................145 

3.5 High Risk Service Space............................................... 145 

3.7 Special Category Space................................................ 145 

3.9 Corridors ....................................................................... 145 

3.11 Control Stations............................................................. 145 

3.13 Machinery Spaces of Category A.................................. 146 

3.15 Machinery Spaces......................................................... 146 

3.17 Non Combustible Material............................................. 146 

3.19 Standard Fire Test ........................................................ 146 

3.21 MAN Class Division.......................................................... 146 

3.23 MBN Class Division.......................................................... 147 

3.25 Continuous MBN Class Ceilings or Linings ...................... 147 

3.27 Steel Equivalent Material .............................................. 147 

3.29 Low Flame Spread Surface........................................... 147 

5 Main Vertical Tones ...........................................................147 

7 Protection of Accommodation Spaces, Service Spaces 

and Control Stations ..........................................................148 

9 Stairways W Elevators........................................................148 

11 Non-Combustible Materials ...............................................149 

13 Exposed Surfaces, Deck Coverings, and Paints, 

Varnishes and Other Finishes ...........................................149 

15 Details of Construction.......................................................150 

17 Ventilation ..........................................................................150 

19 Miscellaneous Items ..........................................................151 

21 Means of Escape ...............................................................151 

23 Fire Control Plans ..............................................................152 



P A R T S e c t i o n 1 : P a s s e n g e r V e s s e l s 

3 

C H A P T E R 4 Fire Safety Measures 


1 Application 

These requirements apply to steel vessels. The use of other materials may be accepted, provided that 

they provide an equivalent standard of safety. 

3 Definitions 

3.1 Accommodation Space 

!""#$$#%&'(#) +,&"-. are those used for public spaces, corridors, lavatories, cabins, offices, hospitals, 

cinemas, games and hobby rooms, barber shops, pantries containing no cooking appliances and similar 

spaces. 

3.3 Public Space 

/012(" +,&"-. are those portions of the accommodation which are used for halls, dining rooms, 

lounges and similar permanently enclosed spaces. 

3.5 High Risk Service Space 

3(45 6(.7 +-89("- +,&"-. are those used for galleys, pantries containing cooking appliances, paint and 

lamp rooms, lockers and storerooms having areas of 4 m 2 (43 ft 2 ) or more, and workshops other than 

those forming part of the Machinery Spaces. 

3.7 Special Category Space 

+,-"(&2 :&'-4#8; +,&"-. are those enclosed spaces above or below the bulkhead deck intended for the 

carriage of motor vehicles with fuel in their tanks for their own propulsion, into and from which such 

vehicles can be driven and to which passengers have access. 

3.9 Corridors 

:#88(%#8. are passenger and crew corridors and lobbies. 

3.11 Control Stations 

:#)'8#2 +'&'(#). are spaces containing emergency sources of power and lighting, wheelhouse and 

chartroom space containing the ship ' s radio equipment, fire-extinguishing rooms, fire-control rooms, 

fire-recording stations and control rooms for propulsion machinery when located outside the machinery 

space. 



Chapter 4 Fire Safety Measures 


3.13 Machinery Spaces of Category A 




" Class “A-60” 60 minutes 

" Class “A-0” 0 minutes 

9> A test of a prototype bulkhead or deck to a recognized standard to ensure that it meets the 

above requirements for integrity and temperature rise may be required. 

3.23 PBQ Class Division 

CFD :2&.. E(9(.(#). are divisions formed by bulkheads, decks, ceilings, or linings which comply with 

the following: 

(> They are to be so constructed as to be capable of preventing the passage of flame to the end of 

the first half hour of the standard fire test. 

((> They are to have an insulation value such that the average temperature of the unexposed side 

will not rise more that 139°C (282°F) above the original temperature, nor will the temperature 

at any one point, including any joint, rise more than 225°C (437°F) above the original 

temperature within the time listed below. 

" Class “B-0” 0 minutes 

(((> They are to be constructed of approved non-combustible materials and all materials entering 

into the construction and erection of “B” Class divisions are to be non-combustible, with the 

exception that combustible veneers may be permitted provided they meet other requirements 

in this section 

(9> A test of a prototype division to a recognized standard to ensure that it meets the above 

requirements for integrity and temperature rise may be required. 

3.25 Continuous PBQ Class Ceilings or Linings 

:#)'()0#0. CFD :2&.. :-(2()4. #8 G()()4. are those “B ” Class ceilings or linings which terminate only 

at “A” or “B” Class Divisions. 

3.27 Steel Equivalent Material 

A +'--2 HI0(9&2-)'




7 Protection of Accommodation Spaces, Service Spaces and 

Control Stations 

7.1 

7.3 

7.5 

7.7 

7.9 

Corridor bulkheads are to be “A” or “B” Class divisions extending from deck to deck. Where continuous 

“B” Class ceilings and/or linings are fitted on both sides of the bulkhead, the “B” Class bulkhead may 

terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining. Doors fitted in “B” Class divisions may have a louver in 

the lower half not exceeding 0.05 m 2 (78 in 2 ). As an equivalent, these doors may be undercut up to 

25 mm (1 in.). Such openings or undercuttings are not to be provided in doors forming a stairway 

enclosure. 

All doors and frames in such bulkheads are to be of non-combustible materials and are to be so 

constructed and erected as to provide substantial fire resistance, as to maintain the integrity of the 

division in which the doors are fitted. 

The Machinery Spaces of Category A, High Risk Service Spaces, and Control Stations are to be 

isolated from adjacent Accommodation Spaces and each other by “A-60” Divisions. 

The fire integrity of the deck between accommodation spaces is to be steel or equivalent. However, 

where a deck is penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes and vent ducts, such penetrations 

are to be of “A” Class integrity 

The fire integrity of the divisions between the accommodation spaces and the machinery spaces of 

other than Category “A” is to be “A-0” Class. 

9 Stairways F Elevators 

9.1 

9.3 

Stairways which penetrate only a single deck are to be protected at least at one level by an “A” Class 

Division and self-closing door so as to limit the rapid spread of fire from one deck to another. 

Elevator trunks are to be protected by “A” Class divisions. Stairways are to be constructed of steel or 

equivalent material. 

Stairways and elevator trunks which penetrate more than a single deck are to be surrounded by “A” 

Class divisions and protected by “A” Class self-closing doors at all levels. Self-closing doors are not 

to be fitted with hold-back hooks. However, hold-back arrangements incorporating remote release 

fittings of fail safe type may be used. 





11 Non-Combustible Materials 

11.1 

11.3 

11.5 

11.7 

11.9 

Ceilings, linings, bulkheads and insulation except for insulation in refrigerated compartments are to be 

of non-combustible material. Vapor barriers and adhesives used in conjunction with the insulation, as 

well as insulation of pipe fittings for cold service systems need not be non-combustible, but they 

should be kept to a minimum and their exposed surfaces are to have resistance to propagation of 

flame. 

Partial bulkheads or decks used to subdivide a space for utility or artistic treatment are also to be of 

non-combustible materials. 

The framing, including grounds and the joint pieces of bulkheads, linings, ceilings and draft stops are 

to be of non-combustible materials. 

Each accommodation space/public space on board vessels with no overnight accommodations is to be 

designed with a maximum fire load not to exceed 14.6 kg/m 2 (3 lbs/ft 2 ). 

For those vessels designed with onboard overnight accommodations, the maximum fire load is not to 

exceed 48.8 kg/m 2 (10 lbs/ft 2 ). This is to provide for 36.6 kg/m 2 (7.5 lbs/ft 2 ) for combustible furniture 

and 12.2 kg/m 2 (2.5 lbs/ft 2 ) for personal effects. 

13 Exposed Surfaces, Deck Coverings, and Paints, Varnishes 

and Other Finishes 

13.1 

13.3 

13.5 

The following surfaces are to have low flame-spread characteristics. 

" All exposed surfaces in corridors and stairway enclosures, and of bulkheads, wall and ceiling 

linings in all accommodation and service spaces and control stations. 

The bulkheads, linings and ceilings may have combustible veneers provided that the thickness of such 

veneers does not exceed 2 mm (0.08 in.) within any space other than corridors, stairway enclosures 

and control stations where the thickness is not to exceed 1.5 mm (0.06 in.). Note these veneers are to 

be included in the fire load calculations discussed above. 

Paints, varnishes and other finishes used on exposed interior surfaces are not to be of a nature to offer 

an undue fire hazard and are not to be capable of producing excessive quantities of smoke or toxic fumes. 





15 Details of Construction 

In accommodation and service spaces, control stations, corridors and stairways: 

(> Air spaces enclosed behind ceilings, paneling or linings are to be suitably divided by close 

fitting draught stops not more than 14 m apart. 

((> In the vertical direction, such enclosed air spaces, including those behind linings of stairways, 

trunks, etc., are to be closed at each deck. 

17 Ventilation 

17.1 

17.3 

17.5 

Ducts provided for ventilation of Machinery Spaces of Category A and Galleys are not to pass 

through Accommodation and Service Spaces or Control Stations. However, some relaxation from this 

requirement will be considered provided that: 

(> The ducts are constructed of steel and insulated to “A-60” standards throughout the 

accommodations, with no openings in the duct work within the accommodation, service or 

control spaces. 

OR 

((> The ducts are constructed of steel and fitted with an automatic fire damper close to the 

boundary penetrated and insulated to “A-60” standard from the Machinery Space of Category 

A and galleys to a point at least 5 m (16.4 ft) beyond the fire damper, with no openings in the 

duct work within the accommodation, service or control spaces. 

Ventilation ducts in general are not to pass through main vertical zone divisions, however, where this 

is unavoidable, they are to be equipped with a fail-safe automatic closing fire damper which are also 

to be capable of being manually closed from each side of the division. In addition, fail-safe automatic 

closing fire dampers with manual operation from within the stairway enclosure (for stairs serving 

more than two decks) are to be fitted to all ventilation ducts, serving both the accommodation and 

service spaces passing through stairways, where the ducts pierce such enclosures. Ventilation ducts 

serving stairway enclosures are to serve no other spaces. Ventilation ducts are not to serve more than 

one main vertical zone. 

Where they pass through the Accommodation Spaces or Spaces containing combustible materials, the 

exhaust ducts from galley ranges are to be constructed of “A” Class divisions. Each exhaust duct is to 

be fitted with: 

(> A grease trap readily removable for cleaning 

((> A fire damper located in the lower end of the duct 

(((> Arrangements, operable from within the galley, for shutting off the exhaust fans 

(9> Fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct 

9> And suitable hatches for inspection and cleaning. 





17.7 

The main inlets and outlets of all ventilation systems are to be capable of being closed from outside 

the space being ventilated. 

19 Miscellaneous Items 

19.1 

19.3 

19.5 

19.7 

Where “A” or “B” divisions are penetrated for the passage of electric cables, pipes, trunks, ducts, etc., 

or for girders, beams or other structural members, arrangements are to be made to ensure that the fire 

resistance is not impaired. 

Pipes penetrating “A” or “B” Class divisions are to be of approved materials having regard to the 

temperature such divisions are required to withstand. 

In spaces where the penetration of oil products is possible, the surface of insulation is to be impervious 

to oil or oil vapors. 

All waste receptacles are to be constructed of non-combustible materials with no openings in sides or 

bottoms. 

21 Means of Escape 

21.1 

21.3 

21.5 

21.7 

21.9 

Stairways and ladders are to be arranged to provide ready means of escape to an area of safe refuge. 

There are to be at least two means of escape from each main vertical zone and from each restricted 

space of 27.5 m 2 or more in enclosed area. 

In general there are to be at least two means of escape from each Machinery Space of Category A. 

However, in ships of less than 1,000 tons gross tonnage one means of escape may be dispensed with, 

provided due regard is paid to the width and disposition of the space, and the number of persons 

normally employed. 

The installation of dead end corridors of any length is not permitted. 

Elevators are not to be considered as forming one of the required means of escape. 





21.11 

21.13 

Windows or airport assemblies installed adjacent to weather deck egress routes are to have 1/ 4 inch 

thick wire inserted glass mounted in substantial metal frames. 

Stairways are to be sized in accordance with recognized national or international standards, but are to 

have a minimum tread width of 112 cm (44 in.). 

23 Fire Control Plans 

A fire control plan is to be permanently exhibited for the guidance of the vessel’s officers as required 

by 4-4-1/25.19. 


! A R T C ' ( ) * + , - . E 0 1 2 ) 3 + 4 * 

3 

C 5 A ! T E R 5 Equipment 

CONT)NTS 

S)CTION 1 

Passenger 3essels5555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555555155 

6 A47'8,249 (4: ;88,249 E012)3+4*

"#$% &'() *+,)+,$-+'../ 0)1, 2.'+3

! A R T S + 7 * 2 8 4 6 . ! ( A A + 4 9 + , B + A A + > A 

3 

C 5 A ! T E R 5 Equipment 


1 Anchoring and Mooring Equipment 

151 General 

&'%%)+()4 5)%%).%6 7+.)%% 89:9;',)A %)45$?). 

H-4 ,#) >74>-%) -1 ?'.?7.',$-+% 4)F7$4)A $+ 89:9;

Part $ Hull Construction and )Fuipment 

Chapter 5 )Fuipment 

Section 1 Passenger 3essels $-5-1 

15J 

Anchor Weight and Cable Size 

T+?#-4 B)$(#, '+A ?'@.) %$C) '4) ,- @) A),)4D$+)A %- ,#', ,#) 1-..-B$+( D$+$D7D 1'?,-4 -1 %'1),/ $% 

',,'$+)A. 

" S4'( 1-4?) 5%. #-.A$+( >-B)4 ;.P 

" R',)+'4/ ,)+%$-+ 5%. @4)'3$+( %,4)+(,# L 1-4 ?#'$+ : 1-4 B$4) 

3 Life Saving Appliances 

U'?# >'%%)+()4 5)%%). $% ,- @) >4-5$A)A B$,# ,#) 1-..-B$+( .$1) %'5$+( '>>.$'+?)%. 

$51 Life Jackets 

0$1) V'?3),% '4) ,- @) >4-5$A)A 1-4 ;M:W -1 ,#) ,-,'. +7D@)4 -1 >)4%-+% -+ @-'4A. T +7D@)4 -1 .$1) 

V'?3),% %7$,'@.) 1-4 ?#$.A4)+ )F7'. ,- ', .)'%, ;MW -1 ,#) ,-,'. +7D@)4 -1 >'%%)+()4% -+ @-'4A '4) ,- @) 

>4-5$A)A -4 %7?# (4)',)4 +7D@)4 '% D'/ @) 4)F7$4)A ,- >4-5$A) ' .$1) V'?3), 1-4 )'?# ?#$.A. 

U'?# .$1) V'?3), $% ,- @) >4-5$A)A B$,# ' .$(#, '+A B#$%,.). 

$5$ Life Buoys 

0$1)@7-/% '4) ,- @) >4-5$A)A $+ ' F7'+,$,/ +-, .)%% ,#'+ ,#', $+A$?',)A @).-B '+A >.'?)A $+ .-?',$-+% 

%7?# ,#', ,#)/ '4) '??)%%$@.) 14-D )X>-%)A .-?',$-+%. 

Over 

Vessel Length, m (ft4 

Not Over 

Minimum Number of 

Lifebuoys 

999 ;MM O8LYQ Y 

;MM O8LYQ ;:M OPZLQ ;M 

;:M OPZLQ LMM ON:NQ ;L 

LMM ON:NQ 999 ;P 

[-, .)%% ,#'+ -+)9#'.1 ,#) ,-,'. +7D@)4 -1 .$1)@7-/% '4) ,- @) >4-5$A)A B$,# %).19$(+$,$+( .$(#,%. T, 

.)'%, ,B- -1 ,#)%) '4) '.%- ,- @) >4-5$A)A B$,# %).19'?,$5',$+( %D-3) %$(+'.%. "#) .$1)@7-/% >4-5$A)A 

B$,# .$(#,% '+A %D-3) %$(+'.% '4) ,- @) )F7'../ A$%,4$@7,)A -+ @-,# %$A)% -1 ,#) 5)%%).. 

T, .)'%, -+) .$1)@7-/ -+ )'?# %$A) -1 ,#) 5)%%). $% ,- @) >4-5$A)A B$,# ' @7-/'+, .$1).$+) ', .)'%, 8M.: D 

O;MM 1,Q $+ .)+(,#. "#-%) .$1)@7-/% >4-5$A)A B$,# .$(#,% '+A %D-3) %$(+'.% '4) +-, ,- @) 1$,,)A B$,# 

.$1).$+)%. 

$55 Rescue Boats and Life Rafts 

U'?# 5)%%). $% ,- @) >4-5$A)A B$,# ' 4)%?7) @-', '+A '.%- %711$?$)+, +7D@)4 -1 .$1) 4'1,% ,- '??-DD-A',) 

;L:W -1 ,#) ,-,'. +7D@)4 -1 >)4%-+% -+ @-'4A. \)%%).% ?'44/$+( D-4) ,#'+ ;:M >)4%-+% '4) ,- @) 

>4-5$A)A B$,# ,B- 4)%?7) @-',%. 

"#) 4)%?7) @-',% '4) ,- @) D'$+,'$+)A '+A ',,'?#)A ,- ,#) A'5$,% '+A @) ?'>'@.) -1 @)$+( .'7+?#)A 

B$,#$+ 1$5) D$+7,)%. 

$57 Immersion Suits and Thermal Protective Aids 

T+ $DD)4%$-+ %7$, $% ,- @) >4-5$A)A 1-4 )'?# >)4%-+ '%%$(+)A ,- ?4)B ,#) 4)%?7) @-',. U'?# 4)%?7) 

@-', $% ,- @) >4-5$A)A B$,# ', .)'%, ,B- ,#)4D'. >4-,)?,$5) '$A%. 

*DD)4%$-+ %7$,% +))A +-, @) ?'44$)A $1 ,#) 5)%%). $% ?-+%,'+,./ $+ ->)4',$-+ $+ B'4D ?.$D',)% B#)4)6 $+ 

,#) ->$+$-+ -1 ,#) 274)'76 $DD)4%$-+ %7$,% '4) 7++)?)%%'4/. 

156 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS 2 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007

Part $ Hull Construction and )Fuipment 

Chapter 5 )Fuipment 

Section 1 Passenger 3essels $-5-1 

$5J Portable Radio Apparatus 

T >-4,'@.) 4'A$- '>>'4',7% $% ,- @) >4-5$A)A ,- >)4D$, ?-DD7+$?',$-+ @),B))+ ,#) 4)%?7) @-',O%Q '+A 

,#) 5)%%). '+A @),B))+ ,#) 4)%?7) @-',O%Q '+A -,#)4 ?4'1, '%%$%,$+( $+ '+ )D)4()+?/. 

$511 Guards and Rails 

"- >4)5)+, >)4%-+% 14-D 1'..$+(6 ,#) 7+>4-,)?,)A >)4$D),)4 -1 '.. 1.--4% '+A A)?3 '4)'% '+A ->)+$+(% 

'4) ,- @) >4-5$A)A B$,# (7'4A%6 4'$.% -4 -,#)4 A)5$?)%. 


"#$% &'() *+,)+,$-+'../ 0)1, 2.'+3

! A R T C'()*+, -. T+/*0123 T,0(4/ (15 S7,8+9/ D7,012 C;1/*,7744 

3 

C > A ! T E R 6 Testing, Trials and Surveys During 

Construction : Hull 

C&'()'(S 

S)C(+&' 1 (an. and 0ul.3ead (ig3tness (esting 99999999999999999999999999991:1 

@ C;A)(,*A+1*/ *; B+ T+/*+5 CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC@-@ 

@C@ G+1+,(4 CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC @-@ 

@C3 C(,2; T(1F/ CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC @-@ 

@CG O*'+, C;A)(,*A+1*/ I1*+15+5 J;, L0L705/ CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC @-@ 

@CM R(F+/ ;, !+(F/CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC @-@ 

@C9 D;7B4+ >744 S)(


! A R T S + < * 0 ; 1 @ . T ( 1 F ( 1 5 B 7 4 F ' + ( 5 T 0 2 ' * 1 + / / T + / * 0 1 2 

3 



S E C T I O N 1 Tank and Bulkhead Tightness 

Testing 

1 Compartments to be Tested 

191 @eneral 

Upon completion of work, the following compartments are to be tested. 

193 Cargo (an.s 

Tanks intended for liquid cargoes !"# to be tested with a head of water to the top of the hatch or 

1.22 in (4 ft) above the under side of the deck at side, whichever is greater. 

195 &t3er ComCartments +ntended for Eiquids 

Compartments intended for other liquids are to be tested with a head of water to the top of the 

overflow. 

197 Ra.es or Pea.s 

Rakes of open hopper type barges are to be filled with water to the light waterline, and for all other 

types of vessels, dry spaces in the rakes or peaks are to be filled to the top of the headlog. 

199 JouKle Lull SCaces 

Between the rakes or peaks, double bottom and inner skin compartments are to be tested with a head 

of water to the deck at side unless 3-6-1/1.5 is applicable. 

1911 S3ell and Jec.s 

Where not subjected to hydrostatic test in accordance with preceding paragraphs, the bottom shell is 

to be tested by flooding to the top of the floors or the light waterline, whichever is greater, and the 

balance of the shell plating is to be hose tested. This requirement may be modified in the case of 

passenger vessels and towboats. Decks and hatches which are intended to be weathertight, all 

watertight bulkheads and the shell plating in rakes not otherwise tested, are to be subjected to a hose 

test. Any alternative proposal no less effective may be submitted for consideration. 

ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS 2 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007 1:1

Part 3 Lull Construction and )quiCment 

C3aCter : (estingN (rials and Surveys Juring Construction O Lull 

Section 1 (an.N 0ul.3ead and Rudder (ig3tness (esting 3O:O1 

3 Testing Details to be Introduced 

391 Lydrostatic (esting 

Tanks are to be tested with a head of water to the point indicated in 3-6-1/1 for respective 

compartments. This may be carried out before or after the vessel is launched, Special coatings may 

be applied before hydrostatic testing provided all welding at joints and penetrations is visually 

examined to the satisfaction of the Surveyor before special coating is applied. 

393 Lose (esting 

Hose testing is to be carried out under simultaneous inspection of both sides of the joint. The pressure 

in the hose is not to be less than 2.1 kg/cm 2 (30 psi). 

395 Air (esting 

Air testing or air testing in association with partial flooding will be accepted in lieu of the foregoing 

tests. In such cases the builders are to submit complete particulars of the method proposed to be 

followed and the means to he adopted for the control of the air pressure. 

Air-pressure drop testing (i.e., checking for leaks by monitoring drop in pressure) is not an acceptable 

substitute for required hydrostatic or air/soap testing. 

1:2 ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS 2 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007

! A R T S + < * 0 ; 1 2 . T , 0 ( 4 / 

3 



S E C T I O N 2 Trials 

1 Bilge System Trials 

All elements of the bilge system are to be tested to demonstrate satisfactory pumping operation, 

including emergency suctions and all controls. Upon completion of the trials, the bilge strainers are to 

be opened, cleaned and closed up in good order. 

3 Steering Trials 

Refer to 4-2-3/1.19 and 4-2-3/3.33 for the technical details of the steering trials. 

ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS 2 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007 1:3


! A R T S + < * 0 ; 1 3 . S 7 , 8 + 9 / 

3 



S E C T I O N 3 Surveys 

1 Construction Welding and Fabrication 

For surveys of hull construction welding and fabrication, refer to Section 3-2-6 of these Rules and the 

ABS %&'(# )*" +*,(#-."&/.'0# 1,-2#/.'*, *) 3&44 5#4(-. 

3 Hull Castings and Forgings 

For surveys in connection with the manufacture and testing of hull castings and forgings, refer to 

Chapter 1 of the ABS 6&4#- )*" 7!.#"'!4- !,( 5#4(',8 9:!". ;


P A R T P a r t 4 * V e s s e l S y s t e m s a n d M a c h i n e r y 

4 

Vessel Systems and Machinery 

CONTENTS 

CHAPTER 1 Classification of Machinery...............................................169 

Section 1 General .................................................................171 

CHAPTER 2 Propulsion and Maneuvering Machinery .........................177 

Section 1 Propulsion Shafting...............................................179 

Section 2 Propellers..............................................................183 

Section 3 Steering Gears......................................................187 

CHAPTER 3 Pumps and Piping Systems ..............................................197 


Section 2 Piping, Valves and Fittings ...................................209 

Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks ..................233 

Section 4 

Section 5 

Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Systems 

and Tanks .............................................................239 

Internal Combustion Engine Systems...................243 

Section 6 Cargo Systems .....................................................245 

Section 7 

Cargo Transfer Systems for Dangerous 

Chemical Cargoes ................................................249 

Section 8 Other Piping Systems and Tanks .........................257 

CHAPTER 4 Fire Extinguishing Systems and Equipment ...................261 

Section 1 All Vessels ............................................................263 

CHAPTER 5 Electrical Installations .......................................................279 


Section 2 Shipboard Systems...............................................297 

Section 3 Shipboard Installation ...........................................313 

Section 4 Machinery and Equipment ....................................337 

Section 5 Specialized Installations .......................................369 

Section 6 Specialized Vessels and Services........................389 


T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R T C h a p t e r 1 * G e n e r a l 

4 


CONTENTS 

SECTION 1 

Classification of Machinery...............................................171 

1 General ..............................................................................171 

1.1 Gross Tonnage ............................................................. 171 

3 Certification of Machinery ..................................................171 

3.1 Basic Requirements ...................................................... 171 

3.3 Type Approval Program ................................................ 172 

3.5 Non-mass Produced Machinery.................................... 172 

3.7 Details of Certification of Some Representative 

Products........................................................................ 172 

5 Machinery Plans and Data.................................................173 

5.1 Details ........................................................................... 173 

5.3 Plans ............................................................................. 173 

7 Oil Fuel Unit .......................................................................173 

9 Machinery Space Ventilation .............................................173 

11 Boilers and Pressure Vessels............................................173 

13 Turbines, Engines and Reduction Gears...........................173 

15 Engine Installation Particulars ...........................................174 

15.1 Tank Barges.................................................................. 174 

15.3 Engine Exhausts on Tank Barges ................................. 174 

17 Starting Arrangements for Propulsion Engines .................174 

17.1 Starting Air System ....................................................... 174 

17.3 Starting Batteries........................................................... 175 

17.5 Hydraulic Starting.......................................................... 175 

19 Trial ....................................................................................175 

19.1 General .........................................................................175 

19.3 Steering Gear................................................................ 175 

19.5 Reduction Gears for Propulsion .................................... 175 

21 Materials Containing Asbestos ..........................................176 

23 Units...................................................................................176 

25 Ambient Temperature ........................................................176 

TABLE 1 Ambient Temperatures ............................................176 


T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R T S e c t i o n 1 * C l a s s i f i c a t i o n o f M a c h i n e r y 

4 


S E C T I O N 1 Classification of Machinery 

1 General 

T#) 45-6$%$-+% -1 &'5, 78 9C-+;$,$-+% -1 C.'%%$1$.) ,- ,#) .)M 

" SB56)/ ;B5$+(

Part 4 Vessel Systems and Machinery 


Section 1 Classification of Machinery 4-1-1 

I+ ()+)5'.8 %B56)/% ;B5$+( $+%,'..',$-+ -+>-'5; ,#) 6)%%). '+; ', ,5$'.% '5) 5)JB$5); 1-5 '.. $,)?% -1 

?'




5 Machinery Plans and Data 

5.1 Details 

5.3 Plans 

&.'+% '+; ;',' )+B?)5',); $+ UT2T7N78 UT2T2N78 UT2T3N7@38 UT2T3N3@38 UT3T7N38 UT3TVN_8 UTUT7NV '+; 

UT_T7N_8 '% '44.$B$., B+;)5 %B56)/8 '5) ,- >) %B>?$,,); '+; '445-6); 

>)1-5) 45-.)@ A.. 

D).;); ) %B>?$,,); $+ ,5$4.$?$%%$-+8 -+) )$+( >B$.,8 '+; -+) ) 5),'$+); $+ ,#) T)) 5)JB$5); D#)+ ,#) 5)JB$5); ',,)+;'+) ?';) D$,# ,#) )




15 Engine Installation Particulars 

15.1 Tank Barges 

I+,)5+'.TB%,$-+ )+($+)% .-.) -5 B%,$>.) .$JB$;% #'6$+( ' B.38 ,#) )+($+) )I#'B%, .$+)% '5) ,- >) 1$,,); D$,# %4'53 '55)%,)5% '+; '5) ,- 

>) .-) )$,#)5 $+%B.',); -5 D',)5 ) 1$,,); .) -1 5)%,-5$+( ,#) '$5 '%); B4-+ ,#) '55'+()?)+, -1 

,#) )+($+)% '+; %#'1,$+( %/%,)?% '% $+;$.)K 

Engine Type 

One engine coupled 

to shaft directly 

or through 

reduction gear 

Single Propeller Vessels 

Two or more engines 

coupled to shaft 

through clutch and 


Multiple Propeller Vessels 

One engine coupled 

to each shaft directly 

or through 


Two or more engines 

coupled to each 

shaft through clutch 

and reduction gear 

R)6)5%$>.) 72 7H 7H 7H 

N-+T5)6)5%$>.) H a a a 

F-5 '55'+()?)+,% -1 )+($+)% '+; %#'1,$+( %/%,)?% D#$




17.1.2(b) Diesel-electric Propulsion (2006). T#) ?$+$?B? +B?>)5 -1 ) ;),)5?$+); 15-? ,#) 1-..-D$+( 

)JB',$-+K 

D#)5) 

17.3 Starting Batteries 

S h H i GSG j 7X 

S h ,-,'. +B?>)5 -1




21 Materials Containing Asbestos !"##&% 

I+%,'..',$-+ -1 ?',)5$'.%8 D#$$,); )I

! " # $ & ' ( ) * + , - . ! , / ) 0 1 2 3 / 4 ( 4 5 6 ( 4 + 0 7 + , 3 4 8 6 ( 9 ' 3 4 + , : 

4 

& ; " ! $ < # 2 Propulsion and Maneuvering 

Machinery 

C%&'(&'S 

S(C'*%& 1 Pro.ulsion S4afting 99999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999179 

= >+4+,(1 ..............................................................................=@A 

B 

J 

@ 

A 

C34+ D'(E*F $(31 D'(E*F $0G+ D'(E* (45 $',02* D'(E* 

H3(I+*+,2...........................................................................=@A 

C34+ D'(E* K+(,348 C/9(*3/4...............................................=LM 

$(31 D'(E* N4G/(,5

J K1(5+ H+2384......................................................................=LB 

J.= K1(5+ $'39U4+22 ............................................................=LB 

J.B K1(5+O,//* P311+*2 ...........................................................=LJ 

J.J K031*O0) K1(5+2 ..............................................................=LJ 

J.@ $3) $'39U4+22 ................................................................=LJ 

J.A K1(5+ $'39U4+22 (* T*'+, #(533 .....................................=LJ 

@ D*052..................................................................................=LJ 

@.= D*05 ",+( ......................................................................=LJ 

@.B P3* /E D*052 (45 R0*2.....................................................=LJ 

A K1(5+ P1(48+ (45 6+9'(432I2 .........................................=LV 

== W+:.....................................................................................=LV 

=B !,/*+9*3/4 "8(342* &/,,/23/4 .............................................=LV 

S(C'*%& 3 Steering ?ears 9999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999999 187 

= D*++,348 >+(, #+X03,+I+4*2 E/, "11 $:)+ /E Y+22+12 ........=L@ 

=.= >+4+,(1..........................................................................=L@ 

=.B 

=.J 

=.@ 

=.A 

!1(42 .............................................................................=L@ 

!/Q+, >+(, D*/)2 .........................................................=L@ 

D*,+48*' #+X03,+I+4*2 .................................................=L@ 

D*++,348 &'(342.............................................................=LL 

=.== D'+(7+2 ........................................................................=LL 

=.=B 

=.=J 

=.=@ 

=.=A 

K0EE+,2...........................................................................=LL 

;:5,(0139 !3)348 E/, D*++,348 >+(,2 ..............................=LL 

+(,2 .................................=LL 

$,3(12 .............................................................................=LL 

B D*++,348 >+(,2 E/, !(22+48+, Y+22+12 T7+, =MM >,/22 

$/42 /, &(,,:348 6/,+ *'(4 =JM !(22+48+,2....................=LA 

B.= 

B.B 

B.J 

B.@ 

B.A 

B.== 

B.=B 

B.=J 

B.=@ 

B.=A 

B.-= 

B.-B 

B.-J 

B.-@ 

B.-A 

B.B= 

B.BB 

>+4+,(1..........................................................................=LA 

!1(42 .............................................................................=LA 

D*++,348O8+(, !,/*+9*3/4................................................=LA 

!/Q+,O5,37+4 D*++,348 >+(, ..........................................=LA 

6+9'(439(1 &/I)/4+4*2...............................................=LA 

!/Q+, Z43*2 ...................................................................=AM 

6+9'(439(1 D*++,348......................................................=AM 

6(*+,3(1..........................................................................=AM 

$,(42E+,.........................................................................=A= 

!/Q+,O8+(, D*/)2..........................................................=A= 

#055+, "9*0(*/,2 ..........................................................=A= 

!3)348 ",,(48+I+4*.......................................................=A= 

&/4*,/12.........................................................................=A- 

N42*,0I+4*(*3/4 (45 "1(,I2...........................................=AB 

! " # $ D + 9 * 3 / 4 = . ! , / ) 0 1 2 3 / 4 D ' ( E * 3 4 8 

4 


Machinery 

D < & $ N T R 1 Propulsion Shafting 

1 General 

Propellers and propulsion shafting for self-propelled vessels are to be designed, constructed and tested 

in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Before proceeding with the construction, prints of 

the propeller and shafting plans giving design data and material characteristics are to be submitted. 

The construction of propellers and shafts on vessels exhibiting special design features may be carried 

out in accordance with other applicable ABS Rules or Guides. 

3 Line Shaft, Tail Shaft, Tube Shaft and Thrust Shaft 

Diameters 

For vessels 47.5 m (150 ft) in length and under, the shafting is to comply with the applicable 

requirements of the ABS Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels Under 90 m (295 ft) in Length. 

For vessels greater than 47.5 m (150 ft) in length, the least diameter of shafting is to be determined 


where 

D = 3 KH / R 

D = diameter of shaft, mm (in.) 

K = as defined in the table below: 

MKS Units 

US Units 

Line shafts 39.5 * 10 6 /(U + 16) 3480/(U + 22.8) 

Thrust shafts 59.3 * 10 6 /(U + 16) 5225/(U + 22.8) 

Tail shafts 1.314 * 10 6 81.24 

Tube shafts 1.202 * 10 6 74.34 

H = horsepower at rated speed 

R = shaft revolutions per minute at rated speed 

U = ultimate tensile strength of the shaft material, kg/mm 2 (ksi). For tensile strength 

greater than 80 kg/mm 2 (115 ksi), U equal to 80 kg/mm 2 (115 ksi) is to be used. 


Part 4 Mac4inery and Systems 

C4a.ter 2 Pro.ulsion and Maneuvering Mac4inery 

Section 1 Pro.ulsion S4afting 4G2G1 

Notes 

1 When a material other than Grade 2 steel forging is used for tail shafts, the Owners of the vessel are to be notified 

if weld repair of the shaft may be difficult. Material for shafting is to be tested in the presence of a Surveyor. In 

general, material with elongation less than 16% in 50 mm (2 in.) is not to be used for shafting, couplings or 

coupling bolts. 

2 For dimension of coupling bolts, see 4-2-1/17. 

3 The thickness of line shaft coupling flanges is not to be less than the minimum required diameter of the coupling 

bolts, and the fillet radius at the base of the flange is not to be less than one-eighth of the actual shaft diameter. For 

couplings other than flanged couplings integral with the shaft, the shaft diameter in way of fitted coupling 

members is not to be less than 1.1 times the minimum required line shaft diameter. 

4 The thrust shaft diameter is to be determined at the bottom of the collar when it transmits torque. 

5 When shafting is exposed to sea water, the diameter is to be increased by 2.5%. 

5 Line Shaft Bearing Location 

The location and spacing of line shaft bearings are to take into consideration the effect of these 

arrangements on the low-speed gear elements, and the natural frequency of the propulsion shafting. 

7 Tail Shaft Inboard End 

The inboard end of a tail shaft may be tapered at the coupling to not less than 1.09 times the minimum 

required line shaft diameter. Abrupt changes in shaft diameters at the coupling between tail shaft and 

line shaft are to be avoided. The thickness of the tail shaft coupling flange is not to be less than the 

minimum required diameter of the coupling bolts. The fillet radius at the base of the flange is not to 

be less than one-eighth of the shaft diameter. Special consideration will be given to fillets of multipleradii 

design. 

9 Tail Shaft Propeller-end Design 

Tail shafts are to be provided with an accurate taper fit in the propeller hub, particular attention being 

given to the fit at the large end of the taper. Means are to be provided for sealing the shaft taper in 

way of the propeller assembly against saltwater in accordance with 4-2-2/13 as follows: 

991 Pro.eller IorJard (nd 

Where exposed to saltwater, the propeller assembly is to be sealed at the forward end with a 

well-fitted soft-rubber packing ring and 

993 Pro.eller Aft (nd 

Where exposed to saltwater, a fairwater cap filled with suitable sealing material or equivalent sealing 

arrangement is to be provided at the aft end of the propeller. 

995 &onGcorrosive &onG.itting Alloys 

For vessels under 45.7 m (150 ft) in length, the sealing in 4-2-1/9.1 and 4-2-1/9.3 is not required 

where the tail shaft is fabricated of corrosion resistant pitting-resistant alloy unless required by the 

manufacturer. 

The key is to fit tightly in the keyway and be of sufficient size to transmit the full torque of the shaft, 

but it is not to extend into the liner counterbore on the forward side of the propeller hub. The forward 

end of the keyway is to be so cut in the shaft as to give a gradual rise from the bottom of the keyway 

to the surface of the shaft. Ample fillets are to be provided in the corners of the keyway and, in general, 

stress concentrations are to be reduced as far as practicable. 





11 Propeller-End Bearings 

1191 WaterGNuOricated Pearings 

The length of the bearing next to and supporting the propeller is not to be less than four times the 

required tail shaft diameter, except that the length of metal bearings will be subject to special 

consideration. 

1193 %ilGNuOricated Pearings 

The length of white-metal-lined, oil-lubricated propeller-end bearings fitted with an approved oil-seal 

gland is to be on the order of two times the required tail shaft diameter. Oil-lubricated cast-iron and 

bronze bearings will be subject to special consideration. 

13 Tail Shaft Liners 

1391 '4icQness at Pearings 

=B.=.= K,/4\+ C34+, (2009) 

The thickness of bronze liners to be fitted to tail shafts or tube shafts is not to be less than that 

given by the following equation: 

where 

t = T/25 + 5.1 mm 

t = thickness of liner, in mm (in.) 

t = T/25 + 0.2 in. 

T = required diameter of tail shaft, in mm (in.) 

=B.=.- D*(341+22 D*++1 C34+, (2009) 

The thickness of stainless steel liners to be fitted to tail shafts or tube shafts is not to be less 

than one-half that required for bronze liners or 6.5 mm (0.25 in.), whichever is greater. 

1393 '4icQness PetJeen Pearings 

The thickness of a continuous bronze liner between bearings is to be not less than three-fourths of the 

thickness t determined by the foregoing equation. 

1395 Continuous Iitted Niners 

Continuous fitted liners are to be in one piece or, if made of two or more lengths, the joining of the 

separate pieces is to be done by an approved method of fusion through not less than two-thirds the 

thickness of the liner or by an approved rubber seal. 

1397 Iit PetJeen Pearings 

If the liner does not fit the shaft tightly between the bearing portions, the space between the shaft and 

liner is to be filled by pressure with an insoluble non-corrosive compound. 

1399 Material and Iit 

Fitted liners are to be of a high-grade composition, bronze or other approved alloy, free from porosity 

and other defects, and are to prove tight under hydrostatic test of 1.0 bar (1 kgf/cm 2 , 15 psi). All liners 

are to be carefully shrunk or forced upon the shaft by pressure and they are not to be secured by pins. 





13911 AfterGend Seal 

Effective means are to be provided to prevent sea water having access to the shaft at the part between 

the after end of the liner and the propeller hub 

13913 ?lass Reinforced Plastic Coating 

Glass reinforced plastic coatings may be fitted on propulsion shafting when applied by an approved 

procedure to the satisfaction of the Surveyor. Such coatings are to consist of at least four plies of 

cross-woven glass tape impregnated with resin, or an equivalent process. In all cases where reinforced 

plastic coatings are employed, effective means are to be provided to prevent water having access to 

the shaft. Provisions are to be made for overlapping and adequately bonding the coating to fitted or 

clad liners. 

13915 Stainless Steel Cladding (2009) 

Stainless steel cladding of shafts is to be carried out in accordance with an approved procedure. See 

Appendix 7-A-11, “Guide for Repair and Cladding of Shafts” of the Rules for Survey After Construction 

(Part 7). 

15 Hollow Shafts 

The proportions of hollow shafts are to be such that their strength will be equivalent to that required 

by the equations for the corresponding solid shafts. 

17 Coupling Bolts 

The minimum diameter of the shaft coupling bolts is to be determined by the following equation: 

d = 0.57 

D 3 

Nr 

where 

d = diameter of bolts at joint, in mm (in.) 

D = required diameter of shaft, in mm (in.), as defined 4-2-1/3, using mechanical 

properties of coupling bolt material 

N = number of bolts fitted in one coupling 

r = radius of the pitch circle, in mm (in.) 

Coupling bolts are to be accurately fitted and where couplings are separate from the shaft, provision is 

to be made to resist the astern pull. 


! " # $ D + 9 * 3 / 4 - . ! , / ) + 1 1 + , 2 

4 


Machinery 

D < & $ N T R 2 Propellers 

1 General 

Propellers and propulsion shafting for self-propelled vessels are to be designed, constructed and tested 

in accordance with the requirements of this Section. Before proceeding with the construction, prints of 

the propeller and shafting plans giving design data and material characteristics are to be submitted. 

The construction of propellers and shafts on vessels exhibiting special design features may be carried 

out in accordance with other applicable ABS Rules or Guides. 

3 Materials and Testing 

391 Pro.eller Material 

The material of the propellers is to be tested in the presence of and inspected by a Surveyor in 

accordance with the requirements of Chapter 3 of the ABS Rules for Materials and Welding (Part 2) 

or to other requirements which have been approved by the Committee. The finished and assembled 

propellers are to be inspected by the Surveyor. 

393 Stud Material 

The material of the studs securing detachable blades to the hub is to be of Grade 2 steel or equally 

satisfactory material and is to be tested in the presence of and inspected by the Surveyor in accordance 

with the requirements of 2-3-7/7 of the ABS Rules for Materials and Welding (Part 2). 

5 Blade Design 

591 Plade '4icQness 

Where the propeller blades are of conventional design, the thickness of the blades is not to be less 

than determined by the following equations: 

J.=.= P3]+5O!3*9' !,/)+11+,2 

t 

AH 1.72BK 

= K1 

mm (in.) 

CRN C 

0 .25 

< 




Section 2 Pro.ellers 4G2G2 

where 

K 1 = 915 (41) 

Type 

A = 1.0 + (6.0/P 0.70 ) + 4.3P 0.25 

B = (4300wa/N) (R/100) 2 (D/20) 3 

C = (1 + 1.5P 0.25 ) (Wf L B) 

t 0.25 = 

required thickness at the one-quarter radius, in mm (in.) 

H = hp at rated speed 

R = rpm at rated speed 

N = number of blades 

P 0.25 = 

P 0.7 = 

pitch at one-quarter radius divided by propeller diameter 

pitch at seven-tenths radius divided by propeller diameter, corresponding 

to the design ahead conditions 

W = expanded width of a cylindrical section at the 0.25 radius, in mm (in.) 

a = expanded blade area divided by the disc area 

D = propeller diameter, in m (ft) 

K = rake of propeller blade, in mm/m (in/ft), multiplied by D/2 (with forward 

rake, use minus sign in equation; with aft rake, use plus sign) 

f, w = material constants from the following table: 

Representative Propeller Materials SI and MKS Units US Customary Units 

OSee Chapter 3 of the ABS Rules for Materials 

and Welding (Part 2)Q f w f w 

2 Manganese bronze 2.10 8.30 68 0.30 

3 Nickel-manganese bronze 2.13 8.00 69 0.29 

4 Nickel-aluminum bronze 2.62 7.50 85 0.27 

5 Mn-Ni-Al bronze 2.37 7.50 77 0.27 

Cast iron 0.66 7.20 25 0.26 

Cast steel 2.10 8.30 68 0.30 

CF-3 Austenitic stainless steel 2.10 7.75 68 0.28 

Notes 

1 For propellers of unusual design, material, or application, the blade thickness will be specially 

considered. 

2 For vessels below 30 m (100 ft) in length with multiple shafts, and all vessels below 20 m (65 ft) 

in length, consideration will be given to the acceptance of propeller designs on the basis of a 

review of the manufacturer’s design parameters and guarantee of physical properties and 

suitability for the intended service. 

J.=.- &/4*,/11(G1+O!3*9' !,/)+11+,2 

where 

t 

AH 1.09BK 

= K 2 

mm (in.) 

CRN C 

0 .35 

< 

K 2 = 735 (32.8) 

A = 1.0 + (6.0/P 0.7 ) + 3P 0.35 

B = (4900wa/N) (R/100) 2 (D/20) 3 





C = (1 + 0.6P 0.35 ) (Wf – B) 

t 0.35 = 

P 0.35 = 

593 PladeGroot Iillets 

required thickness at the 0.35 radius, in mm (in.) 

pitch at 0.35 radius divided by propeller diameter, corresponding to the 

design ahead conditions 

W = expanded width of a cylindrical section at the 0.35 radius, in mm (in.) 

H, R, N, P 0.7 , a, D, K, f and w are as defined in 4-2-2/5.1.1. 

Fillets at the root of the blades are not to be considered in the determination of blade thickness. 

595 PuiltGu. Plades 

The required blade section is not to be reduced in order to provide clearance for nuts. The face of the 

flange is to bear on that of the hub in all cases, but the clearance of the spigot in its counterbore or the 

edge of the flange in the recess is to be kept to a minimum. 

597 'i. '4icQness 

The minimum blade thickness, t a , at the tip is to be determined from the following equation where D 

is the diameter of the propeller in m (ft): 

t a = 6D mm 

599 Plade '4icQness at %t4er Radii 

t a = 0.072D in. 

The blade thickness at any radius is not to be less than given by a straight line relationship between 

the thickness found from 4-2-2/5.1 and the tip thickness t a . 

7 Studs 

791 Stud Area 

where 

s = 0.056W t0. 

2 35 f/rn mm 2 s = 0.0018W t0. 

2 35 f/rn in 2 

s = area of one stud at bottom of thread, in mm 2 (in 2 ) 

n = number of studs on driving side of blade 

r = radius of pitch circle of the studs, in mm (in) 

t 0.35 = 

W and f are as defined in 4-2-2/5. 

793 Iit of Studs and &uts 

maximum thickness at the 0.25 or 0.35 radius, in mm (in.), from propeller drawing 

Studs are to be fitted tightly into the hub and provided with effective means for locking. The nuts are 

also to have a tight-fitting thread and be secured by stop screws or other effective locking devices. 





9 Blade Flange and Mechanisms 

11 Key 

The strength of the propeller blade flange and internal mechanisms of controllable-pitch propellers 

subjected to the forces from propulsion torque is to be at least 1.5 times that of the blade at design 

pitch conditions. 

The key is to have a true fit in the hub. For shape of keyway in shaft, see 4-2-1/9. Where propellers 

are fitted without keys, detailed stress calculations and fitting instructions are to be submitted for 

review. 

13 Protection Against Corrosion 

For vessels engaged primarily in saltwater service, the exposed steel of the shaft is to be protected 

from the action of the water by filling all spaces between cap, hub and shaft with a suitable material. 

The propeller assembly is to be sealed at the forward end with a well-fitted soft rubber packing ring. 

When the rubber ring seal is fitted in an external gland, the hub counterbore is to be filled with 

suitable material. Clearances between shaft liner and hub counterbore are to be kept to a minimum. 

When the rubber ring is fitted internally, ample clearance is to be provided between liner and hub, and 

the ring is to be sufficiently oversize to squeeze into the clearance space when the propeller is driven 

up on the shaft. Where necessary, a filler piece is to be fitted in the propeller hub keyway to provide a 

flat unbroken seating for the ring. The recess formed at the small end of the taper by the overhanging 

propeller hub is to be packed with red lead putty or rust preventive compound before the propeller nut 

is put on. 

18S ABS RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS 2 INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS ! 2007

! " # $ D + 9 * 3 / 4 B . D * + + , 3 4 8 > + ( , 2 

4 


Machinery 

D < & $ N T R 3 Steering Gears 

1 Steering Gear Requirements for All Type of Vessels 

191 ?eneral 

193 Plans 

All self-propelled vessels are to be provided with effective means for steering which is to be capable 

of putting the rudder from hard over to hard over. In general, power operated steering gears are to be 

designed to be capable of putting the rudder from 35 degrees on one side to 35 degrees on the other 

side with the vessel running ahead at the maximum continuous rated shaft RPM and at the design 

waterline. 

Steering gears for passenger vessels which are over 100 gross tons or are intended to carry more than 

150 passengers are to be designed, constructed and tested in accordance with 4-2-3/3. Steering gears 

for all other self-propelled vessels are to comply with the following. 

Detailed plans and calculations of the steering arrangement are to be submitted for approval. 

195 PoJer ?ear Sto.s 

Power gears are to be provided with positive arrangements for stopping the gear before the rudder 

stops are reached. These arrangements are to be synchronized with the position of the gear itself, such 

as from the rudder stock, tiller, or ram rather than by the control system. 

197 Strengt4 Requirements 

Tillers, quadrants, yokes, steering chains, rods, and cables and all parts of steering gears subject to 

load from the rudder are to be of materials tested in accordance with the applicable requirements of 

Chapter 1 of the ABS Rules for Materials and Welding (Part 2). In general, steering gears are to be so 

proportioned as to have a strength equivalent to that of the required upper rudder stock (see 

3-2-4/23.5.1 or 3-2-5/25.5.1 as applicable. Parts in tension or subject to shock (impact) are not to be 

of cast iron. 




Section 3 Steering ?ear 4G2G3 

199 Steering C4ains 

Steering chains and wire rope are to be of special quality and tested as required by Sections 2-2-1 and 

2-2-2 of the ABS Rules for Materials and Welding (Part 2), respectively. 

1911 S4eaves 

Sheaves are to be of ample size, and so placed as to provide a fair lead to the quadrant and avoid acute 

angles. Parts subjected to shock are not to be of cast iron. For sheaves intended to be used with wire 

ropes, the radius of the grooves is to equal that of the wire rope plus 0.8 mm (1/ 32 in.) and the sheave 

diameter is to be determined on the basis of the wire rope flexibility. For 6 * 37 wire rope, the sheave 

diameters are to be not less than 18 times that of the wire rope. For wire rope of lesser flexibility, the 

sheave diameter is to be increased accordingly. Sheave diameters for chain are to be not less than 

30 times the chain diameter. 

1913 Puffers 

Steering gears other than hydraulic types are to be designed with suitable buffer arrangements to 

relieve the gear from shock from the rudder. 

1915 Uydraulic Pi.ing for Steering ?ears 

A relief valve is to be provided for the protection of the hydraulic system. Pressure piping is to meet 

the requirements of Part 4, Chapter 3, except that the mill tests need not be witnessed by the Surveyor. 

After fabrication, the piping system or each piping component is to be subjected, in the presence of 

the Surveyor, to a hydrostatic test equal to 1.5 times the design working pressure. After installation in 

the vessel, the piping is to be tested under working conditions including a check of the relief valve 

operation. 

1917 (lectrical Parts of Steering ?ears 

1919 'rials 

Electrical parts of steering gears are to meet the applicable requirements of Part 4, Chapter 5. 

The steering gear is to be tested to demonstrate to the Surveyor’s satisfaction that the requirements of 

these Rules have been met. Satisfactory performance is to be demonstrated under the following conditions. 

=.=A.= $/QG/(*2 (45 $082 

From 35 degrees on either side to 30 degrees on the other side in 20 seconds with vessel moored 

to a dock or the river bank and with the main propulsion engines operating at approximately 

the full load rack setting. 

=.=A.- !(22+48+, Y+22+12 (45 T*'+, D+1EO),/)+11+5 Y+22+12 

From 35 degrees on either side to 30 degrees on the other side in not more than 28 seconds 

with the vessel running ahead at the maximum continuous rated shaft RPM. For controllable 

pitch propellers, the propeller pitch is to be at the maximum design pitch approved for the 

above maximum continuous ahead rated RPM. Where a test with the vessel running ahead at 

full speed is not practicable, the test for towboats and tugs in 4-2-3/1.19.1 may be used. 

Consideration may be given to other means for proving the adequacy of the steering 

arrangements and power subject to the satisfaction of the attending Surveyor. 





3 Steering Gears for Passenger Vessels Over 100 Gross 

Tons or Carrying More than 150 Passengers 

391 ?eneral 

All passenger vessels which are over 100 gross tons or are intended to carry more than 150 passengers 

are to be provided with an approved means of steering. All power-operated steering gears for such 

vessels are to be constructed to the satisfaction of and tested in the presence of the Surveyor as 

follows: 

B.=.= H+2384 

i) Capability. The steering gear is to be designed to be capable of: 

" Putting the rudder from 35 degrees on one side to 35 degrees on the other side 

with the vessel running ahead at the maximum continuous rated shaft RPM and at 

the design waterline, and 

" Meeting the performance requirements in accordance with 4-2-3/3.33.1. In this 

respect, any approval is to be understood as being subject to compliance with 

4-2-3/3.33.1. 

B.=.- 

D)+93(1 D*++,348 

Vessels having cycloidal, azimuthing or similar type propulsion systems in which the steering 

is effected by changing the direction of the propulsion thrust are to comply with the 

provisions in Section 4-3-5 of the Steel Vessel Rules. 

393 Plans 

B.=.B D3481+ P(310,+ (1996) 

The steering gear system is to be designed so that after a single failure in its piping system, 

one of the power units or mechanical connections to the power units the defect can be isolated 

so that the integrity of the remaining part of the system will not be impaired and the steering 

capability can be maintained or speedily regained. 

Detailed plans of the steering arrangement, including machinery, controls, instrumentation, power 

supplies, piping systems, and pressure cylinders are to be submitted for approval. See 4-1-1/5.3. 

The rated torque of the unit is to be indicated in the data submitted for review. 

395 SteeringGgear Protection 

The steering gear is to be protected from the weather. Steering gear compartments are to be readily 

accessible. Handrails and gratings or other non-slip surfaces are to be provided in way of steering gear 

machinery and controls. 

397 PoJerGdriven Steering ?ear 

The steering gear is to be power-operated if the required upper stock diameter is 120 mm (4.7 in.) or 

greater. Refer to 3-2-5/25.5.1. 

399 Mec4anical Com.onents 

All steering gear parts transmitting force to or from the rudder, such as tillers, quadrants, rams, pins, 

tie rods and keys are to be proportioned as to have strength equivalent to that of the upper rudder 

stock required by 3-2-5/25.5.1. 





3911 PoJer Vnits 

B.==.= H+E343*3/42 

For purposes of the Rules, a steering gear power unit is: 

i) Electric Steering Gear. An electric motor and its associated electrical equipment. 

ii) Electro-hydraulic Steering Gear. An electric motor and its associated electrical 

equipment and connected pump or pumps. 

iii) 

Other Hydraulic Steering Gear. A driving engine and connected pump or pumps. 

B.==.- &/I)/23*3/4 

The steering gear is to be comprised of two or more identical power units and is to be capable 

of operating the rudder as required by 4-2-3/3.33.1 while operating with one or more of the 

power units. Mechanical connections to the power unit are to be of substantial construction. 

The steering gear is to be arranged so that a single failure in one of the power units or 

mechanical connections to the power units will not impair the integrity of the remaining part 

of the steering gear. See 4-2-3/3.1.3. 

B.==.B $+2*348 

A prototype of each new design power unit pump is to be shop tested for a duration of not less 

than 100 hours. The testing is to be carried out in accordance with an approved agenda and is 

to include the following as a minimum: 

i) The pump and stroke control (or directional control valve) is to be operated continuously 

from full flow and relief valve pressure in one direction through idle to full flow and 

relief valve pressure in the opposite direction. 

ii) 

3913 Mec4anical Steering 

Pump suction conditions are to simulate lowest anticipated suction head. The power 

unit is to be checked for abnormal heating, excessive vibration, or other irregularities. 

Following the test, the power unit pump is to be disassembled and inspected in the 

presence of a Surveyor. 

Steel-wire rope, chain and other mechanical steering systems are to comply with 4-2-3/1.9, 4-2-3/1.11 

and 4-2-3/1.13. 

3915 Material 

B.=J.= >+4+,(1 

All parts of steering gears transmitting a force to the rudder and pressure retaining components 

of hydraulic rudder actuators are to be of steel or other approved ductile material. The use of 

gray cast iron or other material having an elongation less than 12% in 50 mm (2 in.) is not 

acceptable. 

B.=J.- 6(*+,3(1 $+2* "**+45(49+ 

Except as modified below, materials for the parts and components mentioned in 4-2-3/3.15.1 

are to be tested in the presence of the Surveyor in accordance with the requirements of 

Chapter 3 of the ABS Rules for Materials and Welding (Part 2). See also 4-2-3/3.23.2. 

Material tests for steering gear coupling bolts and torque transmitting keys need not be 

witnessed by the Surveyor. For upper rudder stock keys, see 3-2-5/25.1. 





3917 'ransfer 

Material tests for forged, welded or seamless steel parts (including the internal components) 

of rudder actuators that are not more than 150 mm (6 in.) in internal diameter need not be 

carried out in the presence of the Surveyor. Such parts are to comply with the requirements of 

Chapter 3 of the ABS Rules for Materials and Welding (Part 2) or such other appropriate 

material specifications as may be approved in connection with a particular design, and may be 

accepted on the basis of a review of mill certificates by the Surveyor. 

An effective means of rapid transfer between power units is to be provided. Such transfer arrangements 

are also to include the capability to initiate the transfer process manually (i.e., non-automatic) from 

the navigation bridge. 

3919 PoJerGgear Sto.s 

Power gears are to be provided with stops in accordance with 4-2-3/1.5. 

3921 Rudder Actuators 

B.-=.= >+4+,(1 

Hydraulic cylinders and housings of vane-type steering gears are to meet the requirements of 

4-2-3/3.15 for material and material tests, and also 2-4-2/1 of the ABS Rules for Materials 

and Welding (Part 2) for welding, 4-4-1A1/3.1 (Equation No. 2), 4-4-1A1/5, 4-4-1A1/7 of the 

Steel Vessel Rules for design, and 4-4-1A1/21 of the Steel Vessel Rules for hydrostatic tests. 

For cylinders, see also 4-3-4/1.11 of the Steel Vessel Rules for plans. 

B.-=.- R/4O50)139(*+5 #055+, "9*0(*/,2 

Regardless of extent of nondestructive testing, casting quality factor is not to exceed 0.85. See 

the last note of 4-4-1A1/Table 2 of the Steel Vessel Rules. 

B.-=.B T31 D+(12 

Oil seals between non-moving parts forming part of the exterior pressure boundary are to be 

of the pressure seal type. Oil seals between moving parts forming the external pressure 

boundary are to be fitted in duplicate so that the failure of one seal does not render the actuator 

inoperative. Alternative seal arrangements will be considered where they are shown to be 

equivalent. 

3923 Pi.ing Arrangement 

B.-B.= >+4+,(1 

Piping for hydraulic gears is to be arranged so that transfer between units can be readily 

effected. The arrangement is to be such that a single failure in one part of the piping will not 

impair the integrity of remaining parts of the system. See 4-2-3/3.1.3. Where necessary, 

arrangements for bleeding air from the hydraulic system are to be provided. 

B.-B.- #+X03,+I+4*2 

Piping systems are to meet the requirements of 4-3-8/1.3 through 4-3-8/1.15. The design 

pressure for steering gear system piping and components subject to internal hydraulic pressure 

is to be at least 1.25 times the maximum working pressure to be expected in order to satisfy 

the operational conditions specified in 4-2-3/3.33.1. 





B.-B.B Y(17+2 (1996) 

In general, valves are to comply with the requirements of 4-3-2/11. Isolating valves are to be 

fitted on the pipe connections to the rudder actuator. For vessels with non-duplicated rudder 

actuators, the isolating valves are to be directly mounted on the actuator. 

B.-B.[ #+13+E Y(17+2 (1996) 

Relief valves are to be provided for the protection of the hydraulic system. Each relief valve is 

to be capable of relieving not less than the full flow of all the pumps which can discharge 

through it increased by 10%. With this flow condition, the maximum pressure rise is not to 

exceed 10% of the relief valve setting. In this regard, consideration is to be given to the 

extreme expected ambient conditions in respect to oil viscosity. 

The relief valve setting is to be at least 1.25 times the maximum working pressure to be 

expected in order to satisfy the operational conditions specified in 4-2-3/3.33.1 but is not to 

exceed the design pressure in 4-2-3/3.33.2. 

B.-B.J P31*,(*3/4 

A means is to be provided to maintain cleanliness of the hydraulic fluid. 

B.-B.V D*/,(8+ $(4U 

A fixed storage tank having sufficient capacity to recharge the complete hydraulic power 

system including the power unit reservoirs is to be provided. The tank is to be permanently 

connected by piping in such a manner that the system can be readily recharged from a 

position within the steering gear compartment. The storage tank is to be provided with an 

approved level indicating system in accordance with 4-3-3/9. 

B.-B.@ $+2*348 

The following tests are to be performed in the presence of the Surveyor. 

3925 Controls 

3.23.7(a) Shop Tests (2008). After fabrication, each component of the steering gear piping 

system, including the power units, hydraulic cylinders and piping, is to be hydrostatically tested 

at the plant of manufacture to 1.5 times the relief valve setting. 

3.23.7(b) Installation Test. After installation in the vessel, the complete piping system, 

including power units, hydraulic cylinders and piping, is to be subjected to a hydrostatic test 

equal to 1.1 times the relief valve setting, including a check of the relief-valve operation. 

B.-J.= >+4+,(1 (1996) 

Control system is the equipment by which orders are transmitted from the navigation bridge 

to the power units. Control systems comprise transmitters, receivers, hydraulic control pumps 

and their associated motors, motor controllers, piping and cables. For the purpose of these 

Rules, steering wheels or steering levers are not considered to be part of the control system. 

There are to be two independent control systems provided, each of which can be operated 

from the navigation bridge. These control systems are to be independent in all respects and 

are to provide on the navigation bridge all necessary apparatus and arrangements for the 

starting and stopping of steering gear motors and the rapid transfer of steering power and 

control between units. Control cables and piping for the independent control systems are to be 

separated throughout their length. When the control comprises a hydraulic telemotor, a second 

independent control system will not be required. See 4-5-2/11.1 and 4-5-6/9.3. 





In addition to the steering gear control systems required above, additional control is to be 

provided in the steering gear compartment. These controls if electric are to be supplied from 

the steering gear power circuit from a point within the steering gear compartment. 

B.-J.- &/4*,/1 D:2*+I H329/44+9* (1998) 

Means are to be provided in the steering gear compartment to disconnect the steering gear 

control system from the power circuit when local control is to be used. Such means for 

disconnecting are to be operable by one person without the need for tools. Additionally, if 

more than one steering station is provided, a selector switch is to disconnect completely all 

stations, except the one in use. 

B.-J.B &/II0439(*3/42 

A means of communication is to be provided in accordance with 4-5-6/9.7. 

3927 *nstrumentation and Alarms 

The following instruments and alarms are to be provided. The audible and visual alarms required are 

to be of the self-monitoring type so that a circuit failure will cause an alarm condition and they are to 

have provisions for testing. 

B.-@.= #055+, !/23*3/4 N4539(*/, 

The angular position of the rudder is to be indicated on the navigation bridge and in the 

steering gear compartment. The rudder angle indication is to be independent of the steering 

gear control system, and readily visible from the control position. 

B.-@.- !/Q+, P(310,+ 

A visual and audible alarm is to be given on the navigation bridge and engine room control 

station to indicate a power failure to any one of the steering gear power units. 

B.-@.B 6/*/, "1(,I2 (2000) 

A visual and audible alarm is to be given on the navigation bridge to indicate an overload 

condition of the steering gear power unit motor. Where a three-phase supply is used a visual 

and audible alarm is to be supplied which will indicate failure of any one of the supply 

phases. The operation of this alarm is not to interrupt the circuit. 

B.-@.[ &/4*,/1 !/Q+, P(310,+ 


station to indicate an electrical power failure in any steering gear control circuit, or remote 

control circuit. 

B.-@.J 6/*/, #044348 N4539(*/,2 

Indicators for running indication of motors are to be installed on the navigation bridge and in 

the engine room control station. 

B.-@.V C/Q T31O1+7+1 "1(,I 


station to indicate a low oil level in any power unit reservoir. 





B.-@.@ ;:5,(0139 C/9U (2007) 

Where the arrangement is such that a single failure may cause hydraulic lock and loss of 

steering, an audible and visual hydraulic lock alarm which identifies the failed system or 

component is to be provided on the navigation bridge. The alarm is to be activated upon 

steering gear failure if: 

" Position of the variable displacement pump control system does not correspond to the 

given order, or 

" Incorrect position of 3-way full flow valve or similar in constant delivery pump system is 

detected. 

Alternatively, for follow-up control systems, an independent steering failure alarm complying 

with the following requirements may be provided in lieu of a hydraulic lock alarm: 

i) The steering failure alarm system is to actuate an audible and visible alarm in the 

wheelhouse when the actual position of the rudder differs by more than 5 degrees 

from the rudder position ordered by the follow-up control systems for more than: 

ii) 

iii) 

30 seconds for ordered rudder position changes of 70 degrees; 

6.5 seconds for ordered rudder position changes of 5 degrees; and 

The time period calculated by the following formula for ordered rudder positions 

changes between 5 degrees and 70 degrees: 

where: 

t = (R/2.76)+4.64 

t = maximum time delay in seconds 

R = ordered rudder change in degrees 

The steering failure alarm system must be separate from, and independent of, each 

steering gear control system, except for input received from the steering wheel shaft. 

Each steering failure alarm system is to be supplied by a circuit that: 

a. is independent of other steering gear system and steering alarm circuits. 

b. is fed from the emergency power source through the emergency distribution 

panel in the wheelhouse, if installed; and 

c. has no overcurrent protection except short circuit protection. 

B.-@.L "0*/)31/* T7+,,35+ (1999) 

Steering gear control systems capable of operation in the autopilot mode are to be provided 

with the means to automatically disengage the autopilot controls when an effort is made to 

manually steer the vessel from the main steering station at the navigation bridge. Additionally, 

an audible and visual alarm is to be provided at the navigation bridge in the event the override 

mechanism fails to respond within a preset period. 

3929 (lectrical Com.onents (1996) 

Electrical components of the steering gear are to meet the applicable requirements of Part 4, Chapter 5. 

The steering gear electrical circuit is to comply with 4-5-2/11. 

3931 %.erating *nstructions 

Appropriate operating instructions with a block diagram showing the changeover procedures for 

steering gear control systems and steering gear power units are to be permanently displayed on the 

navigation bridge and in the steering gear compartment. 





3933 'rials 

The steering gear is to be tried out on the trial trip in order to demonstrate to the Surveyor’s satisfaction 

that the requirements of these Rules have been met. The trial is to include the operation of the 

following: 

B.BB.= 

The steering gear, including demonstration of the performance requirements as shown below 

with the rudder fully submerged. Where full rudder submergence cannot be obtained in ballast 

conditions, special considerations may be given to specified trials with less than full rudder 

submergence. Satisfactory performance is to be demonstrated under the following conditions. 

3.33.1(a) Full Speed Trial. From 35 degrees on either side to 30 degrees on the other side in 

not more than 28 seconds with the vessel running ahead at the maximum continuous rated 

shaft RPM. For controllable pitch propellers, the propeller pitch is to be at the maximum 

design pitch approved for the above maximum continuous ahead rated RPM. This test is to be 

met with one of the power units in reserve. 

3.33.1(b) Half Speed Trial. From 15 degrees on either side to 15 degrees on the other side in 

not more than 60 seconds while running at one-half of the maximum ahead speed or 7 knots, 

whichever is the greater. This test is to be conducted with one of the power units in reserve. 

This test may be waived where the steering gear consists of two identical power units with 

each capable of meeting the requirements in 4-2-3/3.33.1 above. 

Where three or more power units are provided, the test procedures are to be specially considered 

on basis of the specifically approved operating arrangements of the steering gear system. 

B.BB.- 

B.BB.B 

B.BB.[ 

The power units, including transfer between power units. 

The emergency power supply required by 4-5-6/9.3. 

The steering gear controls, including transfer of control, and local control. 

B.BB.J 

The means of communications between the navigation bridge, engine room, and the steering 

gear compartment. 

B.BB.V 

B.BB.@ 

The alarms and indicators required by 4-2-3/3.27 (test may be done at dockside). 

The storage and recharging system contained in 4-2-3/3.23.6 (test may be done at dockside). 

B.BB.L 

The isolation and automatic starting provisions of 4-2-3/3.1.3 (test may be done at dockside). 



P A R T C h a p t e r 3 : P u m p s a n d P i p i n g S y s t e m s 

$ 

C H A P T E R 3 '()*+ ,-. '/*/-0 S1+23)+ 

CONTENTS 

SECTION 1 

General................................................................................203 

1 Construction and Installation .............................................203 

1.1 General Requirements .................................................. 203 

1.3 Piping Groups ............................................................... 203 

3 Plans and Data to Be Submitted........................................203 

3.1 Plans ............................................................................. 203 

3.3 Data .............................................................................. 204 

5 Material Tests and Inspection............................................204 

5.1 Specifications and Purchase Orders ............................. 204 

5.3 Special Materials........................................................... 204 

7 General Installation Details................................................204 

7.1 Protection...................................................................... 204 

7.3 Pipes Near Switchboards.............................................. 205 

7.5 Expansion or Contraction Stresses ............................... 205 

7.7 Molded Expansion Joints .............................................. 205 

7.9 Bulkhead, Deck or Tank Top Penetrations.................... 206 

7.11 Relief Valves ................................................................. 206 

7.13 Common Overboard Discharge..................................... 206 

7.15 Plastic Piping................................................................. 207 

7.17 Standard Thicknesses................................................... 207 

7.19 Instruments ................................................................... 207 

7.21 Hose.............................................................................. 207 

SECTION 2 Piping, Valves and Fittings ...............................................209 

1 General ..............................................................................209 

3 Pressure Tests...................................................................209 

3.1 General ......................................................................... 209 

3.3 Fuel Oil Suction and Transfer Lines .............................. 209 

3.5 Cargo Oil Piping............................................................ 209 

3.7 Hydraulic Power Piping ................................................. 209 

3.9 All Piping ....................................................................... 209 

5 Metallic Pipes.....................................................................210 

5.1 Test and Inspection of Group I Piping ........................... 210 

5.3 Steel Pipe......................................................................210 

ABS "#$%& '(" )#*$+*,- .,+ /$.&&*,- &0%%$ 1%&&%$& '(" &%"1*/% (, "*1%"& 2 *,0"./(.&0.$ 3.0%"3.4& . 5667 197

5.5 Copper Pipe ..................................................................210 

5.7 Brass Pipe .....................................................................210 

5.9 Plastic Pipe....................................................................210 

5.11 Working Pressure and Thickness of Metallic Pipe.........210 

7 Plastic Pipes ......................................................................212 

7.1 General..........................................................................212 

7.3 Plans and Data to be Submitted....................................212 

7.5 Design ...........................................................................213 

7.7 Installation of Plastic Pipes............................................216 

7.9 Manufacturing of Plastic Pipes ......................................217 

7.11 Plastic Pipe Bonding Procedure Qualification ...............218 

7.13 Tests by the Manufacturer \ Fire Endurance Testing 

of Plastic Piping in the Dry Condition 

(For Level 1 and Level 2)...............................................219 

7.15 Test by Manufacturer \ Fire Endurance Testing of 

Water-filled Plastic Piping (For Level 3).........................220 

7.17 Tests by Manufacturer \ Flame Spread ........................222 

7.19 Testing By Manufacturer \ General...............................223 

7.21 Testing Onboard After Installation .................................223 

9 Material of Valves and Fittings...........................................227 

9.1 General..........................................................................227 

9.3 Forged or Cast Steel .....................................................227 

9.5 Cast Iron........................................................................227 

9.7 Ductile (Nodular) Iron ....................................................227 

9.9 Nonferrous.....................................................................228 

9.11 Plastic Compounds .......................................................228 

11 Valves ................................................................................228 

11.1 General..........................................................................228 

11.3 Construction ..................................................................228 

11.5 Hydrostatic Test and Identification ................................229 

13 Pipe Fittings .......................................................................229 

13.1 General..........................................................................229 

13.3 Hydrostatic Test and Identification ................................229 

13.5 Nonstandard Fittings .....................................................230 

15 Welded Nonstandard Valves and Fittings..........................230 

17 Flanges ..............................................................................230 

17.1 General..........................................................................230 

17.3 Group I Piping Flanges..................................................230 

17.5 Group II Piping Flanges.................................................230 

19 Sea Chests, Sea Valve and Overboard Discharge 

Connections .......................................................................231 

19.1 General..........................................................................231 

19.3 Sea Chests....................................................................231 

19.5 Scuppers .......................................................................231 

19.7 Sanitary Discharges ......................................................232 

21 Cooler Installations External to the Hull.............................232 

21.1 General..........................................................................232 

21.3 Integral Keel Cooler Installations...................................232 

21.5 Non-integral Keel Cooler Installations ...........................232 

198 ABS "#$%& '(" )#*$+*,- .,+ /$.&&*,- &0%%$ 1%&&%$& '(" &%"1*/% (, "*1%"& 2 *,0"./(.&0.$ 3.0%"3.4& . 5667

TABLE 1 Allowable Stress Values S for Steel Piping ..............212 

TABLE 2 

TABLE 3 

TABLE 4 

Fire Endurance Requirements Matrix for Plastic 

Pipes ........................................................................224 

Standards for Plastic Pipes \ Typical 

Requirements for All Systems..................................226 

Standards for Plastic Pipes \ Additional 

Requirements Depending on Service 

and/or Location of Piping .........................................227 

FIGURE 1 

FIGURE 2 

Fire Endurance Test Burner Assembly....................221 

Fire Endurance Test Stand with Mounted 

Sample.....................................................................221 

SECTION 3 

Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks..............................233 

1 Bilge and Ballast Systems for Self-propelled Vessels .......233 

1.1 General ......................................................................... 233 

1.3 Pumps........................................................................... 233 

1.5 Bilge and Ballast Piping ................................................ 233 

3 Bilge Systems for Self-propelled Passenger Vessels........235 

3.1 General ......................................................................... 235 

3.3 Bilge Piping System ...................................................... 235 

3.5 Bilge Pumps.................................................................. 236 

5 Bilge Systems for Barges ..................................................237 

5.1 Unmanned Barges ........................................................ 237 

5.3 Manned Barges............................................................. 237 

7 Vent, Sounding and Overflow Pipes..................................237 

7.1 General ......................................................................... 237 

7.3 Size ............................................................................... 237 

7.5 Termination ................................................................... 237 

9 Sounding............................................................................238 

9.1 General ......................................................................... 238 

9.3 Sounding Pipes............................................................. 238 

9.5 Gauge Glasses ............................................................. 238 

SECTION 4 

Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Systems and Tanks............239 

1 Fuel Oil Transfer, Filling and Service Systems..................239 

1.1 General ......................................................................... 239 

1.3 Pipes in Oil Tanks ......................................................... 239 

1.5 Control Valves or Cocks................................................ 239 

1.7 Valves on Oil Tanks ...................................................... 239 

1.9 Overflows and Drains.................................................... 240 

1.11 Fuel Oil Purifiers............................................................ 240 

1.13 Fuel Oil Injection System .............................................. 240 

3 Lubricating Oil System.......................................................241 

3.1 General ......................................................................... 241 

3.3 Oil Filters....................................................................... 241 

3.5 Protective Features ....................................................... 241 

ABS "#$%& '(" )#*$+*,- .,+ /$.&&*,- &0%%$ 1%&&%$& '(" &%"1*/% (, "*1%"& 2 *,0"./(.&0.$ 3.0%"3.4& . 5667 199

SECTION 5 Internal Combustion Engine Systems ............................. 243 

1 Cooling Water System .......................................................243 

1.1 General..........................................................................243 

1.3 Sea Suctions .................................................................243 

1.5 Direct Cooling System...................................................243 

3 Exhaust Piping ...................................................................243 

SECTION 6 Cargo Systems................................................................... 245 

1 Vessels Carrying Oil in Bulk Having a Flashpoint of 

60°C (140°F) or Less .........................................................245 

1.1 Cargo Pumps ................................................................245 

1.3 Cargo Piping Systems...................................................246 

1.5 Other Piping Systems....................................................246 

1.7 Venting Systems ...........................................................246 

1.9 Inert Gas System Requirements ...................................247 

1.11 Cargo Vapor Emission Control Systems .......................248 

3 Cargo-handling Systems....................................................248 

3.1 General..........................................................................248 

3.3 Dangerous Chemicals ...................................................248 

3.5 Liquefied Gases ............................................................248 

3.7 Pressurized Gases ........................................................248 

3.9 Cargo Oil Piping ............................................................248 

3.11 Noncombustible Liquids ................................................248 

SECTION 7 

Cargo Transfer Systems for Dangerous Chemical 

Cargoes............................................................................... 249 

1 General ..............................................................................249 

3 Cargo Piping Classification................................................249 

3.1 Cargo Piping for Barge Type I .......................................249 

3.3 Cargo Piping for Barge Types II and III .........................249 

5 Plans and Data to be Submitted ........................................249 

7 Materials.............................................................................250 

7.1 General..........................................................................250 

7.3 Service Temperature Below -18°C (0°F) .......................250 

9 Venting...............................................................................250 

9.1 Open Venting ................................................................250 

9.3 Pressure-Vacuum Venting.............................................251 

9.5 Safety-Relief Venting.....................................................251 

11 Safety-Relief Valves...........................................................251 

11.1 Capacity ........................................................................251 

11.3 Certification ...................................................................252 

11.5 Installation .....................................................................252 

11.7 Tests .............................................................................252 

13 Pressure Vessels ...............................................................253 

200 ABS "#$%& '(" )#*$+*,- .,+ /$.&&*,- &0%%$ 1%&&%$& '(" &%"1*/% (, "*1%"& 2 *,0"./(.&0.$ 3.0%"3.4& . 5667

15 Cargo Transfer...................................................................253 

15.1 General .........................................................................253 

15.3 Cargo Pumps ................................................................ 253 

15.5 Pump Wells................................................................... 253 

15.7 Pump Prime Movers...................................................... 253 

15.9 Pressure Gauges .......................................................... 253 

15.11 Independent Tank Connections .................................... 253 

15.13 Piping, Valves and Fittings............................................ 254 

15.15 Piping Flexibility Arrangements..................................... 254 

15.17 Pipe Joints .................................................................... 254 

15.19 Cargo Filling Lines in Tanks.......................................... 255 

15.21 Spillage Containment .................................................... 255 

15.23 Electrical Bonding ......................................................... 255 

17 Protective Housing.............................................................255 

19 Electrical ............................................................................255 

21 Fire Extinguishing ..............................................................255 

23 Salvaging Connections ......................................................255 

TABLE 1 

Values of C for Use in Calculating Safety-Relief 

Valve Capacity .........................................................256 

SECTION 8 Other Piping Systems and Tanks .....................................257 

1 Hydraulic Piping .................................................................257 

1.1 Arrangements................................................................ 257 

1.3 Valves ........................................................................... 257 

1.5 Piping ............................................................................ 257 

1.7 Pipe Fittings .................................................................. 257 

1.9 Hose.............................................................................. 258 

1.11 Accumulators ................................................................ 258 

1.13 Fluid Power Cylinders ................................................... 258 

1.15 Design Pressure............................................................ 258 

1.17 Segregation of High Pressure Hydraulic Units in 

Machinery Spaces......................................................... 258 

3 Liquefied Petroleum Gases ...............................................258 

5 Ship Service Ammonia System .........................................259 

5.1 Compartmentation......................................................... 259 

5.3 Safety Measures ........................................................... 259 

5.5 Ammonia Piping............................................................ 259 

ABS "#$%& '(" )#*$+*,- .,+ /$.&&*,- &0%%$ 1%&&%$& '(" &%"1*/% (, "*1%"& 2 *,0"./(.&0.$ 3.0%"3.4& . 5667 201

T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R T S e c t i o n 1 : G e n e r a l 

$ 

C H A P T E R 3 '()*+ ,-. '/*/-0 S1+23)+ 

S E C T I O N 4 G3-36,7 

4 C9-+26(:2/9- ,-. I-+2,77,2/9- 

1.1 General Requirements 

A.. 5)%%).% '6) ,- 7) 86-5$9)9 :$,# ,#) +);)%%'6/ 8


Chapter 3 Pumps and Piping Systems 

Section 1 General 4-3-1 

3.3 Data 

" G)+)6'. '66'+()=)+, -1 8




7.3 Pipes Near Switchboards 

T#) .)'9$+( -1 8$8)% $+ ,#) 5$;$+$,/ -1 %:$,;#7-'69% $% ,- 7) '5-$9)9 '% 1'6 '% 8-%%$7.)> N#)+ % S)) FUFUA3\F -1 ,#) ABS Rules for Conditions of 

Classification (Part 1)> 

7.7.1 Circulating Water Systems 

?-.9)9 )V8'+%$-+ 1$,,$+(% -1 6)$+1-6;)9 6




7.7.2 Oil Systems 

N#)6) =-.9)9 )V8'+%$-+ [-$+,% -1 ;-=8-%$,) ;-+%,6




7.15 Plastic Piping !'(()% 

N#)6) 8)6=$,,)9B 8.'%,$; 8$8$+( $% ,- 7) ()+)6'../ ;-+1$+)9 ,- -+) :',)6,$(#, ;-=8'6,=)+,> N#)6) %/%,)=% 

'6) ;-++);,)9 ,- ,#) %)'B ,#) 5'.5) '+9 $,% ;-++);,$-+ ,- ,#) %#).. '6) ,- 7) =),'..$;> &)+),6',$-+% -1 

:',)6,$(#, 7J>J '+9 LU3U2\Q>J>M> 

7.17 Standard Thicknesses 

&$8) ,#$;3+)%%)% 6)1)66)9 ,- '% %,'+9'69 -6 )V,6' #)'5/ '6) ,#) )AK '+9 F2>J == I0>J $+>KB 6)%8);,$5)./> 

7.19 Instruments 

7.19.1 Temperature 

T#)6=-=),)6% '+9 -,#)6 ,)=8)6',

T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R T S e c t i o n 2 : P i p i n g , V a l v e s a n d F i t t i n g s 

$ 

C H A P T E R 3 '()*+ ,-. '/*/-0 S1+23)+ 

S E C T I O N 2 '/*/-0C D,7E3+ ,-. F/22/-0+ 

4 G3-36,7 

T#) 8$8$+( 9),'$.% 9),)6=$+)9 $+ ';;-69'+;) :$,# LU3U2\J ,#6- 

3.3 Fuel Oil Suction and Transfer Lines 

T6'+%1)6 %/%,)=% '+9 1J 3(1\;= 2 B 

J0 8%$K> 

3.5 Cargo Oil Piping 

A1,)6 $+%,'..',$-+B ;'6(- -$. 8$8$+( %/%,)=% '6) ,- 7) ,)%,)9 ,- F>J ,$=)% ,#) 9)%$(+ 86)%% 

3.7 Hydraulic Power Piping 

A1,)6 1'76$;',$-+B ,#) #/96'FJ -6 LU2U3\3>23B '% '88.$;'7.)> 

3.9 All Piping 

A1,)6 $+%,'..',$-+B '.. 8$8$+( $% ,- 7) ,)%,)9 

ABS "#$%& '(" )#*$+*,- .,+ /$.&&*,- &0%%$ 1%&&%$& '(" &%"1*/% (, "*1%"& 2 *,0"./(.&0.$ 3.0%"3.4& . 5667 209



Section 2 Piping, Valves and Fittings 4-3-2 

> ?32,77/: '/*3+ 

5.1 Test and Inspection of Group I Piping 

&$8)% $+,)+9)9 1-6 N&SK ='/ 7)




K d 20 I200B 2K 

D d ';,00 == I0>000 $+>K 1-6 8.'$+U)+9 %,)). -6 :6- N&SK N&SK '+9 .'6()6> S)) N-,) 3> 

" F>2Q == I0>0J $+>K 1-6 '.. ,#6)'9)9 8$8) FQ == O>D> I3\ O $+> N&SK '+9 

%='..)6 

" D)8,# -1 ,#6)'9B h, 1-6 '.. ,#6)'9)9 8$8) -5)6 FQ == O>D> I3\ O $+> N&SK> S)) 

N-,) L> 

" D)8,# -1 (6--5) 1-6 (6--5)9 8$8) 

" 0>00 == I0>000 $+>K 1-6 8.'$+U)+9 +-+1)66- 

T#) 5'.F C-9) 1-6 

&6)%% 

3 &.'$+U)+9 8$8) -6 ,




TABLE 1 

Allowable Stress Values S for Steel Piping N[mm 2 (kgf[mm 2 , psi) 

Part 2, Chapter 3, 

Section 122Paragraph 

No. and (Grade) 

Nominal Composition 

2U3UF2\J>F IG6> FK 

E.);> 6)%> C'67-+ S,)). 

2U3UF2\J>F IG6> 2K 

E.);> 6)%> C'67-+ S,)). 

S)'=.)%% C'67-+ S,)). 

2U3UF2\J>F IG6> 3K 

E.);> 6)%> C'67-+ S,)). 

S)'=.)%% C'67-+ S,)). 

2U3UF2\J>3 IG6> LK 

C'67-+ S,)). 

2U3UF2\J>3 IG6> JK 

C'67-+ S,)). 

Tensile Strength 

3F0 

I3F>JB LJ000K 

330 

I33>QB LO000K 

330 

I33>QB LO000K 

LFJ 

IL2B M0000K 

LFJ 

IL2B M0000K 

330 

I33>QB LO000K 

LFJ 

IL2B M0000K 

Service TemperatureLDegrees C (F) 

)29°C ()20°F) to 

343°C (650°F) 372°C (700°F) 399°C (750°F) 427°C (800°F) 

M d 0>O M d 0>O M d 0>O M d 0>O 

LM>9 

IL>QOB MO00K 

Q0>3 

IQ>FQB F0200K 

O2>O 

IO>LLB F2000K 

OO>3 

I9>0B F2O00K 

F03>J 

IF0>JJB FJ000K 

O2>O 

IO>LLB F2000K 

F03>J 

IF0>JJB FJ000K 

LM>M 

IL>QJB MJ00K 

MO>3 

IM>9MB 9900K 

O0>M 

IO>22B FFQ00K 

OL>F 

IO>JOB F2200K 

99>2 

IF0>F2B FLL00K 

O0>Q 

IO>23B FFQ00K 

99>2 

IF0>F2B FLL00K 

M2>O 

IM>L0B 9F00K 

Q3>Q 

IQ>J2B F0Q00K 

QJ>O 

IQ>Q3B FF000K 

O9>M 

I9>FLB F3000K 

Q3>Q 

IQ>J2B F0Q00K 

O9>M 

I9>FLB F3000K 

J3>F 

IJ>LFB QQ00K 

M2>F 

IM>33B 9000K 

M3>L 

IM>LQB 9200K 

QL>L 

IQ>J9B F0O00K 

M2>F 

IM>33B 9000K 

QL>L 

IQ>J9B F0O00K 

NotesK 

F 

I+,)6=)9$',) 5'. 

2 F-6 (6'9)% -1 8$8$+( -,#)6 ,#'+ ,#-%) ($5)+ $+ LU3U2\T'7.) FB S 5'. 

A 

'7,+2/: '/*3+ !'(()% 

7.1 General 

&$8)% '+9 8$8$+( ;-=8-+)+,% ='9) -1 ,#)6=-8.'%,$; -6 ,#)6=-%),,$+( 8.'%,$; =',)6$'.% :$,# -6 :$,#-




7.3.1 General Information 

i) &$8) '+9 1$,,$+( 9$=)+%$-+% 

ii) ?'V$=




:#)6) 

P sth d %#-6,U,)6= #/96-%,',$; ,)%, 1'$.




7.5.6 Fire Endurance 

LU3U2\T'7.) 2 %8);$1$)% 1$6) )+9




7.5.8 Electrical Conductivity 

7.5.8(a) &$8$+( ;-+5)/$+( 1.L> 

7.5.8(d) I1 ,#) 8$8)% '+9 1$,,$+(% '6) +-, #-=-()+)-




7.7.3(d) A9#)%$5)%B :#)+ T#) 6)%$%,'+;) $% ,- 7) ;#);3)9 $+ ,#) 86)%)+;) -1 ,#) S 

7.7.4(b) N#)6) T#) 

S 

7.7.6 Bulkhead and Deck Penetrations 

7.7.6(a) T#) $+,)(6$,/ -1 :',)6,$(#, 7




N#)6) ,#) ='+3 '+9 

FUFUA3\J>J -1 ,#) ABS Rules for Conditions of Classification (Part 1) -6 ISO 900F I-6 )AF9B '% '88.$;'7.)B :$.. 7) 6)A




7.13 Tests by the Manufacturer – Fire Endurance Testing of Plastic Piping in the Dry 

Condition (For Level 1 and Level 2) 

7.13.1 Test Method 

7.13.1(a) T#) %8);$=)+ $% ,- 7) %




7.13.3 Test Condition 

A +$,6-()+ 86)%%Q < 0>F 7'6 

I0>Q < 0>F 3(1\;= 2 B F0 < F>J 8%$K 9 ?)'+% '6) ,- 7) 86-5$9)9 ,- 6);-69 ,#) 86)%%2> T#) 

86)%%D>B ,#) 1$6) %-K $+;6)'%) $+ 8$8) 9$'=),)6> A ;-+%,'+, #)', 1.M 3N\= 2 I3MB000 BTU\#6U1, 2 K




FIGURE 1 

Fire Endurance Test Burner Assembly 

90 

+ 

J0 

+ 

Q0 

Q0 

+ 

Q0 

L20 

Q0 

Q0 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

+ 

Q0 

Q0 

Q0 

32 

OJ 

J0 

+ 

90 

20 M0 20 

F00 

F00 

'K T-8 E$): 7K S$9) E$): -1 

-+) B 

7.15.2(d) T#) )+9% -1 )';# 8$8) %8);$=)+ '6) ,- 7) ;.-%)9> O+) -1 ,#) )+9% $% ,- '..-: 

86)%% A;;).)6',)9 ;-+9$,$-+$+( 

$% 8)6=$%%$7.)B 86-5$9)9 ,#) =),#-9 9-)% +-, '.,)6 ,#) 86-8)6,$)% -1 ,#) ;-=8-+)+, =',)6$'.> 

S8);$'. %'=8.)% '6) ,- 7)




7.15.2(f) T#) 8$8) %'=8.)% '6) ,- 6)%, 16))./ $+ ' #-6$Y-+,'. 8-%$,$-+ -+ ,:- EU%#'8)9 % 

T#) 16$;,$-+ 7),:))+ 8$8) '+9 % T#) %J 7'6 I3>F < 0>J 3(1\;= 2 B L3>J < Q>2J 8%$K 9 

7.15.4 Acceptance Criteria 

7.15.4(a) DF '+9 LU3U2\Q>J>2> T#) 86)%%)>B +-, )V;))9$+( 0>2 F\=$+> 

I0>0J (8=Kl> N#)6) 86';,$;'7.)B ,#) #/96-%,',$; ,)%, $% ,- 7) ;-+9




7.17.1(g) T#) $+9$5$9




TABLE 2 

Fire Endurance Requirements Matrix for Plastic Pipes 

LOCATION 

PIPING SYSTEMS A B C D E F G T I h m 

CARGO IF.'=='7.) ;'6(-)% :$,# 1.'%# 8-$+, + M0%C IFL0%FK 

F C'6(- .$+)% NA NA LF NA NA 0 NA 0 IF0K 0 NA LF I2K 

2 C6




TABLE 2 (continued) 

Fire Endurance Requirements Matrix for Plastic Pipes 

NotesK 

F 

N#)6) +-+U=),'..$; 8$8$+( $% 

2 R)=-,) ;.-%$+( 5'.5)% '6) ,- 7) 86-5$9)9 ', ,#) ;'6(- ,'+3%> 

3 N#)+ ;'6(- ,'+3% ;-+,'$+ 1.'=='7.) .$A 

L 

J 

M 

Q 

O 

F-6 96'$+% %)65$+( -+./ ,#) %8';) ;-+;)6+)9B e0f ='/ 6)8.';) eLFf> 

N#)+ ;-+,6-..$+( 1




TABLE 3 

Standards for Plastic Pipes – Typical Requirements 

for All Systems !"##)% 

Test Typical Standard Notes 

F I+,)6+'. 86)%%J>F 

AST? D FJ99B 

AST? D 2992 

2 EV,)6+'. 86)%%J>2 

ISO FJL93 -6 )A 

T-8B ?$99.)B B-,,-= I-1 )';# 

86)%%J>L 

M I=8';, 6)%$%,'+;) IFK LU3U2\Q>J>J 

ISO QJ ?),#-9 A GR& 8$8$+( %/%,)=D 

TDT ,)%, -+ )';# ,/8) -1 6)%$+ ';;> ,- 

ISO QJ =),#-9 A> 

T#)6=-8.'%,$; 8$8$+( %/%,)=%D 

ISO QJ ?),#-9 AISO 30M &.'%,$;% q 

T#)6=-8.'%,$; =',)6$'.% q 

D),)6=$+',$-+ -1 E$;', %-1,)+$+( 

,)=8)6',




TABLE 4 

Standards for Plastic Pipes – Additional Requirements Depending on 

Service and[or Location of Piping !"##)% 

Test Typical Standard Notes 

F F$6) )+9O 

AST? FFFQ3U9J -6 AST? 

D 2JQB NS MF2M\ FF>2 -6 )A




9.9 Nonferrous 

B6'%% -6 76-+Y) #'5$+( ,#) 8#/%$;'. ;#'6';,)6$%,$;% '% %8);$1$)9 $+ C#'8,)6 3 -1 ,#) ABS Rules for 

Materials and Welding (Part 2) ='/ 7)




E'.5)% '6) ,- 7) 9)%$(+)9 1-6 ,#) ='V$=




13.5 Nonstandard Fittings 

F$,,$+(% :#$;# '6) +-, ;)6,$1$)9 7/ ,#) ='+




49 S3, CK3+2+C S3, D,7E3 ,-. OE36=9,6. D/+:K,603 

C9--3:2/9-+ 

19.1 General 

19.1.1 Installation !"##+% 

S)' ;#)%,%B %)' 5'.5)% '+9 -5)67-'69 9$%;#'6() ;-++);,$-+% 7-.,)9 ,- ,#) %#).. 8.',$+( '6) ,- 

#'5) ,#) 7-., #)'9% ;- 

19.5 Scuppers 

S;




19.7 Sanitary Discharges 

S'+$,'6/ 9$%;#'6()% .)9 ,#6- 

N)$,#)6 ,#) %#$8 %#).. 5'.5) +-6 $,% ;-++);,$-+ ,- ,#) %#).. $% ,- 7) ='9) -1 ;'%, $6-+> T#) 

24 C99736 I-+2,77,2/9-+ EN236-,7 29 2K3 O(77 

21.1 General 

U+.)%% ,#)$6 -=$%%$-+ $% 8)6=$,,)9 7/ LU3U2\2F>3 -6 LU3U2\2F>JB 8-%$,$5) ;.-%$+( 5'.5)% '6) ,- 7) 1$,,)9 

', ,#) .-;',$-+% :#)6) ,#) 8$8)% )V$, '+9 6)U)+,)6 ,#) %#)..> 

T#) $+.), '+9 9$%;#'6() ;-++);,$-+% -1 )V,)6+'. ;--.)6 $+%,'..',$-+% '6) ,- 7) $+ ';;-69'+;) :$,# 

LU3U2\F9>F>2 )V;)8, ,#', :'1)6 ,/8) 5'.5)% :$.. 7) ';;)8,'7.)> 

21.3 Integral Keel Cooler Installations 

T#) 8-%$,$5) ;.-%$+( 5'.5)% 6)AF +))9 +-, 7) 86-5$9)9 $1 ,#) 3)). I%3$+K ;--.)6 

$+%,'..',$-+ $% $+,)(6'. :$,# ,#) # T- 7) ;-+%$9)6)9 $+,)(6'. :$,# ,#) #

P A R T S e c t i o n 3 : B i l g e a n d B a l l a s t S y s t e m s a n d T a n k s 

$ 

C H A P T E R 3 '()*+ ,-. '/*/-0 S1+23)+ 

S E C T I O N 3 B/703 ,-. B,77,+2 S1+23)+ ,-. 

T,-P+ 

4 B/703 ,-. B,77,+2 S1+23)+ H96 S37HQ*69*3773. D3++37+ 

1.1 General 

A %',$%1';,-6/ 8 

&)'3 ,'+3% ='/ 7) 96'$+)9 7/ )[);,-6% -6 #'+9 8 B$.() %/%,)=% 1-6 8'%%)+()6 5)%%).% (6)',)6 

,#'+ F00 (6-%% ,-+% '6) '.%- ,- ;-=8./ :$,# LU3U3\3> 

1.3 Pumps 

A.. 5)%%).% 20 = IMJ 1,K $+ .)+(,# -6 (6)',)6 '6) ,- 7) 86-5$9)9 :$,# ,:- 8-:)6U96$5)+ 7$.() 80 = 3 \#6 IJ0 (8=K 

1.5 Bilge and Ballast Piping 

1.5.1 General 

T#) '66'+()=)+, -1 ,#) 7$.() '+9 7'..'%, 8



Section 3 Bilge and Ballast Systems and Tanks 4-3-3 

1.5.2 Installation 

B$.() -6 7'..'%, 8$8)% 8'%%$+( ,#6- S




1.5.5(d) Size Limits. N- ='$+ -6 76'+;# %J $+>K $+,)6+'. 9$'=),)6> 

1.5.6 Bilge Common-main !"##,% 

T#) 9$'=),)6 -1 )';# ;-==-+U='$+ 7$.() .$+) ='/ 7) 9),)6=$+)9 7/ ,#) )AJ>JI7K 

3.3 Bilge Piping System 

3.3.1 General 

T#) 7$.() 8




3.3.5 Manifolds, Cocks and Valves 

?'+$1-.9%B ;-;3% '+9 5'.5)% $+ ;-++);,$-+ :$,# ,#) 7$.() 8 

3.5.2 Location 

N#)6) 86';,$;'7.)B ,#) 8-:)6 7$.() 8JI;K 

I+ +- ;'%) %#'.. ,#) ;'8';$,/ -1 )';# 6)A




> B/703 S1+23)+ H96 B,603+ 

5.1 Unmanned Barges 

N#)6) 7'6()% '6) 1$,,)9 :$,# 7).-: 9);3 =';#$+)6/ %8';)% -6 :#)6) 1$V)9 8$8$+( %/%,)=% '6) .)9 

,#6- T#$% =)'+% ='/ 7) 7/ 

F-6 7'6()% #'5$+( 1';$.$,$)% 1-6 .)%% ,#'+ 3M 8)6%-+%B ', .)'%, ,:- I2K #'+9 8J $+>K I>D> 1-6 -$. ,'+3% N#)6) ,'+3% '6) ,- 7) 1$..)9 7/ 8 I+ '99$,$-+B 5)+,% 1-6 7'..'%, ,'+3% '+9 1




E)+, -

P A R T S e c t i o n 4 : F u e l O i l a n d L u b r i c a t i n g O i l S y s t e m s a n d T a n k s 

$ 

C H A P T E R 3 '()*+ ,-. '/*/-0 S1+23)+ 

S E C T I O N $ F(37 O/7 ,-. L(=6/:,2/-0 O/7 

S1+23)+ ,-. T,-P+ 

4 F(37 O/7 T6,-+H36C F/77/-0 ,-. S36E/:3 S1+23)+ 

1.1 General 

T#) 1 

1.5 Control Valves or Cocks 

E'.5)% -6 ;-;3% ;-+,6-..$+( ,#) 5'6$-



Section 4 Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Systems and Tanks 4-3-4 

1.7.2 Valve Operators !"##&% 

T#) 5'.5)% 6)A T#$% 

6)=-,) =)'+% -1 ;.-%



Section 4 Fuel Oil and Lubricating Oil Systems and Tanks 4-3-4 

3 L(=6/:,2/-0 O/7 S1+23) 

3.1 General 

L

T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R T S e c t i o n 5 : I n t e r n a l C o m b u s t i o n E n g i n e S y s t e m s 

$ 

C H A P T E R 3 '()*+ ,-. '/*/-0 S1+23)+ 

S E C T I O N > I-236-,7 C9)=(+2/9- E-0/-3 

S1+23)+ 

4 C997/-0 I,236 S1+23) 

1.1 General 

?)'+% '6) ,- 7) 86-5$9)9 ,- '%;)6,'$+ ,#) ,)=8)6',

T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R T S e c t i o n 6 : C a r g o S y s t e m s 

$ 

C H A P T E R 3 '()*+ ,-. '/*/-0 S1+23)+ 

S E C T I O N T C,609 S1+23)+ 

4 D3++37+ C,661/-0 O/7 /- B(7P O,E/-0 , F7,+K*9/-2 9H T0VC 

W4$0VFX 96 L3++ 

E)%%).% ;.'%%)9 '% Oil Carrier -6 Oil Barge '6) ,- =)), ,#) 1-..-:$+( 6)A



Section 6 Cargo Systems 4-3-6 

1.3 Cargo Piping Systems 

1.3.1 General 

C'6(- 8$8$+( %/%,)=% '6) ,- 7) )+,$6)./ %)8'6',) 16-= '.. -,#)6 8$8$+( %/%,)=% '+9 '6) +-, ,- 

8'%% ,#6- 

1.3.2 Suctions 

N#)6) :',)6 % T#) =)'+% -1 $%-.',$-+ $% ,- 7) )$,#)6 

' 7.'+3 1.'+() -6 ' 6)=-5'7.) %8--. 8$);)> A %# A% '+ '.,)6+',$5)B ,#) =)'+% -1 $%-.',$-+ ='/ 7) ,:- 5'.5)% 

.-;',)9 $+7-'69 -1 ,#) %)' ;#)%,B -+) -1 :#$;# $% ,- 7) ;'8'7.) -1 7)$+( .-;3)9 $+ ,#) ;.-%)9 

8-%$,$-+> ?)'+% '6) ,- 7) 86-5$9)9 1-6 9),);,$+( .)'3'() 8'%, ,#)%) 5'.5)%> 

1.3.3 Operating Rod Stuffing Boxes 

S,




T#) 9$'=),)6 -1 ,#) 5)+, 8$8)% $% +-, ,- 7) .)%% ,#', M3 == I2>J $+>K I>D> N#)+ $, $% $+,)+9)9 

,#', ,#) ,'+3% '6) ,- 7) .-'9)9 :$,# ;.-%)9 

1.7.3 Inert Gas System 

N#)+ ,'+3 5)%%).% '6) )A 

1.9.5 Blowers 

N#)+ ,:- 7.-:)6% '6) 86-5$9)9B ,#) ,-,'. 6)A




1.9.7 Venting 

A66'+()=)+,% '6) ,- 7) ='9) ,- 5)+, ,#) $+)6, ('% 16-= -$.U1$6)9 $+)6, ('% ()+)6',-6% ,- ,#) 

',=-%8#)6) :#)+ ,#) $+)6, ('% 86-9

P A R T Section 7: Cargo Transfer Systems for Dangerous Chemical Cargoes 

$ 

C H A P T E R 3 '()*+ ,-. '/*/-0 S1+23)+ 

S E C T I O N A C,609 T6,-+H36 S1+23)+ H96 

D,-0369(+ CK3)/:,7 C,6093+ 

4 G3-36,7 

A.. 5)%%).% $+,)+9)9 1-6 ,#) ;'66$'() -1 9'+()6-



Section 7 Cargo Transfer Systems for Dangerous Chemical Cargoes 4-3-7 

" G)+)6'. '66'+()=)+, -1 8




9.3 Pressure-Vacuum Venting 

9.3.1 System Design 

T#) %/%,)= $% ,- 7) %$Y)9B '..-:$+( 1-6 1.'=) %;6))+% $1 1$,,)9B ,- 8)6=$, .-'9$+( ', ,#) 9)%$(+ 

6',) :$,#-Q 8%$'KB $+ = 3 \#-




11.3 Certification 

F d 1$6) )V8-%




43 '63++(63 D3++37+ 

&6)%%




15.13 Piping, Valves and Fittings 

G6- T#) =$+$=K I>D> '+9 -5)6 S;#)9 &$8$+( :#$;# $% +-, 86-,);,)9 7/ ' 6).$)1 5'.5)B -6 :#$;# ;'+ 7) $%-.',)9 16-= $,% 

6).$)1 5'.5)B $% ,- 7) 9)%$(+)9 1-6 ,#) (6)',)%, -1 ,#) 1-..-:$+(D 

i) T#) ='V$= 

15.13.3 Low Temperature Piping 

L-: ,)=8)6', 

15.15 Piping Flexibility Arrangements 

&$8$+( $% ,- 7) 86-5$9)9 :$,# '9)A 

S.$8 [-$+,% '6) +-, ,- 7) 

15.17 Pipe Woints 

&$8$+( $% ,- 7) [-$+)9 :$,# 7K '+9 %='..)6 86-8)6./ 5'.5)9 -11 16-= ,#) 

;'6(- .$+)%> N#)6) ,#6)'9)9 [-$+,% '6) I1 ,#) ,#6)'9)9 [-$+,% '6) %)'. :).9)9 ,#)/ +))9 +-, 7) )V8-%)9> T#)6) '6) ,- 7) 

+- ,#6)'9)9 ;-++);,$-+% ,- ;'6(- ,'+3%> 

254 ABS "#$%& '(" )#*$+*,- .,+ /$.&&*,- &0%%$ 1%&&%$& '(" &%"1*/% (, "*1%"& 2 *,0"./(.&0.$ 3.0%"3.4& . 5667




15.19 Cargo Filling Lines in Tanks 

C'6(- 1$..$+( .$+)% '6) ,- #'5) ,#)$6 9$%;#'6() -8)+$+(% +)'6 ,#) 7-,,-= -1 ,#) ,'+3% )V;)8, $+ %8);$'. 

;'6(- #'+9.$+( '66'+()=)+,% :#)6) ;'6(- 1$..$+( 96-8 .$+)% :- 

15.21 Spillage Containment 

D6$8 8'+% -6 -,#)6 %




TABLE 1 

Values of C for Use in Calculating Safety-Relief Valve Capacity 

Constant Constant Constant 

k C k C k C 

F>00 3FJ F>L0 3JM F>O0 3JQ 

F>02 3FO F>L2 3JO F>O2 3OO 

F>0L 320 F>LL 3J9 F>OL 390 

F>0M 322 F>LM 3MF F>OM 39F 

F>0O 32L F>LO 3M3 F>OO 392 

F>F0 32Q F>J0 3ML F>90 39L 

F>F2 329 F>J2 3MM F>92 39J 

F>FL 33F F>JL 3MO F>9L 39Q 

F>FM 333 F>JM 3M9 F>9M 39O 

F>FO 33J F>JO 3QF F>9O 399 

F>20 33Q F>M0 3Q2 2>00 L00 

F>22 339 F>M2 3QL 2>02 L0F 

F>2L 3LF F>ML 3QM 2>20 LF2 

F>2M 3L3 F>MM 3QQ 

F>2O 3LJ F>MO 3Q9 

F>30 3LQ F>Q0 3O0 

F>32 3L9 F>Q2 3O2 

F>3L 3JF F>QL 3O3 

F>3M 3J2 F>QM 3OL 

F>3O 3JL F>QO 3OM 

256 ABS "#$%& '(" )#*$+*,- .,+ /$.&&*,- &0%%$ 1%&&%$& '(" &%"1*/% (, "*1%"& 2 *,0"./(.&0.$ 3.0%"3.4& . 5667

P A R T S e c t i o n 8 : O t h e r P i p i n g S y s t e m s a n d T a n k s 

$ 

C H A P T E R 3 '()*+ ,-. '/*/-0 S1+23)+ 

S E C T I O N Z O2K36 '/*/-0 S1+23)+ ,-. T,-P+ 

4 O1.6,(7/: '/*/-0 

1.1 Arrangements 

T#) '66'+()=)+,% 1-6 G6-



Section 8 Other Piping Systems and Tanks 4-3-8 

1.9 Hose 

1.7.3 Straight-thread, O-ring Connections 

S,6'$(#,U,#6)'9B OU6$+( ,/8) ;-++);,$-+% ='/ 7) N&SK ='/ 7)



Section 8 Other Piping Systems and Tanks 4-3-8 

> SK/* S36E/:3 A))9-/, S1+23) !'((+% 

5.1 Compartmentation 

A==-+$' #'+9.$+( =';#$+)6/ $% ,- 7) $+%,'..)9 $+ ' 9)9$;',)9 ;-=8'6,=)+, :$,# ', .)'%, ,:- ';;)%% 

9--6%> T#) 9--6% '6) ,- 7) -1 ,#) %).1U;.-%$+(B ('%,$(#, ,/8) :$,# +- #-.9U7';3 '66'+()=)+,%> 

5.3 Safety Measures 

T#) 1-..-:$+( %'1),/ =)'%

T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

! " # $ & ' ( ) * + , - . / 0 , + 1 2 * 0 3 4 5 0 6 ' 0 3 4 7 8 6 * + 9 6 ( 3 : 1 ; 5 0 ) 9 + 3 * 

4 

& < " ! $ 1 # 4 Fire Extinguishing Systems and 

Equipment 

CONTENTS 

SECTION 1 All Vessels ..........................................................................263 

= >+3+,(? ..............................................................................ABC 

C 

F 

I 

K 

>DE+,39+3*(? "5*'D,0*8 .....................................................ABC 

/0,+ 7(G+*8 H+(65,+6.........................................................ABC 

!?(36 (3: J(*( ..................................................................ABC 

I.= 

I.C 

!?(36 ............................................................................. ABC 

J(*( ..............................................................................ABC 

/0,+ !59)6.........................................................................AB- 

K.= 

K.C 

K.F 

L59M+, DG !59)6 ......................................................... AB- 

$8)+ (3: &()(N0*8 ........................................................ AB- 

#+?0+G O(?E+6 ................................................................. AB- 

== /0,+ H(036 ..........................................................................ABF 

==.= 70P+ ............................................................................... ABF 

==.C 

==.F 

&DNQ6 D, O(?E+6 ............................................................ ABF 

H(*+,0(?6 ....................................................................... ABF 

=C

AF 

"::0*0D3(? #+;50,+9+3*6 GD, O+66+?6 X3*+3:+: *D &(,,8 

!(66+34+,6 ........................................................................AIU 

AF.= 

AF.C 

AF.F 

AF.I 

AF.K 

AF.== 

AF.=C 

AF.=F 

AF.=I 

AF.=K 

/02+: /0,+ J+*+N*0D3 (3: /0,+ "?(,9 786*+96R 

"5*D9(*0N 7),03Q?+,R /0,+ J+*+N*0D3 (3: /0,+ 

"?(,9 786*+9 ................................................................AIU 

7)+N0(? &(*+4D,8 7)(N+6 ..............................................AIC 

&(,4D 7)(N+6R T*'+, *'(3 7)+N0(? &(*+4D,8 7)(N+6R 

X3*+3:+: GD, *'+ &(,,0(4+ DG HD*D, O+'0N?+6 S0*' 

/5+? 03 *'+0, $(3Q6.........................................................AIC 

T*'+, &(,4D 7)(N+6......................................................AI- 

7)+N0(? ",,(34+9+3*6 03 H(N'03+,8 7)(N+6 .................AI- 

"?(,9 786*+96 ..............................................................AI- 

>+3+,(? D, 7)+N0(? /0,+ "?(,9 .......................................AIF 

!5M?0N "::,+66 786*+9..................................................AIF 

!D,*(M?+ &D99530N(*0D3 1;50)9+3* .............................AIF 

/0,+ &D3*,D? !?(36..........................................................AIF 

$"WY1 = 

$"WY1 A 

&?(660G0N(*0D3 DG !D,*(M?+ (3: 7+90V)D,*(M?+ 

12*034506'+,6............................................................AIB 

!D,*(M?+ (3: 7+90V)D,*(M?+ 12*034506'+, 

YDN(*0D36..................................................................AIB 


! " # $ 7 + N * 0 D 3 = . " ? ? O + 6 6 + ? 6 

4 

& < " ! $ 1 # 4 Fire Extinguishing Systems 

7 1 & $ X T L 1 All Vessels 

1 General 

All vessels are to be provided with fire extinguishing systems and fire protection equipment as outlined 

in this Section. 

3 Governmental Authority 

Attention is directed to the appropriate governmental authority in each case, as there may be 

additional requirements depending on the size, type and intended service of the vessel, as well as 

other particulars and details. Consideration will be given to fire extinguishing systems which comply 

with the published requirements of the governmental authority in which the vessel is to be registered. 

5 Fire Safety Measures 

Passenger vessels are to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 3-4-1. 

7 Plans and Data 

7.1 Plans 

7.3 Data 

Before proceeding with the work, the following plans are to be submitted in triplicate together with 

supporting data and particulars as applicable. See also 4-1-1/5. 

" Arrangement and details of fire main systems 

" Foam smothering systems 

" Fire control pans 

" Fixed fire extinguishing systems 

" Fire detection systems 

" Other fire extinguishing equipment and appliances 

The number and capacity of fire pumps is to be submitted as well as a list of the fire protection 

equipment to be provided. 



Chapter 4 Fire Extinguishing Systems and Equipment 

Section 1 All Vessels 4-4-1 

9 Fire Pumps 

9.1 Number of Pumps 

K.=.= >+3+,(? 

All self-propelled vessels, other than passenger vessels, are to be provided with at least one 

fire pump. For vessels over 20 m (65 ft) in length, the pump is to be power-driven. For vessels 

20 m (65 ft) in length and under, the pump may be hand-operated. 

K.=.A 

!(66+34+, O+66+?6 

Passenger vessels are to be provided with at least two independently-power-driven fire pumps. 

One of these pumps is to be dedicated for fire-fighting duties and available for such duties at 

all times. The arrangements of the pumps, sea suctions and sources of power are to be such as 

to ensure that if a fire or casualty in any one space could put all the pumps out of action, an 

alternative means of providing water for fire-fighting purposes is to be provided. This 

alternative means is to be from a fixed independently-driven, power-operated fire pump 

which has its source of power and sea connection located outside the machinery space. The 

emergency fire pump is to have a capacity not less than 25 m 3 /hr (110 gpm) and is to be 

capable of simultaneously delivering 12 m (40 ft) jet throw from any two adjacent hydrants 

located in accordance with 4-4-1/13.1. 

9.3 Type and Capacity 

K.C.= !DS+,V:,0E+3 !59)6 

Sanitary, ballast, bilge or general-service pumps may be accepted as fire pumps. Each pump 

is to be capable of providing a full supply of water to the fire hoses whereby at least two 

powerful streams can be rapidly and simultaneously directed into any part of the vessel. Each 

power-driven pump is to be capable of producing the two streams of water with the throw at 

any nozzle being at least 12 m (40 ft). For passenger vessels, the fire pumps required by 

4-4-1/9.1.2 are to be capable of delivering for fire-fighting purposes at a pressure of at least 

3.1 kgf/cm 2 (44 psi) a quantity of water not less than two-thirds the quantity required to be 

dealt with by the bilge pumps when employed for bilge pumping. See 4-3-3/3.5.4. 

K.C.A




11 Fire Mains 

11.1 Size 

All vessels for which power-driven fire pumps are required are to be fitted with a fire main system, 

including fire main, hydrants, hoses and nozzles. The diameter of the fire main is to be sufficient to 

ensure an adequate supply of water for the simultaneous operation of at least the two fire hoses 

required in 4-4-1/9.3.1. 

11.3 Cocks or Valves 

Cocks or valves are to be fitted in such positions on the pipes that any of the fire hoses may be removed 

while the fire pumps are operating. 

11.5 Materials !"99$% 

Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat are not to be used for fire mains unless adequately 

protected. In order to be considered not Vreadily rendered ineffective by heatW, a component is to be 

certified as having passed an applicable recognized fire test, or the material is to have a melting 

temperature higher then the test temperature specified in an applicable fire test. 

13 Hydrants, Hoses and Nozzles 

13.1 Hydrants !"99$% 

=C.=.= >+3+,(? 

The number and position of the hydrants is to be such that at least two streams of water, not 

emanating from the same hydrant, may be directed to any part of the vessel. One of these 

streams is to be from a single length of hose not more than 23 m (75 ft) long for 38 mm (1.5 in.) 

diameter hose or 15 m (50 ft) long for 63 mm (2.5 in.) diameter hose. 

The pipes and hydrants are to be so placed that the fire hoses may be easily coupled to them. 

In vessels where deck cargo may be carried, the positions of the hydrants are to be such that 

they are always readily accessible and the pipes are to be arranged, as far as practicable, to 

avoid risk of damage by such cargo. 

Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat are not to be used for hydrants. See 4-4-1/11.5. 

=C.=.A !(66+34+, O+66+?6 

The requirement in 4-4-1/13.1.1 is to be met for any part of the vessel normally accessible to 

the passengers or crew while the vessel is being navigated and any part of the cargo space 

when empty, any ro-ro space or any special category space in which latter case the two jets 

will reach any part of such space, each from a single length of hose. Furthermore, such 

hydrants are to be positioned near the accesses to the protected spaces. 

In the accommodation, service and machinery spaces, the number and position of the hydrants 

are to be such that the above requirements may be complied with when all watertight doors 

and all doors in main vertical zone bulkheads are closed. 





13.3 Hoses !"99$% 

The number of fire hoses to be provided, each complete with couplings and nozzles, is to be one for 

each 30 m (100 ft) length of the vessel and one spare. This number does not include any hoses 

required in any machinery space. For passenger vessels, a hose is to be provided for each hydrant and 

in interior locations in vessels carrying more than 36 passengers, fire hoses are to be connected to the 

hydrants at all times. 

Fire hoses are to be of approved material. The minimum hose diameter for all vessels over 20 m 

(65 ft) in length is to be not less than 38 mm (1.5 in.) diameter. For vessels 20 m (65 ft) and under, 

19 mm (0.75 in.) diameter hose may be used. The hoses are to be sufficient in length to project a jet of 

water to any of the spaces in which they may be required to be used. The maximum length of hose is 

not to exceed 23 m (75 ft). 

Each hose is to be provided with a nozzle and necessary couplings. Unless there is provided one hose 

and nozzle for each hydrant in the vessel, there is to be complete interchangeability of hose couplings 

and nozzles. Fire hoses, together with any necessary fittings and tools, are to be kept ready for use in 

conspicuous positions near the water-service hydrants of connections. 

13.5 Nozzles !"99$% 

=C.F.= >+3+,(? 

The minimum internal diameter of hose nozzles is not to be less than 16 mm (5/ 8 in.), except 

as indicated in 4-4-1/13.5.2 or 4-4-1/13.5.3. Nozzles for hoses attached to hydrants in the 

machinery spaces are to be suitable for spraying water on oil, or alternatively dual-purpose 

nozzles. Fire hose nozzles of plastic type material, such as polycarbonate may be accepted 

subject to review of their capacity and serviceability as marine use fire hose nozzles. 

=C.F.A O+66+?6 =UU >,D66 $D36 (3: Z3:+, 

The minimum internal diameter of nozzles may be 8 mm (5/ 16 in.). For vessels under 20 m 

(65 ft) in length, garden type nozzles may be used. 

=C.F.C !(66+34+, O+66+?6 

Standard nozzle sizes are to be 12 mm (0.5 in.), 16 mm (0.625 in.) and 19 mm (0.75 in.), or as 

near thereto as possible. For accommodation and service spaces, a nozzle size greater than 12 mm 

(0.5 in.) need not be used. For machinery spaces and exterior locations, the nozzle size is to 

be such as to obtain the maximum discharge possible from two jets at the referenced pressures 

in 4-4-1/9.3 from the smallest pump. However, a nozzle size greater than 19 mm (0.75 in.) 

need not be used. 

15 Portable Extinguishers 

For all self-propelled vessels and all barges having facilities for 36 persons or more, portable extinguishers 

are to be provided in the quantities and locations indicated in 4-4-1/Tables 1 and 2. 

17 Shutdowns and Closures 

17.1 Ventilation Fans and Openings !2009% 

Means are to be provided for stopping ventilating fans serving machinery and cargo spaces, and for 

closing all doorways, ventilators and other openings to such spaces. These means are to be capable of 

being manually operated from outside of such spaces in the event of a fire. See 4-5-2/17.1.1. 





17.3 Other Auxiliaries !2009% 

Machinery driving forced- and induced-draft fans, oil-fuel transfer pumps, oil-fuel unit pumps and 

other similar fuel pumps, fired equipment such as an incinerator, lubricating oil service pumps, 

thermal oil circulating pumps and oil separators (purifiers) are to be fitted with remote shutdowns 

situated outside of the spaces concerned so that they may be stopped in the event of a fire arising in 

the space. This need not apply to oily water separators. See 4-5-2/17.1.2. 

In addition to the remote shutdowns required above, a means to shutdown the equipment is to be 

provided within the space itself. 

19 Fixed Fire Extinguishing Systems for Machinery Spaces 

19.1 Provision 

An approved fixed fire extinguishing system is to be provided for spaces containing any of the following: 

i) Boiler, heater or incinerator of the oil-fired type 

ii) 

iii) 

Oil-fuel unit used for the preparation and delivery of fuel oil to oil-fired boilers (including 

incinerators and inert gas generators), internal-combustion engines or gas turbines at a pressure 

of more than 1.8 kgf/ cm 2 , 26 psi). 

Internal-combustion engines where the aggregate total power output exceeds 375 kW (500 HP) 

and the vessels gross tonnage exceeds 500. 

Paint lockers and flammable liquid lockers with a deck area of 4 m 2 (43 ft 2 ) or greater are also to be 

fitted with a fixed fire extinguishing system. 

19.3 Carbon Dioxide Systems 

Where a fixed carbon dioxide fire-extinguishing system is installed, the system is to comply with the 

following requirements: 

=K.C.=&8?03:+,6 

Containers for the storage of fire-extinguishing medium and associated pressure components 

are to be designed in accordance with Part 4, Chapter 4 of the Steel Vessel Rules. Means are to 

be provided for the crew to safely check the quantity of medium in the containers. 

=K.C.A 7*D,(4+ 

19.3.2(a) General. The cylinders are to be located outside the protected space in a room which 

is situated in a safe and readily accessible location. The storage room is to be gastight and 

effectively ventilated. The ventilation system is to be independent of the protected space. Any 

entrance to the storage room shall be independent of the protected space. The access doors to 

the storage space are to open outwards. 

Where space limitations do not permit the storage of extinguishing medium bottles in a 

separate space, the arrangements are to be in accordance with the following: 

i) The door between the storage location and the protected space is to be self-closing 

with no hold-back arrangements. 

ii) 

iii) 

iv) 

The space where cylinders are stored is to be adequately ventilated by a system which 

is independent of the protected space. 

Means are to be provided to prevent unauthorized release of gas, such as containment 

behind a break glass. 

There is to be provision to vent the bottles to the atmosphere in order to prevent a 

hazard to personnel occupying the storage area. 





19.3.2(b) Cargo Spaces (1 July 2007). Fire-extinguishing media protecting the cargo holds 

(see 4-4-1/23.1) may be stored in a room located forward of the cargo holds, but aft of the 

collision bulkhead, provided that both the local manual release mechanism and remote 

control(s) for the release of the media are fitted, and the latter is of robust construction or so 

protected as to remain operable in case of fire in the protected spaces. The remote controls are 

to be placed in the accommodation area in order to facilitate their ready accessibility by the 

crew. The capability to release different quantities of fire-extinguishing media into different 

cargo holds so protected is to be included in the remote release arrangement. 

=K.C.C "?(,9 

Means are to be provided for automatically giving audible warning of the release of 

fire-extinguishing medium into any space to which personnel normally have access. The 

alarm is to operate for at least a 20-second period before the gas is released. 

=K.C.- &D3*,D?6 

The necessary pipes for conveying fire extinguishing medium into protected spaces are to be 

provided with control valves marked to clearly indicate the spaces to which the pipes are led. 

Suitable provision is to be made to prevent inadvertent admission of the medium to any space. 

Automatic release of fire-extinguishing medium is not permitted. 

The means for control of any fixed gas fire-extinguishing system are to be readily accessible, 

simple to operate and are to be grouped together in as few locations as possible at positions 

not likely to be cut off by a fire in a protected space. At each location, there are to be clear 

instructions relating to the operation of the system, having due regard for the safety of personnel. 

Means are to be provided to close all openings which may admit air to, or allow gas to escape 

from, a protected space. See 4-4-1/17. 

=K.C.F >(6 [5(3*0*8 !2002% 

For machinery spaces, the quantity of carbon dioxide carried is to be sufficient to give a 

minimum volume of free gas equal to the larger of the following volumes, either: 

i) 40_ of the gross volume of the largest machinery space so protected, the volume to 

exclude that part of the casing above the level at which the horizontal area of the 

casing is 40_ or less of the horizontal area of the space concerned taken midway 

between the tank top and the lowest part of the casing` or 

ii) 

35_ of the gross volume of the largest machinery space protected, including the casing` 

provided that the above mentioned percentages may be reduced to 35_ and 30_, respectively, 

for cargo vessels of less than 2000 gross tonnage` provided also that if two or more machinery 

spaces are not entirely separate they are to be considered as forming one space. 

For cargo spaces, the quantity of carbon dioxide available is to be sufficient to give a minimum 

volume of free gas equal to 30_ of the gross volume of the largest cargo space so protected in 

the vessel. 

For the purpose of these requirements, the volume of free carbon dioxide is to be calculated at 

0.56 m 3 /kg (9 ft 3 /lb). 

An additional quantity of fire-extinguishing medium is to be provided where the volume of 

free air contained in the air receivers in any space is such that it would seriously affect the 

efficiency of the fixed fire-extinguishing system if released into the space in the event of a 

fire. 

Where the quantity of extinguishing medium is required to protect more than one space, the 

amount of medium available need not be more than the largest quantity required to protect the 

largest space. 





=K.C.B >(6 J06*,0M5*0D3 786*+9 

The fixed piping system is to be such that 85_ of the gas can be discharged into the space 

within two minutes. The piping within the space is to be proportioned to give proper distribution 

to the outlets. The number, type and location of discharge outlets are to be such as to give 

uniform distribution throughout the space. 

19.5 Other Fixed Gas Extinguishing Medium 

Consideration will be given to other gas smothering agents where it can be shown that the system is 

equivalent to carbon dioxide extinguishing. 

21 Segregation of Fuel Oil Purifiers !"99$% 

Fuel oil purifiers for heated oil are to be placed in a separate room or rooms, enclosed by steel 

bulkheads extending from deck-to-deck and provided with self-closing doors. In addition, the room(s) 

is to be provided with the following (see also 4-4-1/17): 

i) Independent mechanical ventilation or a ventilation arrangement which can be isolated from 

the machinery space ventilation 

ii) 

iii) 

iv) 

Fire detection system 

Fixed fire extinguishing system capable of activation from outside the room. The extinguishing 

system is to be separate for the room but may be part of the main fire extinguishing system 

for the machinery space. 

Means of closing ventilation openings from a position close to where the fire extinguishing 

system is activated. 

If it is impracticable to locate the fuel oil purifiers in a separate room, special consideration will be 

given in regard to location, containment of possible leakage, shielding and ventilation. In such cases, a 

local fixed fire extinguishing system is to be provided and arranged to be activated automatically, 

where permitted, or manually from the machinery control position or from another suitable location. 

If automatic release is provided, additional manual release is also to be arranged. 

23 Protection of Cargo Spaces 

23.1 Cargo Vessels of 2000 Gross Tons and Over 

Except otherwise indicated in these Rules, cargo spaces of cargo vessels of 2,000 gross tons and 

above are to he provided with approved fixed fire extinguishing systems. 

23.3 Fixed Fire-Extinguishing Systems 

Fixed fire-extinguishing systems for cargo spaces and pump room of tankers, liquefied gas and special 

product carriers will be specially considered. Where the cargo area or pump room of a vessel intended 

to carry chemicals is fitted with a fixed system, care is to be taken to ensure that the extinguishing 

medium is compatible with the cargoes being carried. 

23.5 Fire Protection on Chemical Barges 

Chemical barges are to comply with the requirements of Part 151 Subchapter O of Chapter I Title 46 

CFR. Where Table 151.05 of 46 CFR indicates that fire protection is required, portable fire extinguishers 

are to be provided in accordance with 4-4-1/Tables 1 and 2 of these Rules. 





25 Additional Requirements for Vessels Intended to Carry 

Passengers 

25.1 Fixed Fire Detection and Fire Alarm Systems, Automatic Sprinkler, Fire 

Detection and Fire Alarm System 

AF.=.= O+66+?6 &(,,8034 CB !(66+34+,6 D, Y+66 

There is to be installed throughout each separate vertical or horizontal fire zone, in all 

accommodation and service spaces, and where it is considered necessary, also in control 

stations (except such spaces which afford no substantial fire risk, such as void spaces, sanitary 

spaces, etc.) either: 

i) A fixed fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type and complying with 

the requirements of 4-4-1/25.1.4 and so installed and arranged as to detect the 

presence of fire in such spaces` or 

ii) 

An automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type and 

complying with the requirements of 4-4-1/25.1.5 and so installed and arranged as to 

protect such spaces and, in addition, a fixed fire detection and fire alarm of an 

approved type complying with the requirements of 4-4-1/25.1.4 so installed and 

arranged as to provide smoke detection in corridors, stairways and escape routes 

within accommodation spaces. 

AF.=.A O+66+?6 &(,,8034 HD,+ *'(3 CB !(66+34+,6 

An automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system of an approved type and complying 

with the requirements of 4-4-1/25.1.5 is to be installed and arranged to protect all service 

spaces, control stations and accommodation spaces, including corridors and stairways. As an 

alternative, control stations where water may cause damage to essential equipment may be 

fitted with an approved fire extinguishing system of another type. 

In addition to the automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system, a fixed fire detection 

and fire alarm system of an approved type and complying with 4-4-1/25.1.4 is to be installed 

and arranged to provide smoke detection in service spaces, control stations and accommodation 

spaces, including corridors and stairways. Smoke detectors need not be fitted in private bathrooms 

and galleys. 

AF.=.C &D3*,D? 7*(*0D3 GD, /0,+ J+*+N*0D3 "?(,96 

The fire detection alarms for the systems required by 4-4-1/25.1.2 are to be centralized in a 

continuously manned central control station. In addition, the controls for remote closing of the 

fire doors and shutting down the ventilation fans are to be centralized in the same location. 

The ventilation fans are to be capable of reactivation by the crew at this control station. 

The control panels at the central control station are to be capable of indicating the positions of 

the fire doors (open or closed) and the status of the detectors, alarms, fans (stopped or running). 

The control panel is to be continuously powered and is to be provided with an automatic 

changeover to standby power upon loss of normal power supply. Power for the control panel 

is to be supplied by the main source of electrical power and the emergency source of electrical 

power. 

The control panel is to be designed on the fail-safe principle` an open detector circuit is to 

cause an alarm condition. 





AF.=.- /02+: /0,+ J+*+N*0D3 (3: /0,+ "?(,9 786*+96 

Where a fixed fire detection and fire alarm system is required, it is to be in accordance with 

the following: 

25.1.4(a) General. Detectors and manually operated call points are to be grouped into 

sections. A section of detectors is not to service spaces on both sides of the vessel nor on 

more than one deck, and it is not to be situated in more than one main vertical zone except 

that if it can be demonstrated that the protection of the vessel against fire will not be reduced, 

such an arrangement may be accepted. 

25.1.4(b) Alarm. The activation of any detector or manually operated call points is to initiate 

a visual and audible fire signal at the control panel and indicating units. If the signals have not 

received attention within two minutes, an audible alarm is to be automatically sounded 

throughout the crew accommodation and service spaces, control stations and propulsion 

machinery spaces. This alarm sounder system need not be an integral part of the detection 

system. 

25.1.4(c) Control Panel. The control panel is to be located on the navigation bridge or in the 

main fire control station. 

25.1.4(d) Indicating Units. Indicating units are to denote the section in which a detector or 

manually operated call point has operated. At least one unit is to be so located that it is easily 

accessible to responsible members of the crew at all times when underway or in port except 

when the vessel is out of service. One indicating unit is to be located on the navigation bridge 

if the control panel is located in the main fire control station. 

Clear information is to be displayed on or adjacent to each indicating unit about the spaces 

covered and the location of the sections. 

AF.=.F "5*D9(*0N 7),03Q?+,R /0,+ J+*+N*0D3 (3: /0,+ "?(,9 786*+96 

Following are the requirements for automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm systems 

required for vessels over 30.5 m (100 ft). Vessels of 30.5 m (100 ft) and under will be subject 

to special consideration. 

25.1.5(a) General. Any required automatic sprinkler, fire detection and fire alarm system is 

to be capable of immediate operation at all times without requiring action by the crew to set it 

in operation. It is to be of the wet type, but small exposed sections may be of the dry type 

where determined that this is a necessary precaution. Any parts of the system which may be 

subject to freezing temperatures in service are to be suitably protected against freezing. The 

system is to be kept charged at the necessary pressure and is to have provision for a 

continuous supply of water. 

25.1.5(b) Alarm. Each section of sprinklers is to include means for giving a visual and 

audible alarm signal automatically at one or more indicating units whenever any sprinkler 

comes into operation. Such alarm systems are to indicate any fault in the system upon its 

occurrence. 

25.1.5(c) Indicating Units. Indicating units are to give an indication of fire and its location in 

any space served by the system and are to be centralized on the navigation bridge or in the in 

the main fire control station, which is to be manned or equipped so as to ensure that any alarm 

from the system is immediately received by a responsible member of the crew. 

A list or plan is to be displayed at each indicating unit showing the spaces covered and the 

locations of the zone in respect of each section. Suitable instruction for testing and maintenance 

is to be available. 





25.1.5(d) Sprinklers. Sprinklers are to be grouped into separate sections. A section of 

sprinklers is not to serve more than two decks nor be situated in more than one main vertical 

zone except that if it can be demonstrated that the protection of the vessel against fire will not 

be reduced, such an arrangement may be accepted. 

The sprinklers are to be resistant to corrosion by marine atmosphere. In accommodation and 

service spaces, the sprinklers are to come into operation within the temperature range of 68 to 

79°C (154 to 174°F), except that in locations such as drying rooms, where high ambient 

temperatures might be expected, the operating temperature may be increased no more than 

30°C (54°F) above the maximum deck head temperature. 

Sprinklers are to be placed in an overhead position and spaced in a suitable pattern to 

maintain an average application rate of not less than 5 l/m 2 (0.12 gal/ft 2 ) per minute over the 

nominal areas covered by the sprinklers. 

25.1.5(e) Isolation Valves. Each section of sprinklers is to be capable of being isolated by 

one stop valve only. The stop valve in each section is to be readily accessible and its location 

is to be clearly and permanently indicated. Means are to be provided to prevent the operation 

of stop valves by unauthorized persons. 

25.1.5(f) Pressure Indication. A gauge indicating the pressure in the system is to be 

provided at each section stop valve and at a central location. 

25.1.5(g) Pressure Tank. A pressure tank is to be provided and contain a standing charge of 

freshwater equivalent to the amount of water that would be discharged in one minute by the 

pump referred to in item 4-4-1/25.1.5(h). The volume of the pressure tank is to be at least 

twice that of the required charge of freshwater. Arrangements are to such that the air pressure 

in the tank after the standing charge of water has been used will not be less than the working 

pressure of the sprinkler plus the pressure exerted by a head of water measured from the 

bottom of the tank to the highest sprinkler in the system. Suitable means of replenishing the 

air under pressure and of replenishing the freshwater charge in the tank are to be provided. A 

glass gauge is to be provided to indicate the correct level of water in the tank. 

Means are to be provided to prevent the passage of sea water into the tank. 

25.1.5(h) Pump and Piping System. An independent-power pump is to be provided solely for 

the purpose of automatically continuing the discharge of water from the sprinklers. The pump 

is to be brought into action automatically upon pressure drop in the system before the 

standing freshwater charge in the pressure tank is completely exhausted. 

The pump and piping system are to be capable of maintaining the necessary pressure at the 

level of the highest sprinkler to ensure a continuous output of water sufficient for the 

simultaneous coverage of a minimum area of 280 m 2 (3014 ft 2 ) at the application rate required 

in item 4-4-1/25.1.5(d). 

25.1.5(i) Test Valve. The pump is to have fitted on the delivery side a test valve with a short 

open-ended discharge pipe. The effective area through the valve and pipe is to be adequate to 

permit the release of the required pump output while maintaining the pressure in the system 

required in item 4-4-1/25.1.5(h). 

25.1.5(j) Water Supply. The water inlet to the pump is to be so arranged that when the vessel 

is afloat, it will not be necessary to shut off the supply of water to the pump for any purpose 

other than inspection or repair of the pump. 





25.3 Special Category Spaces 

Special category spaces as defined in 3-4-1/3.7 are to comply with the following: 

AF.C.= /02+: /0,+ 12*034506'034 786*+9 

Each special category space is to be fitted with an approved fixed pressure water spraying 

system for manual operation which will protect all parts of any deck and vehicle platform in 

such space. Suitable provisions are to be provided to drain or pump out water that may 

accumulate due to operation of the water spraying system. The use of any other fixed fire 

extinguishing system that has been shown by full scale test in conditions simulating a flowing 

petrol fire in a special category space to be not less effective in controlling fires likely to 

occur in such a space will be specially considered. 

AF.C.A /0,+ J+*+N*0D3 (3: "?(,9 786*+9 

i) An approved fixed fire detection and alarm system complying with 4-4-1/25.1.4 is to 

be provided. The fixed fire detection system is to be capable of rapidly detecting the 

onset of fire. The spacing and location of detectors is to be tested to the satisfaction of 

the Bureau taking into account the effects of ventilation and other relevant factors. 

ii) 

Manually operated call points are to be provided throughout the special category 

spaces and one is to be placed close to each exit from such spaces. 

AF.C.C /0,+ 12*034506'034 1;50)9+3* 

The following equipment is to be provided in each special category space. 

i) At least three water fog applicators. 

ii) 

iii) 

One portable applicator unit consisting of an air foam nozzle of an inductor type 

capable of being connected to the fire main together with a portable tank containing at 

least 20 liters (5 U.S. gallons) of foam making liquid and one spare tank provided that 

at least two such units are available on the vessel for use in such spaces. The nozzle is 

to be capable of producing effective foam suitable for extinguishing an oil fire at the 

rate of at least 90 m 3 /hr (3180 ft 3 /hr). 

Portable fire extinguishers suitable for fighting oil fires are to be provided at each 

vehicle deck level in all spaces where vehicles are carried. Extinguishers are to be 

located not more than 20 m (65 ft) apart, on both sides of the vessel including at least 

one extinguisher located at each cargo space access. 

25.5 Cargo Spaces, Other than Special Category Spaces, Intended for the Carriage 

of Motor Vehicles with Fuel in their Tanks 

All cargo spaces (other than special category spaces) containing vehicles with fuel in their tanks are to 

comply with the following: 

AF.F.= /02+: /0,+ J+*+N*0D3 786*+9 

An approved fixed fire detection and alarm system complying with 4-4-1/25.1.4 or an approved 

sample smoke detection system is to be provided. The design and arrangements of this system 

are to be considered in conjunction with the ventilation requirements. 





AF.F.A /02+: /0,+ 12*034506'034 786*+9 

An approved fixed gas fire extinguishing system complying with 4-4-1/19.3 is to be provided, 

except that the quantity of gas available is to be at least sufficient to give a minimum volume 

of free gas equal to 45_ of the gross volume of the largest such cargo space which is capable 

of being sealed, and the arrangements are to be such as to ensure that at least two-thirds of the 

gas required for the relevant spaces is introduced within 10 minutes. A fixed high-expansion 

foam system may be fitted provided it gives equivalent protection. As an alternative, a system 

meeting the requirements of 4-4-1/25.3.1 may be fitted. 

AF.F.C /0,+ 12*034506'034 1;50)9+3* 

Portable fire extinguishers are to be provided as required in 4-4-1/25.3.3iii). 

25.7 Other Cargo Spaces 

For vessels of 1,000 gross tons and above, cargo spaces not covered under 4-4-1/25.3 or 4-4-1/25.5 

are to be protected by a fixed gas fire extinguishing system complying with 4-4-1/19.3 or by a fixed 

high expansion foam fire extinguishing system which gives equivalent protection. 

25.9 Special Arrangements in Machinery Spaces 

AF.K.= #+9D*+ &D3*,D?6 

The controls as required in 4-4-1/17 and the controls for any required fire-extinguishing system 

are to be situated at one control position or grouped in as few positions as possible. Such 

positions are to have a safe access from the open deck. 

AF.K.A /5+? T0? $(3Q6 

Free standing fuel oil tanks are not permitted in defined machinery spaces. 

AF.K.C 7D53:034 !0)+6 

In addition to 4-3-3/9, other means of ascertaining the amount of fuel oil in any fuel oil tank 

will be considered if such means do not require penetration below the tank top and providing 

their failure or overfilling of the tanks will not permit release of fuel oil. 

AF.K.- JDD,6 03 H(N'03+,8 7)(N+6 

Doors, other than power-operated sliding watertight doors, are to have positive closure in case 

of fire. Such doors are to have power-operated closing arrangements or self-closing doors 

capable of closing against an opposing inclination of 3.5 degrees which may have a fail-safe 

hook back arrangement. The closing arrangements are to be operable locally and from the 

central control station. See also 3-3-1/19. 

AF.K.F LDPP?+6 

In vessels carrying more than 36 passengers, each machinery space for which a fixed fire 

extinguishing system is required by 4-4-1/19.1 is to be provided with at least two suitable 

water fog applicators. 

25.11 Alarm Systems 

An approved manual alarm system complying with the requirements of the Administration or a 

separate alarm system independent of the vesselds fire alarm system is to be installed in all areas, 

other than the main machinery spaces, which are normally accessible to the passengers or crew. 





25.13 General or Special Fire Alarm 

A special fire alarm, operated from the navigation bridge or fire control station, is to be fitted to 

summon the crew. This alarm may be part of the vesselds general alarm system but is to be capable of 

being sounded independently of the alarm to the passenger spaces. 

25.15 Public Address System 

A public address system or other effective means of communication is to be provided throughout the 

accommodation and service spaces and control stations and open decks. 

25.17 Portable Communication Equipment 

For vessels carrying more than 36 passengers, a sufficient number of two-way portable radio telephone 

apparatus are to be available onboard for each member of the fire patrol. 

25.19 Fire Control Plans 

A fire control plan is to be permanently exhibited for the guidance of the vesselds officers. Fire control 

plans are to be general arrangement plans showing for each deck provision, location, controls and 

particulars, as applicable, of fixed fire detection, alarm and extinguishing systems, portable fire-fighting 

equipment and appliances, controls of fuel oil pumps and valves and ventilation system shut-downs, 

fan control positions and closing of openings. They are also Class divisions, the sections enclosed by 

VBW Class divisions, means of access to different compartments, decks, etc., and the identification 

numbers of ventilating fan serving each section. 





TABLE 1 

Classification of Portable and Semi-portable Extinguishers 

Fire extinguishers are designated by type as follows: A, for fires in combustible materials such as wood` B, for fires in 

flammable liquids and greases` C, for fires in electrical equipment. 

Fire extinguishers are designated by size where I is the smallest and size v is the largest. Sizes I and II are hand portable 

extinguishers and sizes III and V are semi-portable extinguishers. 


Type Size 

Soda-Acid and Water 

liters (US gallons) 

Foam 

liters (US gallons) 

Carbon Dioxide 

kg (lb) 

Dry Chemical 

kg (lb) 

A 

II 

9 (2.5) 

9 (2.5) 

— 

2.25 (5) (1) 

B 

II 

— 

9 (2.5) 

6.8 (15) 

4.5 (10) 

B 

III 

— 

45 (12) 

15.8 (35) 

9 (20) 

B 

B 

IV 

V 

— 

— 

76 (20) 

152 (40) 

22.5 (50) 

45 (100) (2) 

13.5 (30) 

22.5 (50) 

C 

II 

— 

— 

6.8 (15) 

4.5 (10) 

Notes: 

1 Must be specifically approved as Type A, B, C extinguisher 

2 For outside use, double the amount to be carried. 

TABLE 2 

Portable and Semi-portable Extinguisher Locations 

Safety Areas 

Space Classification Quantity and Location (5) 

Communicating corridors A-II or B-II 1 in each main corridor not more than 23 m (75 ft) apart. (May be located in 

stairways.) See Note 1 

Service Spaces 

Galleys B-II or C-II 1 for each 230 m 2 (2500 ft 2 ) or fraction thereof for hazards involved. 

Paint or lamp rooms B-II 1 outside the space in vicinity of exit. 

Machinery Spaces 

Oil-fired boilers: Spaces 

containing oil-fired boilers, or 

their fuel oil units 

Internal combustion or gas 

turbine propulsion machinery 

spaces 

Electric motors or generators 

of the open type 

Auxiliary spaces containing 

internal combustion or gas 

turbine units 

Auxiliary spaces emergency 

generators 

Cargo Areas 

B-II 

and B-IV 

B-II 

and B-III 

C-II 

B-II 

C-II 

1 required 

1 required 

1 for each 746 kW (1000 hp), but not less than 2 nor more than 6. See Note 2. 

1 required. See Notes 2 and 3. 

1 for each motor or generator unit. 

1 required in vicinity of exit. 

1 required in vicinity of exit. 

Pump rooms B-II 1 required in vicinity of exit. See Note 4 

Cargo tank areas 

B-II 

and B-V 

2 required. See Notes 5 and 7. 

1 required. See Notes 4, 6 and 7. 





TABLE 2 (continued) 

Portable and Semi-portable Extinguishers 

Notes: 

1 In general, portable extinguishers in which the medium is stored under pressure are not to be stored in passenger or 

crew accommodations. 

2 If oil burning auxiliary boiler fitted in space, the B-IV previously required for the protection of the boiler may be 

substituted. Not required where a fixed carbon dioxide system is installed. 

3 Not required on vessels of less than 300 gross tons if fuel has a flash point higher than 43°C (110°F). 

4 Not required if fixed system installed. 

5 If no cargo pump on barge, only one B-II required. 

6 Not required for barges less than 100 gross tons. 

7 Where foam is used it is to be compatible with cargoes being carried. 



P A R T C h a p t e r 5 . E l e c t r i c a l I n s t a l l a t i o n s 

$ 

C H A P T E R & '()*+,-*.( /01+.((.+-201 

CONTENTS 

SECTION , 

G./.0123333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333324# 

1 Applications........................................................................287 

3 Definitions ..........................................................................287 

3.1 Earthed Distribution System.......................................... 287 

3.3 Essential Services......................................................... 287 

3.5 Explosion-proof (Flameproof) Equipment...................... 288 

3.7 Hazardous Area (Hazardous Location) ......................... 288 

3.9 Hull-return System ........................................................ 288 

3.11 Intrinsically-safe ............................................................ 288 

3.13 Increased Safety ........................................................... 288 

3.15 Non-periodic Duty Rating .............................................. 288 

3.17 Non-sparking Fan.......................................................... 289 

3.19 Periodic Duty Rating ..................................................... 289 

3.21 Portable Apparatus ....................................................... 289 

3.23 Pressurized Equipment ................................................. 289 

3.25 Semi-enclosed Space ................................................... 289 

3.27 Separate Circuit ............................................................ 289 

3.29 Short Circuit .................................................................. 289 

3.31 Short-time Rating .......................................................... 289 


7 Standard Distribution System ............................................289 

9 Voltage and Frequency Variations.....................................290 

11 Inclination...........................................................................290 

13 Materials ............................................................................290 

15 Insulation Material..............................................................290 

15.1 Class A Insulation ......................................................... 290 

15.3 Class B Insulation ......................................................... 290 

15.5 Class E Insulation ......................................................... 290 

15.7 Class F Insulation.......................................................... 291 

15.9 Class H Insulation ......................................................... 291 

15.11 Insulation for Temperature Above 180°C (356°F) ......... 291 

17 Degree of Protection for Enclosure....................................291 

!"# RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS & INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007 2#9

19 Temperature Ratings .........................................................291 

19.1 General..........................................................................291 

19.3 Reduced Ambient Temperature ....................................291 

21 Clearances and Creepage Distances ................................292 

23 Service Trial .......................................................................292 

23.1 Electrical Installation for Ship Services..........................292 

23.3 Communication Facilities...............................................292 

TABLE 1 

TABLE 2 

TABLE 3 

Voltage and Frequency Variations...........................293 

Degree of Protection of Electrical Equipment 

(First IP Numeral).....................................................293 

Degree of Protection of Electrical Equipment 

(Second IP Numeral) ...............................................294 

TABLE 4 Primary Essential Services ......................................295 

TABLE 5 Secondary Essential Services .................................295 

SECTION 2 S6789:10; S.?= 33333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333 29# 


1.1 Wiring ............................................................................297 

1.3 Short-circuit Data...........................................................298 

1.5 Protective Device Coordination .....................................298 

1.7 Load Analysis ................................................................298 

3 Main Source of Power........................................................298 

3.1 Propulsion .....................................................................298 

3.3 Ship]s Service................................................................298 

3.5 Main Transformers ........................................................298 

5 Emergency Source of Power .............................................299 

5.1 Non-passenger Vessels ................................................299 

5.3 Passenger Vessels........................................................299 

7 Distribution System ............................................................299 

7.1 Ship Service Distribution System ..................................299 

7.3 Hull Return System .......................................................300 

7.5 Earthed Distribution Systems ........................................300 

7.7 External or Shore Power Supply Connection ................301 

7.9 Harmonics .....................................................................301 

9 Circuit Protection System...................................................301 

9.1 System Design ..............................................................301 

9.3 Protection for Generators ..............................................303 

9.5 Protection for Alternating-current (AC) Generators .......304 

9.7 Protection for Direct Current (DC) Generators ..............305 

9.9 Protection for Accumulator Batteries .............................305 

9.11 Protection for External or Shore Power Supply .............306 

9.13 Protection for Motor Branch Circuits..............................306 

9.15 Protection for Transformer Circuits................................307 

9.17 Protection for Meters, Pilot Lamps and Control 

Circuits ..........................................................................307 

240 !"# RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS & INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007

11 System for Steering Gear ..................................................308 

11.1 Power Supply Feeder.................................................... 308 

11.3 Protection for Steering Gear Circuit .............................. 308 

11.5 Controls, Instrumentation, and Alarms .......................... 308 

13 Lighting and Navigation Light Systems..............................309 

13.1 Lighting System............................................................. 309 

13.3 Navigation Light System ............................................... 310 

13.5 Emergency and Interior-communication 

Switchboard .................................................................. 310 

15 Refrigerated Space Alarm .................................................310 

17 Fire Protection Systems.....................................................311 

17.1 Emergency Stop............................................................ 311 

17.3 Fire Detection and Alarm System.................................. 311 

SECTION 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ 33333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333,3 


1.1 Booklet of Standard Details........................................... 313 

1.3 Arrangement of Electrical Equipment............................ 313 

1.5 Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Areas ..................... 313 

1.7 Maintenance Schedule of Batteries............................... 314 

3 Equipment Installation and Arrangement...........................314 

3.1 General Consideration .................................................. 314 

3.3 Generators .................................................................... 315 

3.5 Ship Service Motors ...................................................... 316 

3.7 Accumulator Batteries ................................................... 316 

3.9 Switchboard .................................................................. 319 

3.11 Distribution Boards........................................................ 319 

3.13 Motor Controllers and Control Centers.......................... 319 

3.15 Resistors for Control Apparatus .................................... 320 

3.17 Lighting Fixtures............................................................ 320 

3.19 Heating Equipment........................................................ 320 

3.21 Magnetic Compasses.................................................... 320 

3.23 Portable Equipment and Outlets ................................... 320 

3.25 Receptacles and Plugs of Different Ratings.................. 320 

5 Cable Installation ...............................................................321 

5.1 General Considerations ................................................ 321 

5.3 Insulation Resistance for New Installation..................... 322 

5.5 Protection for Electric-magnetic Induction..................... 322 

5.7 Joints and Sealing......................................................... 323 

5.9 Support, Fixing and Bending......................................... 323 

5.11 Cable Run in Bunches .................................................. 324 

5.13 Deck and Bulkhead Penetrations.................................. 325 

5.15 Mechanical Protection................................................... 325 

5.17 Emergency and Essential Feeders ............................... 325 

5.19 Mineral Insulated Cables............................................... 326 

5.21 Fiber Optic Cables ........................................................ 326 

5.23 Battery Room ................................................................ 326 

!"# RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS & INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007 24,

5.25 Paneling and Dome Fixtures .........................................326 

5.27 Sheathing and Structural Insulation...............................326 

5.29 Splicing of Electrical Cables ..........................................326 

5.31 Splicing of Fiber Optic Cables .......................................327 

5.33 Cable Junction Box .......................................................327 

7 Earthing..............................................................................328 

7.1 General..........................................................................328 

7.3 Permanent Equipment...................................................328 

7.5 Connections ..................................................................328 

7.7 Portable Cords ..............................................................329 

7.9 Cable Metallic Covering.................................................329 

7.11 Lightning Earth Conductors ...........................................329 

9 Installation in Cargo Hold for Dry Bulk Cargoes ................329 

9.1 Equipment .....................................................................329 

9.3 Self-unloading Controls and Alarms ..............................329 

11 Equipment and Installation in Hazardous Areas................330 

11.1 General Considerations.................................................330 

11.3 Certified-safe Type and Pressurized Equipment and 

Systems.........................................................................330 

11.5 Paint Stores...................................................................332 

11.7 Non-sparking Fans ........................................................333 

TABLE 1 Minimum Degree of Protection ................................334 

TABLE 2 

TABLE 3 

Minimum Bending Radii of Cables...........................335 

Size of Earth-continuity Conductors and Earthing 

Connections .............................................................335 

FIGURE 1 

Example of Protected Area, Adjacent Area of 

Direct Spray and Adjacent Area where Water 

May Extend ..............................................................315 

SECTION A B1C67/.0< 1/; EDE78?./> 333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333 33# 


1.1 Generators and Motors of 100 kW and Over.................337 

1.3 Generators and Motors Below 100 kW..........................337 

1.5 Switchboards, Distribution Boards, etc., for Essential 

or Emergency Services or Refrigerated Cargoes ..........337 

3 Rotating Machines .............................................................337 

3.1 General..........................................................................337 

3.3 Testing and Inspection ..................................................338 

3.5 Insulation Resistance Measurement .............................338 

3.7 Overload and Overcurrent Capability ............................339 

3.9 Dielectric Strength of Insulation.....................................339 

3.11 Temperature Ratings.....................................................340 

3.13 Construction and Assemblies ........................................340 

3.15 Lubrication.....................................................................341 

3.17 Turbines for Generators ................................................341 

242 !"# RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS & INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007

3.19 Diesel Engines for Generators ...................................... 342 

3.21 Alternating-current (AC) Generators ............................. 343 

3.23 Direct-current (DC) Generators..................................... 344 

5 Accumulator Batteries........................................................345 

5.1 General ......................................................................... 345 

5.3 Construction and Assembly .......................................... 346 

5.5 Engine-starting Battery..................................................346 

7 Switchboards, Distribution Boards, Controllers, etc. .........346 

7.1 General ......................................................................... 346 

7.3 Testing and Inspection .................................................. 347 

7.5 Insulation Resistance Measurement ............................. 347 

7.7 Dielectric Strength of Insulation..................................... 348 


7.11 Bus Bars, Wiring and Contacts ..................................... 349 

7.13 Control and Protective Devices..................................... 350 

7.15 Switchboards................................................................. 350 

7.17 Motor Controllers and Control Centers.......................... 351 

7.19 Battery Systems and Uninterruptible Power Systems 

(UPS) ............................................................................ 351 

9 Transformers......................................................................354 

9.1 General ......................................................................... 354 

9.3 Temperature Rise ......................................................... 354 


9.7 Testing ..........................................................................355 

11 Other Electric and Electronics Devices..............................355 

11.1 Circuit Breakers............................................................. 355 

11.3 Fuses ............................................................................ 355 

11.5 Semiconductor Converters............................................ 356 

11.7 Cable Junction Boxes ................................................... 356 

13 Cables and Wires...............................................................356 

13.1 Cable Construction........................................................ 356 

13.3 Portable and Flexing Electric Cables ............................ 358 

13.5 Mineral-insulated Metal-sheathed Cable....................... 358 

TABLE 1 

Factory Test Schedule for Generators and 

Motors ' 100 kW (135 hp) .......................................359 

TABLE 2 Dielectric Strength Test for Rotating Machines .......359 

TABLE 3 

TABLE 4 

TABLE 5 

TABLE 6 

TABLE 7 

Limits of Temperature Rise for Air-cooled Rotating 

Machines..................................................................360 

Nameplates..............................................................361 

Factory Testing Schedule for Switchboards, 

Chargers, Motor Control Centers and 

Controllers................................................................363 

Clearance and Creepage Distance for 

Switchboards, Distribution Boards, 

Chargers, Motor Control Centers 

and Controllers.........................................................363 

Equipment and Instrumentation for Switchboard.....364 

!"# RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS & INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007 243

TABLE 8 

Temperature Rise for Transformers.........................365 

TABLE 9 Types of Cable Insulation ........................................365 

TABLE 10 

Maximum Current Carrying Capacity for Insulated 

Copper Wires and Cables.......................................366 

SECTION F 

S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= 333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333333 3H9 

1 High Voltage Systems........................................................369 

1.1 General..........................................................................369 

1.3 System Design ..............................................................370 

1.5 Circuit Breakers and Switches – Auxiliary Circuit 

Power Supply Systems ..................................................370 

1.7 Circuit Protection ...........................................................371 

1.9 Equipment Installation and Arrangement ......................372 

1.11 Machinery and Equipment.............................................373 

3 Bridge Control of Propulsion Machinery ............................376 

3.1 Control Capability ..........................................................376 

3.3 Emergency Stopping .....................................................376 

3.5 Order of Control Station Command ...............................376 

3.7 Local Control .................................................................376 

3.9 Bridge Control Indicators ...............................................376 

5 Electric Propulsion System ................................................376 

5.1 General..........................................................................376 

5.3 System Design ..............................................................377 

5.5 Propulsion Power Supply Systems................................378 

5.7 Circuit Protection ...........................................................379 

5.9 Protection for Earth Leakage.........................................380 

5.11 Electric Propulsion Control ............................................381 

5.13 Instrumentation at the Control Station ...........................381 

5.15 Equipment Installation and Arrangement ......................382 

5.17 Machinery and Equipment.............................................383 

5.19 Dock and Sea Trials ......................................................386 

7 Three-wire Dual-voltage DC System .................................386 

7.1 Three-wire DC Shipds Generators .................................386 

7.3 Neutral Earthing ............................................................387 

7.5 Size of Neutral Conductor .............................................387 

SECTION H S8.C7127G.; I.==.2= 1/; S.0J7C.=333333333333333333333333333333333333 349 

1 Oil Carriers.........................................................................389 

1.1 Application.....................................................................389 

1.3 Earthed Distribution Systems ........................................389 

1.5 Hazardous Areas...........................................................389 

1.7 Installation of Equipment and Cables ............................390 

1.9 Cargo Oil Pump Room ..................................................391 

3 Vessels Carrying Coal in Bulk ...........................................392 

3.1 Application.....................................................................392 

3.3 Hazardous Areas...........................................................392 

3.5 Installation of Equipment ...............................................392 

24A !"# RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS & INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007

5 Cargo Vessels Carrying Motor Vehicles with Fuel in 

Their Tank..........................................................................393 

5.1 Application .................................................................... 393 

5.3 Ventilation System ........................................................ 393 

5.5 Location and Type of Equipment................................... 394 

7 Vessels Carrying Hazardous Chemicals in Bulk ...............394 

9 Passenger Vessels ............................................................395 

9.1 Emergency Source of Power ........................................ 395 

9.3 Emergency Power Supply for Steering Gear ................ 399 

9.5 Power Supply Through Transformers and Converters .. 399 

9.7 Interior Communication Systems .................................. 399 

9.9 Manually Operated Alarms............................................ 400 

9.11 Services Required to be Operable Under a Fire 

Condition....................................................................... 400 

9.13 High Fire Risk Areas ..................................................... 401 

9.15 Emergency and Essential Feeders ............................... 401 

TABLE 1 

Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Areas for Oil 

Carriers ....................................................................403 

FIGURE 1 Cables within High Fire Risk Areas .........................402 

!"# RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS & INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007 24F

T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R T S e c t i o n 1 . G e n e r a l 

$ 

C H A P T E R & '()*+,-*.( /01+.((.+-201 

S E C T I O N 3 4)0),.( 

3 !55(-*.+-201 

T#) 4)56$4)7)+,% 8-+,'$+)9 $+ ,#$% S)8,$-+ '4) ';;.$8'? 3@ -4 (4)',)4A F-4 ).)8,4$8'. $+%,'..',$-+% -1 ()+)4',$+( 8';'8$,/ -1 .)%% ,#'+ 

>? 3@C ,#) 4)56$4)7)+,% 8-+,'$+)9 $+ ,#) ABS !"#$% '() *"+#,+-. /-, 0#/%%+-. 12$$# 3$%%$#% 4-,$) 

56 7$2$)% 895: '$$2; +- 6.; D7=>079E>7:/ S.? 

A %/%,)7 $+ E#$8# -+) ;-.) -1 ' %$+(.) ;#'%) %/%,)7 -4 ,#) +)6,4'. ;-$+, -1 ' ,#4)) ;#'%) %/%,)7 $% 

)'4,#)9C

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ , G./.012 AMFM, 

33F 

EN82:=7:/M80::O PF21?.80::OR EDE78?./> 

ET;.-%$-+O;4--1 )56$;7)+, $% )56$;7)+,L 

3.5.1 

3.5.2 

V'=$+( '+ )+8.-%64) 8';'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ , G./.012 AMFM, 

33,# N:/M=810X7/W F1/ 

A 1'+ 8-+%$%,$+( -1 ' 8-77?. R1>7/W 

A 4',$+( ', E#$8# ,#) 7'8#$+) $% -;)4',)9 1-4 ' .$7$,)9 ;)4$-9C E#$8# $% .)%% ,#'+ ,#', 4)56$4)9 ,- 4)'8# 

,#) %,)'9/ ,)7;)4',64) 8-+9$,$-+C 1-..-E)9

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ , G./.012 AMFM, 

" T#4))OE$4) ,#4))O;#'%) '.,)4+',$+( 8644)+,a 

" F-64OE$4) ,#4))O;#'%) '.,)4+',$+( 8644)+, 

> ?(2$@ T#4))OE$4) %$+(.)O;#'%) AC 7'/

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ , G./.012 AMFM, 

,F3# 

C21== F I/=E21>7:/ 

H',)4$'.% -4 8-7

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ , G./.012 AMFM, 

+++; T#) )56$;7)+, $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ , G./.012 AMFM, 

TABLE , 

I:2>1W. 1/; F0.DE./C< I1071>7:/= [S.. AMFM,\9] (2008) 

3(#2/.$ /-, B)$C"$-DE 3/)+/2+(-% 

'() F0 G+%2)+H"2+(- 1E%2$7% 

I"/-2+2E +- JK$)/2+(- L$)7/-$-2 3/)+/2+(- M)/-%+$-2 3/)+/2+(- 

8!$D(A$)E M+7$; 

F4)56)+8/

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ , G./.012 AMFM, 

TABLE 2 PC:/>7/E.;R 

D.W0.. :O L0:>.C>7:/ :O E2.C>07C12 EDE78?./> PF70=> IL NE?.012R 

OG$%+.-/2+(-P 

T#) 9)(4)) -1 ;4-,)8,$-+ $% 9)%$(+',)9 '% %#-E+ $+ ,#) 1-..-E$+( )T'7;.)%L 

@#)+ $, $% 4)56$4)9 ,- $+9$8',) ,#) 9)(4)) -1 ;4-,)8,$-+

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ , G./.012 AMFM, 

TABLE A 

L07?10< E==./>712 S.0J7C.= (2004) 

I'J 

S,))4$+( ()'4% 

I

T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R T S e c t i o n 2 . S h i p b o a r d S y s t e m s 

$ 

C H A P T E R & '()*+,-*.( /01+.((.+-201 

S E C T I O N H #K-5

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

,33 S6:0>MC70CE7> D1>1 

T#) -+) .$+) 9$'(4'7 1-4 ;-E)4 %6;;./ '+9 9$%,4$

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

& 

'=),B)0*? #2;,*) 28 92L), 

F3, N:/M81==./W.0 I.==.2= 

A+ )7)4()+8/ %-648) -1 ;-E)4 ,- %6;;./ )7)4()+8/ .$(#,$+( 1-4 ', .)'%, ,#4)) #-64% $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

7.1.6 Ventilation System 

g)+,$.',$-+ 1'+% 1-4 8'4(- %;'8) '4) ,- #'=) 1))9)4% %);'4',) 14-7 ,#-%) 1-4 '88-77-9',$-+%A 

S)) '.%- QO?O2SU>AUAUC QO?O3S3A>A3C QO?OYSUA9AU '+9 QO?OYS?A3A 

7.1.7 Heating Appliances 

E'8# #)',)4 $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

#3# EN>.0/12 :0 S6:0. L:`.0 SE882< C://.C>7:/ 

7.7.1 General 

@#)4) '44'+()7)+,% '4) 7'9) 1-4 ,#) %6;;./ -1 ).)8,4$8$,/ 14-7 ' %-648) -+ %#-4) -4 -,#)4 

)T,)4+'. %-648)C ' ,)47$+',$-+ ;-$+, $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

T#) ;4-,)8,$-+ $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

9.1.4 Cascade System (Back-up Protection) 

5.V.Z8/; [$-$)/#. @#)4) ' 8$486$,

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

+; @#)4) -+./ -+) ()+)4',$+( %), $% +-47'../ 6%)9 ,- %6;;./ ;-E)4 1-4 ;4-;6.%$-+ '+9 

%,))4$+( -1 ,#) =)%%).C '+9 ' ;-%%$

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

9.5.2 Parallel Operation 

@#)4) AC ()+)4',-4% '4) '44'+()9 1-4 ;'4'..). -;)4',$-+ E$,# -,#)4 AC ()+)4',-4%C ,#) 1-..-E$+( 

;4-,)8,$=) 9)=$8)% '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

93,, L0:>.C>7:/ O:0 EN>.0/12 :0 S6:0. L:`.0 SE882< 

9.11.1 General 

@#)4) '44'+()7)+,% '4) 7'9) 1-4 ,#) %6;;./ -1 ).)8,4$8$,/ 14-7 ' %-648) -+ %#-4) -4 -,#)4 

)T,)4+'. %-648)C ;)47'+)+,./ 1$T)9 8'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

9.13.4 Motor Running Protection (2005) 

R6++$+( ;4-,)8,$-+ $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

33 #?1+)= 82, #+)),-0B 4)., 

,,3, L:`.0 SE882< F..;.0 

E'8# ).)8,4$8 -4 ).)8,4-O#/94'6.$8 %,))4$+( ()'4 $% ,- 

11.3.1 Short Circuit Protection 

E'8# %,))4$+( ()'4 1))9)4 $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

36 M-BK+-0B .0: N.J-B.+-20 M-BK+ #?1+)=1 

,33, L7W6>7/W S.? 

13.1.1 Main Lighting System 

A 7'$+ ).)8,4$8 .$(#,$+( %/%,)7 $% ,- ;4-=$9) $..67$+',$-+ ,#4-6(#-6, ,#-%) ;'4,% -1 ,#) =)%%). 

+-47'../ '88)%%$

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

,333 N1J7W1>7:/ L7W6> S.? 

T#) 1-..-E$+( 4)56$4)7)+,% '4) ';;.$8'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 2 S6789:10; S.?= AMFM2 

3> C-,) 9,2+)*+-20 #?1+)=1 

,#3, E?.0W./C< S>:8 

17.1.1 Ventilation System 

VS.V.V8/; [$-$)/#. A.. ).)8,4$8'. =)+,$.',$-+ %/%,)7% '4) ,- A 

VS.V.V8H; Y/D=+-$)E 1K/D$ 3$-2+#/2+(-. H'8#$+)4/O%;'8) =)+,$.',$-+ $% ,-

T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R T S e c t i o n 3 . S h i p b o a r d I n s t a l l a t i o n 

$ 

C H A P T E R & '()*+,-*.( /01+.((.+-201 

S E C T I O N 6 #K-5172= 

A

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

@#)+ ,#) %).)8,$-+ -1 ,#) )56$;7)+, #'%

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

FIGURE , 

EN1?82. :O L0:>.C>.; A0.1a A;c1C./> A0.1 :O D70.C> S801< 

1/; A;c1C./> A0.1 `6.0. ^1>.0 B1< EN>./; (2006) 

@',)4O%;4'/ -4 @',)4O7$%, N-\\.) 

D$)%). E+($+) 1-4 G)+)4',-4 

G)+)4',-4 

A9K'8)+, '4)' E#)4) E',)4 7'/ 

)T,)+9L E=$9)+8) -1 %6$,'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

33F 

S678 S.0J7C. B:>:0= 

3.5.1 General 

H-,-4% 1-4 6%) $+ ,#) 7'8#$+)4/ %;'8) '

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

U.S.98,;

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

3.7.4 Protection from Corrosion 

T#) $+,)4$-4% -1

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

339 S`7>C69:10; 

SE$,8#

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

U.VU.98D;

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

& I.7:/= 

5.1.1 Continuity of Cabling 

E.)8,4$8 8'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

5.1.8 Cable Installation above High Voltage Switchgear and Control-gear (2006) 

@#)4) ' ;4)%%64) 4).$)1 1.'; $% ;4-=$9)9 1-4 #$(# =-.,'() %E$,8#()'4 '+9 #$(# =-.,'() 8-+,4-.O 

()'4C ,#) 8'1/C. O:0 N.` I/=>1221>7:/ 

E'8# ;-E)4 '+9 )'8# .$(#, 8$486$, $% ,- #'=) '+ $+%6.',$-+ 4)%$%,'+8)

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

F3# d:7/>= 1/; S.127/W 

C'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

5.9.3 Plastic Cable Trays and Protective Casings (2004) 

:.5.U8/; N-%2/##/2+(-% 8966];. C'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

5.11.2 Clearance and Segregation 

A 8.)'4'+8) $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

F3,9 B7/.012 I/=E21>.; C192.= 

A, '.. ;-$+,% E#)4) 7$+)4'.O$+%6.',)9 7),'.O%#)',#)9 8'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

I+ '99$,$-+C ;4$-4 ,- ';;4-='. -1 ' %;.$8$+( 3$,C $, E$..

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

5.33.4 

5.33.5 

> '.,+K-0B 

#3, G./.012 

T#) K6+8,$-+

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

#3# L:0>192. C:0;= (1998) 

R)8);,'8.) -6,.),% -;)4',$+( ', ?0 =-.,% DC -4 ?0 =-.,% AC 4A7A%A -4 7-4) '4) ,- #'=) '+ )'4,#$+( ;-.)A 

#39 C192. B.>1227C C:J.07/W 

A.. 7),'. %#)',#%C '47-4 -1 8'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

33 'D;-5=)0+ .0: /01+.((.+-20 -0 O.Q.,:2;1 !,).1 

,,3, G./.012 C:/=7;.01>7:/= 

11.1.1 General (2008) 

E.)8,4$8'. )56$;7)+, '+9 E$4$+( '4) +-, ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

11.3.2 Intrinsically-safe System (2005) 

VV.U.98/; N-%2/##/2+(- (' 0/H#$% /-, `+)+-.. I+%,'..',$-+% E$,# $+,4$+%$8'../ %'1) 8$486$,% '4) 

,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

11.3.3 Pressurized Equipment 

&4)%%64$\)9 )56$;7)+, $% ,- 8-+%$%, -1 %);'4',)./ =)+,$.',)9 )+8.-%64)% %6;;.$)9 E$,# ;-%$,$=)O 

;4)%%64) =)+,$.',$-+ 14-7 ' 8.-%)9O.--; %/%,)7 -4 14-7 ' %-648) -6,%$9) ,#) #'\'49-6% '4)'%C 

'+9 ;4-=$%$-+ $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

,,3# N:/M=810X7/W F1/= 

11.7.1 Design Criteria 

VV.S.V8/; F+) [/K. T#) '$4 (';

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

TABLE , 

B7/7?E? D.W0.. :O L0:>.C>7:/ [S.. AMFM3\33,3,] 

1\+2D=H(/),%c ,+%2)+H"2+(- H(/),%c 7(2() D(-2)(# 

D$-2$)% d D(-2)(##$)% 81$$ ZX:XUeU.5 2( ZX:XUeU.VU; 

[$-$)/2()% 81$$ ZX:XUeU.U; 

QR/7K#$ 0(-,+2+(- Y(2()% 81$$ ZX:XUeU.:; 

(' (' M)/-%'()7$)%c 0(-A$)2$)% 

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ 3 S6789:10; I/=>1221>7:/ AMFM3 

TABLE 2 

B7/7?E? B./;7/W R1;77 :O C192.= [S.. AMFM3\F3932] (1999) 

N-%"#/2+(- 

T#)47-;.'%,$8 -4 

,#)47-%),,$+( E$,# 

8$486.'4 8-;;)4 

8-+968,-4 

T#)47-;.'%,$8 -4 

,#)47-%),,$+( E$,# 

%#';)9 8-;;)4 

8-+968,-4 

0/H#$ 0(-%2)"D2+(- 

J"2$) 0(A$)+-. 

U+'47-4)9 -4 6+ UA? 77 2 

CU< 

U+%,4'+9)9 )'4,#$+( 8-++)8,$-+L 

3 77 2 

C2 3 77 2 ? F + Y 77 2 3 77 2 

C3 Y 77 2 ? F + U2? 77 2 FS 2 

CQ F > U2? 77 2 YQ 77 2 I%)) N-,) UJ 

8966U; F-4 )'4,#)9 9$%,4$3 2A? QC933 Y UUCcQU >0 U3cCUQ> 

UA? 2C9Y0 Q >Cc9Q UY 3UC?>Y U20 23YCc23 

!"# RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS & INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007 33F

T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R T S e c t i o n 4 . M a c h i n e r y a n d E q u i p m e n t 

$ 

C H A P T E R & '()*+,-*.( /01+.((.+-201 

S E C T I O N $ E.*K-0),? .0: 'D;-5=)0+ 

3 9(.01 .0: 7.+. +2 ") #;:0= 1/; B:>:0= :O ,00 X^ 1/; OJ.0 

D4'E$+(% %#-E$+( '%%)7

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ A B1C67/.0< 1/; EDE78?./> AMFMA 

3.1.2 Certification on Basis of an Approved Quality Assurance Program 

S)) QOUOUS3A 

3.1.3 References 

U.V.U8/; N-D#+-/2+(-. F-4 ,#) 4)56$4)7)+,% 8-=)4$+( $+8.$+',$-+ 1-4 9)%$(+ 8-+9$,$-+C %)) 

QO?OUSUUA 

U.V.U8H; N-%"#/2+(- Y/2$)+/#. F-4 ,#) 4)56$4)7)+,% 8-=)4$+( $+%6.',$-+ 7',)4$'.C %)) QO?OUSU?A 

U.V.U8D; 0/K/D+2E (' [$-$)/2()%. F-4 4)56$4)7)+,% 8-=)4$+( 7'$+ ()+)4',-4 8';'8$,/C %)) 

QO?O2S3AU '+9 QO?O2S3A3A F-4 4)56$4)7)+,% 8-=)4$+( )7)4()+8/ ()+)4',-4 8';'8$,/C %)) QO?OYS9AUA2A 

U.V.U8,; L(\$) 1"KK#E HE [$-$)/2()%. F-4 4)56$4)7)+,% 8-=)4$+( ;-E)4 %6;;./

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


33# OJ.02:1; 1/; OJ.0CE00./> C1819727>< (1997) 

3.7.1 AC Generators (2003) 

AC ()+)4',-4% '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


33,, T.?8.01>E0. R1>7/W= 

3.11.1 Temperature Rises 

U.VV.V8/; 0(-2+-"("% !/2+-. Y/D=+-$%. A1,)4 ,#) 7'8#$+) #'%

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


3.13.5 Insulation of Windings 

A47',64) '+9 1$).9 8-$.% '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


++; R6++$+( ', +- .-'9 '+9 ?0] -1 ,#) 16.. .-'9 -1 ,#) ()+)4',-4 $% %699)+./ ,#4-E+ -+ 

1-..-E)9

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


+++; @#)4) ,#) ).)8,4$8'. ;-E)4 %/%,)7 $% 1$,,)9 E$,# ' ;-E)4 7'+'()7)+, %/%,)7 '+9 

%)56)+,$'. %,'4,$+( '44'+()7)+,%C ,#) ';;.$8',$-+ -1 .-'9% $+ 76.,$;.) %,);% -1 .)%% ,#'+ 

?0] -1 4',)9 .-'9 $+ QO?OQS3AU9AUI'J$$J E$..

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


U.9V.98,; 1=()2 0+)D"+2 0(-,+2+(-%. U+9)4 %,)'9/O%,',) %#-4,O8$486$, 8-+9$,$-+%C ,#) ()+)4',-4 

,-(),#)4 E$,# $,% )T8$,',$-+ %/%,)7 $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


U.9U.98D; F"2(7/2+D 3(#2/.$ !$."#/2()%. S#$;P% %)4=$8) ()+)4',-4% E#$8# '4) -1 ' %#6+, ,/;) 

'4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


F33 

C:/=>0EC>7:/ 1/; A==.?92< 

5.3.1 Cells and Filling Plugs 

T#) 8)..% '4) ,- >.0< 

B',,)4/ %/%,)7% 1-4 )+($+)O%,'4,$+( ;64;-%)% 7'/ A3 '+9 QO?OYS9AUA> 1-4 7'$+ )+($+) %,'4,$+( '+9 ,#) 

%,'4,$+( '44'+()7)+, -1 ,#) )7)4()+8/ ()+)4',-4 I$+,)+9)9 1-4 ;'%%)+()4 =)%%).%JC 4)%;)8,$=)./A 

> #L-+*K

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


S.V.98$; b"## !$2")- /-, Q/)2=$, G+%2)+H"2+(- 1E%2$7. F-4 4)56$4)7)+,% 8-=)4$+( #6.. 4),64+ 

%/%,)7 '+9 )'4,#)9 9$%,4$A3 '+9 QO?O2S>A?C 4)%;)8,$=)./ 

S.V.98'; Q/)2=+-.. F-4 4)56$4)7)+,% 8-=)4$+( )'4,#$+( 8-++)8,$-+%C %)) QO?O3S>A 

S.V.98.; N-%2/##/2+(-. F-4 4)56$4)7)+,% 8-=)4$+( $+%,'..',$-+C %)) QO?O3S3A9 1-4 %E$,8#

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


#3# D7.2.C>07C S>0./W>6 :O I/=E21>7:/ (1997) 

T#) 9$).)8,4$8 %,4)+(,# -1 ,#) $+%6.',$-+ $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


#3,, BE= B10=a ^707/W 1/; C:/>1C>= 

7.11.1 Design 

C-;;)4

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


#3,3 C:/>0:2 1/; L0:>.C>7J. D.J7C.= 

7.13.1 Circuit-disconnecting Devices 

S.VU.V8/; 1E%2$7% QRD$$,+-. :: 3(#2%. D$%,4$

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


7.15.3 Equalizer Circuit for Direct-current (DC) Generators 

S.V:.U8/; QC"/#+a$) Y/+- 0+)D"+2. T#) 8644)+, 4',$+( -1 ,#) )56'.$\)4 7'$+ 8$486$, 1-4 9$4)8,O 

8644)+, IDCJ ()+)4',-4% $% +-, ,- AU ,- QO?OQS>AU3C '% ';;.$8'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


7.19.1 Definitions (2008) 

4-+-2$))"K2+H#$ L(\$) 1E%2$7 84L1; g A 8-7

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


7.19.5 Location (2008) 

S.V5.:8/;

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


@ 

F,.0182,=),1 

93, G./.012 

9.1.1 Applications (2004) 

A.. ,4'+%1-47)4% E#$8# %)4=) 1-4 )%%)+,$'. -4 )7)4()+8/ ).)8,4$8'. %6;;./ '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


9.5.4 Prevention of the Accumulation of Moisture (2002) 

T4'+%1-47)4% -1 U0 3gAS;#'%) '+9 -=)4 '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


,,3F 

S.?7C:/;EC>:0 C:/J.0>.0= 


T#) 4)56$4)7)+,% $+ ,#$% S6

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


N),E-43 8'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


13.1.5 Armor for Single-conductor Cables 

T#) '47-4 $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


TABLE , 

F1C>:0< T.=> SC6.;E2. O:0 G./.01>:0= 1/; B:>:0= ' ,00 X^ P,3F 68R 

[S.. AMFMA\3333,P1R] (2003) 

M$%2% 

F0 .$-$)/2()% F0 7(2()% G0 7/D=+-$% 

MEK$ 

2$%2 8V; 

!("2+-$ 

2$%2 89; 

MEK$ 

2$%2 8V; 

!("2+-$ 

2$%2 89; 

MEK$ 

2$%2 8V; 

U g$%6'. $+%;)8,$-+A T T T T T T 

2 I+%6.',$-+ 4)%$%,'+8) 7)'%64)7)+,A T T T T T T 

3 @$+9$+( 4)%$%,'+8) 7)'%64)7)+,A T T T T T T 

Q 

8966U; g)4$1$8',$-+ -1 =-.,'() 

4)(6.',$-+ %/%,)7A 

? R',)9 .-'9 ,)%, '+9 ,)7;)4',64) 4$%) 

7)'%64)7)+,A 

T 

T I3J 

T T T 

Y 8966U; O=)4.-'9S-=)4O8644)+, ,)%,A T T IQJ T T IQJ T T IQJ 

> g)4$1$8',$-+ -1 %,)'9/ %#-4, 8$486$, 

8-+9$,$-+A I?J 

T 

c 8966U; O=)4O%;))9 ,)%,A T T T IYJ T IYJ T IYJ T IYJ 

9 D$).)8,4$8 %,4)+(,# ,)%,A T T T T T T 

U0 R6++$+( J T T T T T T 

UU g)4$1$8',$-+ -1 9)(4)) -1 ;4-,)8,$-+A T T T 

U2 B)'4$+( 8#)83 '1,)4 ,)%,A T T T T T T 

U3 A$4 ('; 7)'%64)7)+,A T T T T 

UQ C-776,',$-+ 8#)83A T 

! 

?(2$% 

!("2+-$ 

2$%2 89; 

U 

T/;) ,)%,% ';;./ ,- ;4-,-,/;) 7'8#$+)% -4 ,- ', .)'%, ,#) 1$4%, -1 ' 6 T.=> O:0 R:>1>7/W B1C67/.= [S.. AMFMA\339] 

N2$7 Y/D=+-$ () L/)2 M$%2 3(#2/.$ 8F0 ).7.%.; 

U I+%6.',)9 E$+9$+(% -1 4-,',)9 7'8#$+)% #'=$+( 4',)9 -6,;6, 

.)%% ,#'+ U 3gAC '+9 -1 4',)9 =-.,'() .)%% ,#'+ U00 g E$,# ,#) 

)T8);,$-+ -1 ,#-%) $+ $,)7% Q ,- cA 

?00 g h ,E$8) ,#) 4',)9 =-.,'()A 

2 I+%6.',)9 E$+9$+(% -1 4-,',$+( 7'8#$+)% #'=$+( 4',)9 -6,;6, 

.)%% ,#'+ U0C000 3gA E$,# ,#) )T8);,$-+ -1 ,#-%) $+ $,)7% U 

'+9 Q ,- c IS)) N-,) 2JA 

UC000 g h ,E$8) ,#) 4',)9 =-.,'() E$,# 7$+$767 -1 UC?00 g 

IS)) N-,) UJA 

!"# RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS & INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007 3F9

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


3 8V555; I+%6.',)9 E$+9$+(% -1 4-,',$+( 7'8#$+)% #'=$+( 4',)9 UC000 g h ,E$8) ,#) 4',)9 =-.,'()A 

-6,;6, U0C000 3gA -4 7-4)C '+9 -1 4',)9 =-.,'() I%)) N-,) UJ 

6; ,- 2QC000 g E$,# ,#) )T8);,$-+ -1 ,#-%) $+ $,)7% Q ,- c I%)) 

N-,) 2J. 

Q S);'4',)./O)T8$,)9 1$).9 E$+9$+(% -1 DC 7'8#$+)%A UC000 g h ,E$8) ,#) 7'T$767 4',)9 8$486$, =-.,'() E$,# 

7$+$767 -1 UC?00 g IS)) N-,) UJA 

? F$).9 E$+9$+(% -1 %/+8#4-+-6% ()+)4',-4% '+9 %/+8#4-+-6% 

7-,-4%A 

'J F$).9 E$+9$+(% -1 %/+8#4-+-6% ()+)4',-4% T)+ ,$7)% ,#) 4',)9 )T8$,',$-+ =-.,'() E$,# ' 7$+$767 -1 

UC?00 g '+9 ' 7'T$767 -1 3C?00 gA 

Y 

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


U 

'J 

0 90 UU? 

?C000 3@ I-4 3gAJ -4 7-4) E7? 9? U20 

9),)8,-4 

AC E$+9$+(% -1 7'8#$+)% #'=$+( 4',)9 -6,;6, '0 9? UU? 

R)%$%,'+8) p p c0 U00 U2? 

T#)47-7),)4 Q0 ?? Y0 >? 9? 

R)%$%,'+8) ?0 Y? >0 9? UU? 

E70 90 UU? 

9J 

S$+(.)O.'/)4 E$+9$+(% -1 AC '+9 DC 7'8#$+)% E$,# 

)T;-%)9 

?(2$% 

U 

H'(+),$8 8-4)% '+9 '.. %,468,64'. 8-7;-+)+,%C 

E#),#)4 -4 +-, $+ 9$4)8, 8-+,'8, E$,# $+%6.',$-+ 

I)T8.69$+(

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


T#) 4',)9 -6,;6, 

T#) 4',)9 =-.,'() 

T#) 4',)9 8644)+, '+9 ,/;) -1 8644)+, IAC -4 DCJ 

T#) 4',)9 %;))9 I4A;A7AJ -4 %;))9 4'+() 

T#) 8.'%% -1 $+%6.',$-+ -4 ;)47$%%$

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


TABLE F 

F1C>:0< T.=>7/W SC6.;E2. O:0 S`7>C69:10;=a C610W.0=a B:>:0 C:/>0:2 

C./>.0= 1/; C:/>0:22.0= [S.. AMFMA\#333,] 

U 

I+%6.',$-+ 4)%$%,'+8) 7)'%64)7)+,% $+ '88-49'+8) E$,# QO?OQS>A?A 

2 D$).)8,4$8 %,4)+(,# ,)%, $+ '88-49'+8) E$,# QO?OQS>A> '+9 ,#) ,'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


TABLE # 

EDE78?./> 1/; I/=>0E?./>1>7:/ O:0 S`7>C69:10; [S.. AMFMA\#3,F3A] 

N-%2)"7$-2/2+(- /-, 

QC"+K7$-2 F#2$)-/2+-.XD"))$-2 8F0; 1\+2D=H(/), G+)$D2XD"))$-2 8G0; 1\+2D=H(/), 

UA &$.-, L'7; A ;$.-, .'7; 1-4 )'8# ()+)4',-4 8-++)8,)9

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


TABLE # PC:/>7/E.;R 

EDE78?./> 1/; I/=>0E?./>1>7:/ O:0 S`7>C69:10; [S.. AMFMA\#3,F3A] 

?(2$%@ 

U 

T#) %E$,8# -4 .$+3% 7'/ ?_C IUY>_FJ a 

Rc?C jL&E C4-%%O.$+3)9 &-./),#/.)+) c?_C IUc?_FJ a 

Ec?C E&R E,#/.)+) &4-;/.)+) R6

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


TABLE ,0 

B1N7?E? CE00./> C100< O:0 I/=E21>.; C:88.0 

^70.= 1/; C192.= [S.. AMFMA\,33,3,] (1997) 

g'.6)% $+ '7;)4)% 

Q?_C IUU3_FJ A7?0 g '+9 L)%% IAC -4 DCJ 

0(-,"D2() 1+a$ Ve0 MiLQ 9e0 MiLQ UXZe0 MiLQ 

77 9 V6 U 

D+)D 

7+#% 

3^6 

L30eF 

^6f0 

8VZ6fB; 

3S:c 

b$/2 

!$%+%2. 

L30 

S:f0 

8V^SfB; 

!]:c 

j0Q 

600 >3Y c>2 9cU Y2Y >QU c3Q ?U? YU0 Yc> 

1000 YY2 >cQ cc2 ?Y3 YYY >?0 QY3 ?Q9 YU> 

500 Y?Y >>c c>? ??c YYU >QQ Q?9 ?Q? YU3 

950 YQU >Y0 c?Q ?Q? YQY >2Y QQ9 ?32 ?9c 

900 Y20 >3Q c2Y ?2> Y2Q >02 Q3Q ?UQ ?>c 

850 ?9c >09 >9> ?0c Y03 Y>> QU9 Q9Y ??c 

800 ?>Y Yc2 >Y> Q90 ?c0 Y?2 Q03 Q>> ?Q0 

400 ?>U Y>> >YU Qc? ?>? YQ> Q00 Q>Q ?33 

750 ??3 Y?? >3> Q>0 ??> Y2Y 3c> Q?9 ?UY 

700 ?29 Y2c >0Y Q?0 ?3Q Y00 3>0 QQ0 Q9Q 

650 ?0Y ?99 Y>Q Q30 ?09 ?>3 3?Q QU9 Q>2 

600 QcU ?>0 YQU Q09 Qc? ?Q? 33> 399 QQ9 

300 33? Q>> ?Y? Y3Y 2c? Q0? Qc0 ?QU 23? 33Q 39Y QQ? 

550 Q?? ?Q0 Y0> 3c> Q?9 ?UY 3U9 3>c Q2? 

500 Q29 ?09 ?>2 3Y? Q33 QcY 300 3?Y Q00 

240 290 QU? Q92 ??3 2Q> 3?3 QUc Q>0 203 29U 3QQ 3c> 

450 Q02 Q>Y ?3Y 3Q2 Q0? Q?Y 2cU 333 3>? 

400 3>3 QQ2 Q9c 3U> 3>Y Q23 2YU 309 3Q9 

185 2?0 3?3 QUc Q>0 2U3 300 3?? Q00 U>? 2Q> 293 329 

350 3Q3 Q0> Q?c 292 3QY 3c9 2Q0 2c? 32U 

300 3U2 3>0 QUY 2Y? 3U? 3?Q 2Uc 2?9 29U 

150 220 309 3Y> QU2 Uc> 2Y3 3U2 3?0 U?Q 2UY 2?> 2cc 

250 2>c 330 3>U 23Y 2cU 3U? U9? 23U 2Y0 

120 U90 2Y9 3U9 3?9 UY2 229 2>U 30? U33 Ucc 223 2?U 

212 2?U 29> 33? 2U3 2?2 2c? U>Y 20c 23? 

95 UY? 232 2>Y 3U0 UQ0 U9> 23? 2YQ UUY UY2 U93 2U> 

168 2U> 2?> 2c9 UcQ 2Uc 2QY U?2 Uc0 202 

70 U3? U92 22c 2?Y UU? UY3 U9Q 2Uc 9? U3Q UY0 U>9 

133 Ucc 222 2?0 UY0 Uc9 2U3 U32 U?? U>? 

106 UY3 U93 2U> U39 UYQ UcQ UUQ U3? U?2 

50 U0? U?Y UcQ 20c c9 U33 U?Y U>> >Q U09 U29 UQY 

83.7 UQ0 UYY Uc> UU9 UQU U?9 9c UUY U3U 

35 c> U2? UQc UYY >Q U0Y U2Y UQU YU cc U0Q UUY 

66.4 U2U UQQ UY2 U03 U22 U3c c? U0U UU3 

52.6 U0? U2Q UQ0 c9 U0? UU9 >Q c> 9c 

25 >U U0U U20 U3? Y0 cY U02 UU? ?0 >U cQ 9? 

41.7 9U U0c U2U >> 92 U03 YQ >Y c? 

33.1 >9 93 U0? Y> >9 c9 ?? Y? >Q 

3HH !"# RULES FOR BUILDING AND CLASSING STEEL VESSELS FOR SERVICE ON RIVERS & INTRACOASTAL WATERWAYS . 2007

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


TABLE ,0 PC:/>7/E.;R 

B1N7?E? CE00./> C100< O:0 I/=E21>.; C:88.0 

^70.= 1/; C192.= [S.. AMFMA\,33,3,] (1997) 

16 ?Q >Y 9U U02 QY Y? >> c> 3c ?3 YQ >U 

26.3 Yc cU 9U ?c Y9 >> Qc ?> YQ 

20.8 ?9 >0 >c ?0 Y0 YY QU Q9 ?? 

10 Q0 ?> Y> >Y 3Q Qc ?> Y? 2c Q0 Q> ?3 

16.5 ?U Y0 Yc Q3 ?U ?c 3Y Q2 Qc 

6 29 QU Q9 ?? 2? 3? Q2 Q> 20 29 3Q 39 

10.4 3c Q? ?U 32 3c Q3 2> 32 3Y 

4 22 32 3c Q3 U9 2> 32 3> U? 22 2> 30 

6.53 2c 3Q 3c 2Q 29 32 20 2Q 2> 

2.5 U> 2Q 2c 32 UQ 20 2Q 2> U2 U> 20 22 

4.11 2U 2? 32 Uc 2U 2> U? Uc 22 

1.5 U2 U> 2U 2Y U0 UQ Uc 22 c U2 U? Uc 

1.25 U? Uc 23 U3 U? 20 UU U3 UY 

1.0 c U3 UY 20 > UU UQ U> Y 9 UU UQ 

?(2$%@ 

U T#) ='.6)% ($=)+ '

T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R T S e c t i o n 5 . S p e c i a l i z e d I n s t a l l a t i o n s 

$ 

C H A P T E R & '()*+,-*.( /01+.((.+-201 

S E C T I O N & #5)*-.(-Q): /01+.((.+-201 

3 O-BK A2(+.B) #?1+)=1 

,3, G./.012 

1.1.1 Application (2003) 

T#) 1-..-E$+( 4)56$4)7)+,% $+ ,#$% S6

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

,33 S.? D.=7W/ 

1.3.1 Selective Coordination 

S).)8,$=) 8--49$+',$-+ $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

1.5.2 Number of External Sources of Stored Energy 

@#)4) ,#) %,-4)9 )+)4(/ $% %6;;.$)9 14-7 ' %-648) )T,)4+'. ,- ,#) 8$486$,C %68# %6;;./ $% ,- .C>7:/ 

1.7.1 Protection of Generator (2003) 

&4-,)8,$-+ '('$+%, ;#'%)O,-O;#'%) 1'6., $+ ,#) 8'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

1.7.3 Voltage Transformers for Control and Instrumentation (2003) 

g-.,'() ,4'+%1-47)4% '4) ,- 

1.9.1 Degree of Protection 

T#) 9)(4)) -1 )56$;7)+, ;4-,)8,$-+ $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

V.5.U8,; M$)7+-/2+(- /-, 1K#+D$% 8966U;. T)47$+',$-+% $+ '.. 8-+968,-4% -1 #$(# =-.,'() 

8'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

1.11.2 Switchgear and Control-gear Assemblies 

SE$,8#()'4 '+9 8-+,4-. ()'4 '%%)7

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

D4/ ,/;) ,4'+%1-47)4% '4) ,- 8-7;./ E$,# ,#) ';;.$8'Y S)4$)%A 

O$.O$77)4%)9 ,4'+%1-47)4% '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

6 ",-:B) I20+,2( 28 9,25;(1-20 E.*K-0),? 

33, C:/>0:2 C1819727>< 

U+9)4 '.. %'$.$+( 8-+9$,$-+%C $+8.69$+( 7'+)6=)4$+(C ,#) %;))9C 9$4)8,$-+ -1 ,#46%, '+9C $1 ';;.$8'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

5.1.2 Plans and Data to be Submitted 

I+ '99$,$-+ ,- ,#) ;.'+% '+9 9',' ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

5.3.4 Regenerative Power 

F-4 %/%,)7% E#)4) 4)()+)4',$=) ;-E)4 7'/ AQI)JA 

5.3.5 Harmonics 

A #'47-+$8 9$%,-4,$-+ 8'.86.',$-+ $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

:.:.98H; B+$#, 0+)D"+2%. F$).9 8$486$,% '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

:.S.:8D; 1=()2XD+)D"+2 L)(2$D2+(-. F6%)% '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

F3,, 

E2.C>07C L0:8E2=7:/ C:/>0:2 


F'$.64) -1 ' 8-+,4-. %$(+'. $% +-, ,- 8'6%) '+ )T8)%%$=) $+84)'%) $+ ;4-;)..)4 %;))9A T#) 4)1)4)+8) 

='.6) ,4'+%7$,,)4% $+ ,#) 8-+,4-. %,',$-+% '+9 ,#) 8-+,4-. )56$;7)+, '4) ,- 7:/ 

5.13.1 Indication, Display and Alarms 

T#) +)8)%%'4/ $+%,467)+,% ,- $+9$8',) )T$%,$+( 8-+9$,$-+% ', '.. ,$7)% '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

:.VU.V8/; B() F0 1E%2$7% 8V55S;. A77),)4C =-.,7),)4C $+9$8',$+( E',,7),)4 '+9 1$).9 

'77),)4 IaJ 1-4 )'8# ;4-;6.%$-+ ()+)4',-4 '+9 1-4 )'8# %/+8#4-+-6% 7-,-4A 

:.VU.V8H; B() G0 1E%2$7%. A+ '77),)4 1-4 )'8# 7'$+ 8$486$, '+9 -+) -4 7-4) =-.,7),)4% 

E$,# %).)8,-4 %E$,8#)% 1-4 4)'9$+( =-.,'() -+ )'8# ;4-;6.%$-+ ()+)4',-4 '+9 7-,-4A 

:.VU.V8D; B() Q#$D2)+D 1#+K 0("K#+-.%. A+ '77),)4 1-4 ,#) 8-6;.$+( )T8$,',$-+ 8$486$,A 

a F$).9 '77),)4 $% +-, 4)56$4)9 1-4 7:/ 1/; A001/W.?./> 


T#) '44'+()7)+, -1

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

F3,# 

B1C67/.0< 1/; EDE78?./> 

5.17.1 Material Tests 

T#) 1-..-E$+( 7',)4$'.% $+,)+9)9 1-4 7'$+ ;4-;6.%$-+ $+%,'..',$-+ '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

:.VS.:8H; B+)$X$R2+-."+%=+-. 1E%2$7%. E.)8,4$8 4-,',$+( 7'8#$+)% 1-4 ;4-;6.%$-+ E#$8# '4) 

)+8.-%)9 -4 $+ E#$8# ,#) '$4 ('; $% +-, 9$4)8,./ )T;-%)9 '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

:.VS.]8'; ?/7$K#/2$%. N'7);.',)% -1 8-44-%$-+O4)%$%,'+, 7',)4$'. '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

5.17.11 Switches 

:.VS.VV8/; [$-$)/# G$%+.-. A.. %E$,8#)% '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ F S8.C7127G.; I/=>1221>7:/= AMFMF 

#33 N.E>012 E10>67/W 

7.3.1 Main Switchboard 

T#) +)6,4'. -1 ,#4))OE$4) 96'.O=-.,'() 9$4)8,O8644)+, %/%,)7% $% ,-

T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R T S e c t i o n 6 . S p e c i a l i z e d V e s s e l s a n d S e r v i c e s 

$ 

C H A P T E R & '()*+,-*.( /01+.((.+-201 

S E C T I O N W #5)*-.(-Q): A)11)(1 .0: #),J-*)1 

3 T-( I.,,-),1 

,3, A8827C1>7:/ 

I+ '99$,$-+ ,- ,#) 1-4)(-$+( 4)56$4)7)+,% -1 ,#$% S)8,$-+C ,#) 1-..-E$+( 4)56$4)7)+,% '4) ';;.$8'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 

S.C>7:/ H S8.C7127G.; I.==.2= 1/; S.0J7C.= AMFMH 

A+; 

E+8.-%)9 -4 %)7$O)+8.-%)9 %;'8)%C $77)9$',)./ '

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


V.S.U8/; V6.. 1$,,$+(% 8-+,'$+$+( ,)47$+'.% -4 %#)..O;.',$+( ;)+),4',$-+% '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


1.9.3 Lighting (2002) 

V.5.U8/;

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


3.5.2 Internal Combustion Engines in Hazardous Area 

@#)4) )%%)+,$'. 1-4 -;)4',$-+'. ;64;-%)%C ,#) $+%,'..',$-+ -1 $+,)4+'. 8-7

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


5.3.2 Capacity 

A+ )11)8,$=) ;-E)4 =)+,$.',$-+ %/%,)7C %611$8$)+, ,- ($=) ', .)'%, %$T '$4 8#'+()% ;)4 #-64 

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


@ 

9.11)0B), A)11)(1 

I+ '99$,$-+ ,- ,#) 1-4)(-$+( 4)56$4)7)+,% $+ ,#$% S)8,$-+C ;'%%)+()4 =)%%).% #'=$+( ' (4-%% ,-++'() 

-=)4 U00 ,-+% '4) ,- 8-7;./ E$,# ,#) 4)56$4)7)+,% $+ ,#$% S6

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


9.1.2 Emergency Services 

5.V.98/; [$-$)/#. T#) ).)8,4$8'. ;-E)4 '='$.'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


9.1.3 Power Supply 

5.V.U8/; [$-$)/#. T#) )7)4()+8/ %-648) -1 ).)8,4$8'. ;-E)4 7'/

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


9.1.5 Emergency Switchboard 

5.V.:8/; [$-$)/#. T#) )7)4()+8/ %E$,8#

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


+++; A.. -1 ,#)%) %,'4,$+(C 8#'4($+( '+9 )+)4(/ %,-4$+( 9)=$8)% '4) ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


939 B1/E122< O8.01>.; A210?= 

9.9.1 General Emergency Alarm System (2009) 

5.5.V8/; T#) ()+)4'. )7)4()+8/ '.'47 %/%,)7 $% ,-

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


A+++; &6

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


FIGURE , 

C192.= `7>67/ S7W6 F70. R7=X A0.1= (2008) 

O,#)4 '4)' V$(# 1$4) 4$%3 '4)' O,#)4 '4)' 

EG 

ESB 

DB 

E.)8,4$8'. 8-+%67)4% 

DB 

F$4) 4)%$%,'+, 8'

L10> A I.==.2 S.?= 1/; B1C67/.0< 

C618>.0 F E2.C>07C12 I/=>1221>7:/= 


TABLE , 

E2.C>07C12 EDE78?./> 7/ S1G10;:E= A0.1= O:0 O72 C1007.0= [S.. AMFMH\,3#3,] 

b/a/),("% F)$/ 

C'4(- ,'+3% '+9 8'4(- ;$;$+( '% 9)1$+)9

T#$% &'() I+,)+,$-+'../ L)1, B.'+3

P A R $ P a r t 7 * S u r v e y A f t e r C o n s t r u c t i o n 

$ 

S&'()* A+,)' C./0,'&1,2./ 

!"# %&'#(#&'#&) *++,-#). /01 Rules for Survey After Construction (Part 7) %2 )+ *# 3#4#33#' )+. !"%2 

*++,-#) 5+&2%2)2 +4 )"# 4+--+6%&7 8"9()#32: 

CHAPTER 1 

CHAPTER 2 

CHAPTER 3 

CHAPTER 4 

CHAPTER 5 

CHAPTER 6 

CHAPTER 7 

CHAPTER 8 

CHAPTER 9 

CHAPTER 10 

CHAPTER 11 

CHAPTER 12 

APPENDIW 

Conditions for Survey After Construction 

Survey Intervals 

Hull Surveys 

Drydocking Surveys 

Tailshaft Surveys 

Machinery Surveys 

Boiler Surveys 

Shipboard Automatic and Remote-control Systems 

Survey Requirements for Additional Systems and Services 

Steel Floating Drydocks 

Underwater Vehicles, Systems and Hyperbaric Facilities 

Offshore Racing Yachts and Sailing Yachts 

ABS "#$%& '(" )#*$+*,- .,+ /$.&&*,- &0%%$ 1%&&%$& '(" &%"1*/% (, "*1%"& 2 *,0"./(.&0.$ 3.0%"3.4& . 5667 405

!"%2 ;97# #4) 0-9&,

Appendix 1 

Comparison of the Numbering System 

of the 1997 Rules vs. 2007 Rules

Comparison of the Numbering System of the 1997 Rules vs. the 2007 Rules 

!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

Part 1 Classification, Testing and Surveys 

Section 1 Scope and Conditions of Classification 

1/1.1.1 Process 1-1-1/1 

1/1.1.2 Certificates and Reports 1-1-1/3 

1/1.1.3 Representation as to Classification 1-1-1/5 

1/1.1.4 Scope of Classification 1-1-1/7 

1/1.2 Suspension and Cancellation of Classification 1-1-2 

1/1.2.1 Termination of Classification 1-1-2/1 

1/1.2.2 Notice of Surveys 1-1-2/3 

1/1.2.3 Special Notations 1-1-2/5 

1/1.2.4 Suspension of Class 1-1-2/7 

1/1.2.4a --- 1-1-2/7.1 

1/1.2.4b --- 1-1-2/7.3 

1/1.2.4c --- 1-1-2/7.5 

1/1.2.4c1 --- 1-1-2/7.5i) 

1/1.2.4c2 --- 1-1-2/7.5ii) 

1/1.2.4c3 --- 1-1-2/7.5iii) 

1/1.2.4c4 --- 1-1-2/7.5iv) 

1/1.2.4d --- 1-1-2/7.7 

1/1.2.4e --- 1-1-2/7.9 

1/1.2.4e1 --- 1-1-2/7.9i) 

1/1.2.4e2 --- 1-1-2/7.9ii) 

1/1.2.4e3 --- 1-1-2/7.9iii) 

1/1.2.4f --- 1-1-2/7.11 

1/1.2.4g --- 1-1-2/7.13 

1/1.2.4g1 --- 1-1-2/7.13i) 

1/1.2.4g2 --- 1-1-2/7.13ii) 

1/1.2.4g3 --- 1-1-2/7.13iii) 

1/1.2.5 Lifting of Suspension 1-1-2/9 

1/1.2.5a --- 1-1-2/9.1 

1/1.2.5b --- 1-1-2/9.3 

1/1.2.5c --- 1-1-2/9.5 

1/1.2.6 Cancellation of Class 1-1-2/11 

1/1.2.6a --- 1-1-2/11.1 

1/1.2.6b --- 1-1-2/11.3 

1/1.3 Classification Symbols 1-1-3 

1/1.3.1 River Service 1-1-3/1 

1/1.3.2 Special Rules 1-1-3/3 

1/1.3.3 Special Purpose Vessels 1-1-3/5 

1/1.3.4 Vessels Not Built Under Survey 1-1-3/7 

1/1.3.5 ! AMS Symbols 1-1-3/9 

1/1.3.6 AMS Symbols 1-1-3/11 

1/1.5 Rules for Classification 1-1-4 

1/1.5.1 Application of Rules 1-1-4/1 

1/1.5.2 Alternatives 1-1-4/7 

1/1.5.2a General 1-1-4/7.1 

1/1.5.2b National Regulations 1-1-4/7.3 

1/1.5.2c Other Rules 1-1-4/7.5 

1/1.5.2d ABS Type Approval Program 1-1-4/7.7 

1/1.5.2d1 Type Approval 1-1-4.7.7.1 

1/1.5.2d2 Unit-Certification 1-1-4/7.7.2 

1/1.5.2d2a --- 1-1-4/7.7.2i) 

1/1.5.2d2b --- 1-1-4/7.7.2ii) 

1/1.5.2d2c --- 1-1-4/7.7.2iii) 

1/1.5.2d2d --- 1-1-4/7.7.2iv) 

1/1.5.2d2e --- 1-1-4/7.7.2v) 

1/1.5.2d3 Product Type Approval 1-1-4/7.7.3 

1/1.5.2d4 Approval on Behalf of Administrations 1-1-4/7.7.4 

1/1.5.2d5 Applicable Uses of Type Approved Products 1-1-4/7.7.5 

1/1.5.2d5a --- 1-1-4/7.7.5i) 

1/1.5.2d5b --- 1-1-4/7.7.5ii) 

1/1.5.2d6 Definitions 1-1-4/7.7.6 

1/1.5.2d7 The Terms and Conditions for the use of the ABS Type Approved Product Logo 1-1-4/7.7.7 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

1/1.5.2d7a --- 1-1-4/7.7.7i) 

1/1.5.2d7b --- 1-1-4/7.7.7ii) 

1/1.5.2d7c --- 1-1-4/7.7.7iii) 

1/1.5.2d7d --- 1-1-4/7.7.7iv) 

1/1.5.2d7e --- 1-1-4/7.7.7v) 

1/1.5.2d7f --- 1-1-4/7.7.7vi) 

1/1.5.2d7g --- 1-1-4/7.7.7vii) 

1/1.5.2d7h --- 1-1-4/7.7.7viii) 

1/1.5.2d7i --- 1-1-4/7.7.7ix) 

1/1.5.3 Novel Features 1-1-4/5 

1/1.5.4 Effective Date of Rule Change 1-1-4/3 

1/1.5.4a Six Month Rule 1-1-4/3.1 

1/1.5.4b Implementation of Rule Changes 1-1-4/3.3 

1/1.7 Other Regulations 1-1-5 

1/1.7.1 General 1-1-5/1 

1/1.7.2 Governmental Regulations 1-1-5/3 

1/1.7.3 Carriage of Liquefied Gases 1-1-5/5 

1/1.9 Submission of Plans 1-1-7 

1/1.9.1 Hull Plans 1-1-7/1 

1/1.9.2 Machinery Plans 1-1-7/3 

1/1.9.3 Additional Plans 1-1-7/5 

1/1.11 Conditions for Surveys After Construction 1-1-8 

1/1.11.1 Damage, Failure and Repair 1-1-8/1 

1/1.11.1a Examination and Repair 1-1-8/1.1 

1/1.11.1b Repairs 1-1-8/1.3 

1/1.11.1c Representation 1-1-8/1.5 

1/1.11.2 Notification and Availability for Survey 1-1-8/3 

1/1.11.3 Attendance at Port State Request 1-1-8/5 

1/1.13 Fees 1-1-9 

1/1.15 Disagreement 1-1-10 

1/1.15.1 Rules 1-1-10/1 

1/1.15.2 Surveyors 1-1-10/3 

1/1.17 Limitation of Liability 1-1-11 


Section 2 Testing and Trials During Construction F Hull 

1/2.1 Components to be Tested 3-3-1/1 

1/2.1.1 General 3-3-1/1.1 

1/2.1.2 Cargo Tanks 3-3-1/1.3 

1/2.1.3 Other Compartments Intended for Liquids 3-3-1/1.5 

1/2.1.4 Rakes or Peaks 3-3-1/1.7 

1/2.1.5 Double Hull Spaces 3-3-1/1.9 

1/2.1.6 Shell and Decks 3-3-1/1.11 

1/2.3 Testing Details to be Introduced 3-3-1/3 

1/2.3.1 Hydrostatic Testing 3-3-1/3.1 

1/2.3.2 Hose Testing 3-3-1/3.3 

1/2.3.3 Air Testing 3-3-1/3.5 

1/2.5 Bilge System Trials 3-3-2/1 

1/2.7 Steering Trials 3-3-2/3 


Section 3 Surveys After Construction 

Whole Section 

The requirements for \Survey After Construction] in Part 1, Section 3 of the 1997 

edition of the !0,$1 23% 40",5"67 865 9,811"67 :+$$, ;$11$,1 23% :$%#"$,5"67 BC8%+ -D, which now includes consolidated requirements applicable to all 

types and sizes of vessels, barges and specific shipboard arrangements/systems, etc., 

as specified in the Foreword to Part 2. 

New \Generic] 

Part 7 

New \Generic] 

Part 2 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 


Section 1 Definitions 

3/1.1 Length 3-1-1/3 

3/1.1.1 Barges 3-1-1/3.1 

3/1.1.2 Self Propelled Vessels 3-1-1/3.3 

3/1.3 Breadth 3-1-1/5 

3/1.5 Depth 3-1-1/7 

3/1.7 Design Draft 3-1-1/9 

3/1.9 Baseline 3-1-1/11 

3/1.11 Truss 3-1-1/13 

3/1.13 Amdiships 3-1-1/15 

3/1.15 Block Coefficient 3-1-1/17 

3/1.17 Double Ended Rake Barge 3-1-1/19 

3/1.19 Oil 3-1-1/21 

3/1.21 Passenger 3-1-1/23 

3/1.23 Superstructure 3-1-1/25 

3/1.25 Cargo Area 3-1-1/27 

3/1.27 Cargo Pump Room 3-1-1/29 

3/1.29 Units 3-1-1/35 

3/1.31 Weathertight 3-1-1/31 

3/1.33 Gross Tonnage 3-1-1/33 


Section 2 General 

3/2.1 Material 3-1-2/1 

3/2.1.1 Steel 3-1-2/1.1 

3/2.1.2 Aluminum Alloys 3-1-2/1.3 

3/2.1.3 Design Consideration 3-1-2/1.5 

3/2.1.4 Guidance for Repair 3-1-2/1.7 

3/2.1.5 Materials Containing Asbestos 3-1-2/1.9 

3/2.3 Scantlings 3-1-2/3 

3/2.3.1 General 3-1-2/3.1 

3/2.3.2 Workmanship 3-1-2/3.3 

3/2.4 Proportions 3-1-2/5 

3/2.5 Structural Sections 3-1-2/7 

3/2.5.1 Required Section Modulus 3-1-2/7.1 

3/2.5.2 Serrated Sections 3-1-2/7.3 

3/2.7 Structural Design Details 3-1-2/9 

3/2.7.1 General 3-1-2/9.1 

3/2.7.1a --- 3-1-2/9.1.1 

3/2.7.1b --- 3-1-2/9.1.2 

3/2.7.1c --- 3-1-2/9.1.3 

3/2.7.1c1 --- 3-1-2/9.1.3i) 

3/2.7.1c2 --- 3-1-2/9.1.3ii) 

3/2.7.1c3 --- 3-1-2/9.1.3iii) 

3/2.7.1c4 --- 3-1-2/9.1.3iv) 

3/2.7.1d --- 3-1-2/9.1.4 

3/2.7.2 Termination of Structural Members 3-1-2/9.3 


Section 3 Tank Barges 

3/3.1 Application 3-2-1/1 

3/3.2 Classification 3-2-1/3 

3/3.3 Structural Arrangement 3-2-1/5 

3/3.3.1 Between the Rakes 3-2-1/5.1 

3/3.3.1a Framing 3-2-1/5.1.1 

3/3.3.1b Trusses 3-2-1/5.1.2 

3/3.3.1c Bilge and Gunwale Brackets 3-2-1/5.1.3 

3/3.3.2 Rakes 3-2-1/5.3 

3/3.4 Double Skin Construction 3-2-1/5.5 

3/3.5 Longitudinal Strength 3-2-1/7 

3/3.5.1 Definitions 3-2-1/7.1 

3/3.5.1a Limiting Draft 3-2-1/7.1.1 

3/3.5.1b Homogeneous Cargo 3-2-1/7.1.2 

3/3.5.1c Approved Cargo Density 3-2-1/7.1.3 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

3/3.5.2 Loading Conditions 3-2-1/7.3 

3/3.5.2a Normal Condition 3-2-1/7.3.1 

3/5.5.2b High Density Cargo Condition 3-2-1/7.3.2 

3/3.5.3 Loading/Unloading Sequences and Bending Moment Calculations 3-2-1/7.5 

3/3.5.3a Loading/Unloading Sequences 3-2-1/7.5.1 

3/3.5.3b Bending Moment Calculations 3-2-1/7.5.2 

3/3.5.3b1 --- 3-2-1/7.5.2i) 

3/3.5.3b2 --- 3-2-1/7.5.2ii) 

3/3.5.3b3 --- 3-2-1/7.5.2iii) 

3/3.5.4 Hull Girder Section Modulus 3-2-1/7.7 

3/3.5.5 Items Included in the Section Modulus Calculation 3-2-1/7.9 

3/3.6 Deck and Trunk Plating 3-2-1/9 


3/3.6.1a Minimum Thickness 3-2-1/9.1.1 

3/3.6.1b Thickness for Compression 3-2-1/9.1.2 

3/3.6.2 Rake Decks 3-2-1/9.3 

3/3.7 Frames 3-2-1/11 

3/3.9 Trusses 3-2-1/13 

3/3.9.1 Top and Bottom Chords 3-2-1/13.1 

3/3.9.2 Stanchions 3-2-1/13.3 

3/3.9.2a Permissible Load 3-2-1/13.3.1 

3/3.9.2b Calculated Load 3-2-1/13.3.2 

3/3.9.3 Diagonals 3-2-1/13.5 

3/3.11 Web Frames, Girders and Stringers 3-2-1/15 

3/3.12 Tank Head for Scantlings 3-2-1/17 

3/3.12.1 Pressure Setting 0.12 kgf/cm 2 (1.7 psi) or Less 3-2-1/17.1 

3/3.12.2 Pressure Setting Over 0.12 kgf/cm 2 (1.7 psi) 3-2-1/17.3 

3/3.13 Bulkheads 3-2-1/19 

3/3.13.1 Arrangement 3-2-1/19.1 

3/3.13.1a Subdivision 3-2-1/19.1.1 

3/3.13.1b Cofferdams 3-2-1/19.1.2 

3/3.13.1c Pump Rooms 3-2-1/19.1.3 

3/3.13.2 Construction of Tank Boundary Bulkheads 3-2-1/19.3 

3/3.13.2a Plating 3-2-1/19.3.1 

3/3.13.2b Stiffening 3-2-1/19.3.2 

3/3.13.2c Drainage and Air Escape 3-2-1/19.3.3 

3/3.13.3 Construction Of Other Watertight Bulkheads 3-2-1/19.5 

3/3.13.3a Plating 3-2-1/19.5.1 

3/3.13.3b Stiffening 3-2-1/19.5.2 

3/3.15 Shell Plating 3-2-1/21 

3/3.15.1 Bottom Shell 3-2-1/21.1 

3/3.15.2 Side Shell 3-2-1/21.3 

3/3.15.3 Bilge Plating 3-2-1/21.5 

3/3.15.4 5Bilge Plating 3-2-1/21.5 

3/3.15.5 Bilge Plating 3-2-1/21.5 

3/3.17 Hatches and Fittings 3-2-1/23 

3/3.17.1 Hatchways 3-2-1/23.1 

3/3.17.2 Deck Fittings 3-2-1/23.3 

3/3.19 Barge Reinforcement 3-2-1/25 

3/3.19.1 General 3-2-1/25.1 

3/3.19.2 Reinforcement 3-2-1/25.3 

Table 3/3.2 Brackets 3-2-1/Table 1 

Figure 3/3.1 Bilge Bracket 3-2-1/Figure 1 

Figure 3/3.2 Intermediate Bilge Bracket 3-2-1/Figure 2 

Figure 3/3.3 Alternative Arrangement 3-2-1/Figure 3 

Figure 3/3.4 Gunwale Bracket 3-2-1/Figure 4 

Figure 3/3.5 Tank Barge 3-2-1/Figure 5 



Figure 3/3.8 Double-Skin Tank Barge 3-2-1/Figure 8 

Figure 3/3.8a Trunk Top Beam End Connection 3-2-1/Figure 8A 


Figure 3/3.9a Trunk Top Transverse End Connection 3-2-1/Figure 9A 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 


Figure 3/3.11 Rake Framing 3-2-1/Figure 11 


Section 4 Dry Cargo Barges 




3/4.3.1a Framing 3-2-2/3.1.1 

3/4.3.1b Trusses 3-2-2/3.1.2 

3/4.3.1c Bilge and Gunwale Brackets 3-2-2/3.1.3 

3/4.3.2 Rakes 3-2-2/3.3 


3/4.4.1 Section Modulus 3-2-2/5.1 

3/4.4.2 Section Modulus with Continuous Coaming 3-2-2/5.3 

3/4.5 Deck Plating 3-2-2/7 

3/4.5.1 Minimum Thickness 3-2-2/7.1 


3/4.5.3 Watertight Decks 3-2-2/7.5 

3/4.5.4 Cargo Decks 3-2-2/7.7 

3/4.5.5 Wheel Loaded Strength Decks 3-2-2/7.9 

3/4.7 Frames 3-2-2/9 

3/4.9 Trusses 3-2-2/11 

3/4.9.1 Top and Bottom Chords 3-2-2/11.1 

3/4.9.2 Stanchions 3-2-2/11.3 

3/4.9.2a Permissible Load 3-2-2/11.3.1 

3/4.9.2b Calculated Load 3-2-2/11.3.2 

3/4.9.3 Diagonals 3-2-2/11.5 


3/4.13 Bulkheads 3-2-2/15 


3/4.13.1a Plating 3-2-2/15.1.1 

3/4.13.1b Stiffening 3-2-2/15.1.2 

3/4.13.2 Construction of Other Watertight Bulkheads 3-2-2/15.3 

3/4.13.2a Plating 3-2-2/15.3.1 

3/4.13.2b Stiffening 3-2-2/15.3.2 


3/4.15.1 Bottom Shell 3-2-2/17.1 

3/4.15.2 Side Shell 3-2-2/17.3 

3/4.15.3 Bilge Plating 3-2-2/17.5 

3/4.15.4 Bilge Angles 3-2-2/17.7 

3/4.17 Inner Bottoms, Hatches and Fittings 3-2-2/19 

3/4.17.1 Inner Bottom Plating 3-2-2/19.1 

3/4.17.1a Inner Bottom Plating on which Cargo is to be Carried 3-2-2/19.1.1 

3/4.17.1b Inner Bottom Under Wheel Loading 3-2-2/19.1.2 

3/4.17.2 Hatchways 3-2-2/19.3 

3/4.17.3 Hatch Covers 3-2-2/19.5 

3/4.17.3a Within Closed Deck Houses 3-2-2/19.5.1 

3/4.17.3b On Weather Decks 3-2-2/19.5..32 

3/4.17.3b Under Wheel Loading 3-2-2/19.5 

3/4.17.4 Continuous Longitudinal Hatch Coamings 3-2-2/19.7 

3/4.17.5 Deck Fittings 3-2-2/19.9 

3/4.17.6 Cargo Boxes 3-2-2/19.11 

3/4.19 Barge Reinforcement 3-2-2/21 

3/4.19.1 General 3-2-2/21.1 

3/4.19.2 Reinforcement 3-2-2/21.3 

Figure 3/4.1 Bilge Bracket 3-2-2/Figure 1 

Figure 3/4.2 Intermediate Bilge Bracket 3-2-2/Figure 2 

Figure 3/4.3 Alternative Arrangement 3-2-2/Figure 3 

Figure 3/4.3a Alternative Channel Construction at Bilge 3-2-2/Figure 4 

Figure 3/4.4 Deck Barge 3-2-2/Figure 5 



Figure 3/4.7 Hopper Barge 3-2-2/Figure 8 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

Figure 3/4.8 Hopper Barge 3-2-2/Figure 9 

Figure 3/4.9 Double-Skin Hopper Barge 3-2-2/Figure 10 

Figure 3/4.10 Double-Skin Hopper Barge with Deck House 3-2-2/Figure 11 

Figure 3/4.11 Double-Skin Hopper Barge 3-2-2/Figure 12 

Figure 3/4.12 Wheel Loading Curves of F 3-2-2/Figure 13 


Section 5 Barges Intended to Carry Dangerous Chemical Cargoes in Bulk 



3/5.5 Submission of Data 3-2-3/5 

3/5.7 Type I and Type II Barges with Integral Tanks 3-2-3/7 

3/5.7.1 Definitions 3-2-3/7.1 

3/5.7.1a Type I Barge Hull 3-2-3/7.1.1 

3/5.7.1b Type II Barge Hull 3-2-3/7.1.2 

3/5.7.1c Limiting Draft 3-2-3/7.1.3 

3/5.7.2 Tank Arrangement 3-2-3/7.3 

3/5.7.2a Collision Protection 3-2-3/7.3.1 

3/5.7.2b Access Opening 3-2-3/7.3.2 

3/5.7.3 Longitudinal Strength 3-2-3/7.5 

3/5.7.3a Loading Conditions 3-2-3/7.5.1 

3/5.7.3a1 Normal and High Density Cargo Conditions 3-2-3/7.5.1(a) 

3/5.7.3a2 Grounding Conditions 3-2-3/7.5.1(b) 

3/5.7.3b Hull Girder Bending Moment 3-2-3/7.5.2 

3/5.7.3b1 Normal Conditions 3-2-3/7.5.2(a) 

3/5.7.3b2 High Density and Grounding Conditions 3-2-3/7.5.2(b) 

3/5.7.3c Criterion 3-2-3/7.5.3 

3/5.7.3c1 Normal and High Density Cargo Conditions 3-2-3/7.5.3(a) 

3/5.7.3c2 Grounding Conditions 3-2-3/7.5.3(b) 

3/5.7.4 Deck/Trunk Top Transverse 3-2-3/7.7 

3/5.7.5 Transverse Beams 3-2-3/7.9 


Section 6 Towboats 



3/6.3.1 Framing 3-2-4/3.1 

3/6.3.2 Longitudinal Webs 3-2-4/3.3 



3/6.5.1 Strength Decks 3-2-4/7.1 

3/6.5.2 Other Locations 3-2-4/7.3 

3/6.7 Frames 3-2-4/9 

3/6.7.1 Bottom Longitudinals 3-2-4/9.1 

3/6.7.2 Side and Deck Framing 3-2-4/9.3 

3/6.7.3 Framing in Tunnels 3-2-4/9.5 

3/6.9 Stanchions 3-2-4/11 

3/6.9.1 Permissible Load 3-2-4/11.1 

3/6.9.2 Calculated Load 3-2-4/11.3 


3/6.13 Bulkheads 3-2-4/15 

3/6.13.1 Arrangement 3-2-4/15.1 


3/6.13.2a Plating 3-2-4/15.3.1 

3/6.13.2b Stiffening 3-2-4/15.3.2 


3/6.13.3a Plating 3-2-4/15.5.1 

3/6.13.3b Stiffening 3-2-4/15.5.2 


3/6.15.1 Bottom Shell 3-2-4/17.1 

3/6.15.2 Side Shell 3-2-4/17.3 

3/6.15.3 Bilge and Tunnel Plating 3-2-4/17.5 

3/6.15.4 Bilge Angles 3-2-4/17.7 

3/6.17 Deckhouses 3-2-4/19 

3/6.17.1 Scantlings 3-2-4/19.1 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

3/6.17.2 Sill Height 3-2-4/19.3 

3/6.19 Keels, Stems and Sternframes 3-2-4/21 

3/6.19.1 Bar Keels 3-2-4/21.1 

3/6.19.2 Flat Plate Keels 3-2-4/21.3 

3/6.19.3 Bar Stems 3-2-4/21.5 

3/6.19.4 Sternposts 3-2-4/21.7 

3/6.19.5 Sternframes 3-2-4/21.9 

3/6.19.5a Inner Posts 3-2-4/21.9.1 

3/6.19.5b Outer Posts 3-2-4/21.9.2 

3/6.19.5c Shoepiece 3-2-4/21.9.3 

3/6.21 Rudders 3-2-4/23 

3/6.21.1 Materials 3-2-4/23.1 

3/6.21.2 Application 3-2-4/23.3 

3/6.21.3 Rudder Stocks 3-2-4/23.5 

3/6.21.3a Upper Stocks 3-2-4/23.5.1 

3/6.21.3b Lower Stocks 3-2-4/23.5.2 

3/6.21.3b1 --- 3-2-4/23.5.2i) 

3/6.21.3b2 --- 3-2-4/23.5.2ii) 

3/6.21.3b3 --- 3-2-4/23.5.2iii) 

3/6.21.5 Rudders 3-2-4/23.7 

3/6.21.7 Couplings 3-2-4/23.9 

Figure 3/6.1 Towboat Framing 3-2-4/Figure 1 


Section 7 Passenger Vessels 


3/7.1.1 Service 3-2-5/1.1 

3/7.1.2 National Regulations 3-2-5/1.3 



3/7.3.1 Framing 3-2-5/5.1 

3/7.3.2 Longitudinal Webs 3-2-5/5.3 


3/7.4.1 Hull Girder Section Modulus 3-2-5/7.1 

3/7.4.2 Hull Girder Moment of Inertia 3-2-5/7.3 

3/7.4.3 Hull Girder Shear Strength 3-2-5/7.5 


3/7.5.1 Strength Decks 3-2-5/9.1 

3/7.5.2 Superstructure Decks 3-2-5/9.3 

3/7.5.3 Wheel Loaded Decks 3-2-5/9.5 

3/7.5.4 Other Locations 3-2-5/9.7 

3/7.7 Frames 3-2-5/11 

3/7.7.1 Bottom Longitudinals 3-2-5/11.1 

3/7.7.2 Side and Deck Framing 3-2-5/11.3 

3/7.7.3 Framing in Tunnels 3-2-5/11.5 

3/7.9 Stanchions 3-2-5/13 

3/7.9.1 Permissible Load 3-2-5/13.1 

3/7.9.2 Calculated Load 3-2-5/13.3 

3/7.9.2a Bottom Support 3-2-5/13.3.1 

3/7.9.2b Deck Support 3-2-5/13.3.2 

3/7.11 Web Frames. Girders and Stringers 3-2-5/15 

3/7.11.1 Proportions 3-2-5/15.1 

3/7.11.1a Bottom and Side Web Frames 3-2-5/15.1.1 

3/7.11.1b Deck Girders and Transverses 3-2-5/15.1.2 

3/7.11.1b1 --- 3-2-5/15.1.2i) 

3/7.11.1b2 --- 3-2-5/15.1.2ii) 

3/7.13 Bulkheads 3-2-5/17 

3/7.13.1 Arrangement 3-2-5/17.1 

3/7.13.1a Vessels of 43.5 m (143 ft) in Length or Greater 3-2-5/17.1.1 

3/7.13.1b Vessels Under 43.5 m (143 ft) in Length 3-2-5/17.1.2 


3/7.13.2a Plating 3-2-5/17.3.1 

3/7.13.2b Stiffeners 3-2-5/17.3.2 

3/7.13.2c Girders and Webs 3-2-5/17.3.3 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

3/7.13.2c1 Strength Requirements 3-2-5/17.3.3(a) 

3/7.13.2c2 Proportions 3-2-5/17.3.3(b) 

3/7.13.2c3 Tripping Brackets 3-2-5/17.3.3(c) 


3/7.13.3a Plating 3-2-5/17.5.1 

3/7.13.3b Stiffeners 3-2-5/17.52. 

3/7.13.3c Girders and Webs 3-2-5/17.5.3 

3/7.13.3c1 Strength Requirements 3-2-5/17.5.3(a) 

3/7.13.3c2 Proportions 3-2-5/17.5.3(b) 

3/7.13.3c3 Tripping Brackets 3-2-5/17.5.3(c) 


3/7.15.1 Bottom Shell 3-2-5/19.1 

3/7.15.2 Side Shell 3-2-5/19.3 

3/7.15.3 Bilge and Tunnel Plating 3-2-5/19.5 

3/7.15.4 Bilge Angles 3-2-5/19.7 

3/7.17 Deckhouses 3-2-5/21 

3/7.17.1 Side and End Bulkheads 3-2-5/21.1 

3/7.17.1a Plating 3-2-5/21.1.1 

3/7.17.1b Stiffeners 3-2-5/21.1.2 

3/7.17.1c Vertical Webs 3-2-5/21.1.3 

3/7.17.2 Openings in Bulkheads 3-2-5/21.3 

3/7.17.3 Doors for Access Openings 3-2-5/21.5 

3/7.17.4 Sills of Access Openings 3-2-5/21.7 

3/7.19 Keels, Stems and Stern Frames 3-2-5/23 

3/7.19.1 Bar Keels 3-2-5/23.1 

3/7.19.2 Flat Plate Keels 3-2-5/23.3 

3/7.19.3 Bar Stems 3-2-5/23.5 

3/7.19.4 Sternposts 3-2-5/23.7 

3/7.19.5 Stern Frames 3-2-5/23.9 

3/7.19.5a Inner Posts 3-2-5/23.9.1 

3/7.19.5b Outer Posts 3-2-5/23.9.2 

3/7.19.5c Shoepiece 3-2-5/23.9.3 

3/7.21 Rudders 3-2-5/25 

3/7.21.1 Materials 3-2-5/25.1 

3/7.21.2 Application 3-2-5/25.3 

3/7.21.3 Rudder Stocks 3-2-5/25.5 

3/7.21.3a Upper Stocks 3-2-5/25.5.1 

3/7.21.3b Lower Stocks on Vessels with Shoepieces 3-2-5/25.5.2 

3/7.21.3b Lower Stocks on Vessels with Spade Rudders 3-2-5/25.5.3 

3/7.21.3c Lower Stocks on Vessels with Horns 3-2-5/25.5.4 

3/7.21.4 Rudders 3-2-5/25.7 

3/7.21.5 Couplings 3-2-5/25.9 

3/7.21.6 Rudder Stops 3-2-5/25.11 

3/7.21.7 Supporting and Anti-lifting Arrangements 3-2-5/25.13 

3/7.23 Subdivision and Stability Section 3-3-1 

3/7.23.1 Definitions 3-3-1/1 

3/7.23.1a Margin Line 3-3-1/1.1 

3/7.23.1b Deepest Subdivision Draft 3-3-1/1.3 

3/7.23.2 Intact Stability 3-3-1/3 

3/7.23.2a 

Vessels Over 100 Gross Tons, Greater than 20 m (65 ft) in Length, or Carrying 50 or 

More Passengers 

3-3-1/3.1 

3/7.23.2a1 --- 3-3-1/3.1i) 

3/7.23.2a2 --- 3-3-1/3.1ii) 

3/7.23.2b Self-propelled Vessels Under 100 m (328 ft) in Length 3-3-1/3.3 

3/7.23.2b1 Vessels with Maximum Righting Arm Occurring at an Angle of Heel b 30° 3-3-1/3.3.1 

3/7.23.2b1a --- 3-3-1/3.3.1i) 

3/7.23.2b1b --- 3-3-1/3.3.1ii) 

3/7.23.2b1c --- 3-3-1/3.3.1iii) 

3/7.23.2b1d --- 3-3-1/3.3.1iv) 

3/7.23.2b1e --- 3-3-1/3.3.1v) 

3/7.23.2b2 Vessels with Maximum Righting Arm Occurring at an Angle of Heel + 30° 3-3-1/3.3.2 

3/7.23.2b2a --- 3-3-1/3.3.2i) 

3/7.23.2b2b --- 3-3-1/3.3.2ii) 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

3/7.23.2b2c --- 3-3-1/3.3.2iii) 

3/7.23.2b2d --- 3-3-1/3.3.2iv) 

3/7.23.2b2e --- 3-3-1/3.3.2v) 

3/7.23.3 Damage Stability 3-3-1/5 

3/7.23.3a Permeability 3-3-1/5.1 

3/7.23.3a1 --- 3-3-1/5.1i) 

3/7.23.3a2 --- 3-3-1/5.1ii) 

3/7.23.3a3 --- 3-3-1/5.1iii) 

3/7.23.3a4 --- 3-3-1/5.1iv) 

3/7.23.3b Extent of Damage 3-3-1/5.3 

3/7.23.3b1 Vessels of 43.5 m (143 ft) in Length or Greater 3-3-1/5.3.1 

3/7.23.3b1a Longitudinal Penetration 3-3-1/5.3.1(a) 

3/7.23.3b1b Transverse Penetration 3-3-1/5.3.1(b) 

3/7.23.3b1c Vertical Penetration 3-3-1/5.3.1(c) 

3/7.23.3b2 Vessels Under 43.5 m (143 ft) in Length 3-3-1/5.3.2 

3/7.23.3b2a Longitudinal Penetration 3-3-1/5.3.2(a) 

3/7.23.3b2b Transverse Penetration 3-3-1/5.3.2(b) 

3/7.23.3b2c Vertical Penetration 3-3-1/5.3.2(c) 

3/7.23.4 Portlights in Cargo Spaces Located Below the Margin Line 3-3-1/7 

3/7.23.4a --- 3-3-1/7i) 

3/7.23.4b --- 3-3-1/7ii) 

3/7.23.4c --- 3-3-1/7iii) 

3/7.23.5 Automatic Ventilating Portlights 3-3-1/9 

3/7.23.6 Shell Connections Located Below the Margin Line 3-3-1/11 

3/7.23.6a --- 3-3-1/11.1 

3/7.23.6b --- 3-3-1/11.3 

3/7.23.6c --- 3-3-1/11.5 

3/7.23.7 Gangway and Cargo Ports Located Below the Margin Line 3-3-1/13 

3/7.23.7a --- 3-3-1/13.1 

3/7.23.7b --- 3-3-1/13.3 

3/7.23.8 Openings and Penetrations in Watertight Bulkheads 3-3-1/15 

3/7.23.8a --- 3-3-1/15.1 

3/7.23.8b --- 3-3-1/15.3 

3/7.23.8c --- 3-3-1/15.5 

3/7.23.8d --- 3-3-1/15.7 

3/7.23.8e --- 3-3-1/15.9 

3/7.23.9 Doors, Manholes and Access Openings 3-3-1/17 

3/7.23.9a --- 3-3-1/17i) 

3/7.23.9b --- 3-3-1/17ii) 

3/7.23.10 Shaft Tunnel Door and Doors within Propulsion Machinery Spaces 3-3-1/19 

3/7.23.11 Watertight Doors in Watertight Bulkheads 3-3-1/21 

3/7.23.11a --- 3-3-1/21.1 

3/7.23.11b --- 3-3-1/21.3 

3/7.23.11c --- 3-3-1/21.5 

3/7.23.11d --- 3-3-1/21.7 

3/7.23.11e --- 3-3-1/21.9 

3/7.23.12 Power-operated Sliding Watertight Doors 3-3-1/23 

3/7.23.12a --- 3-3-1/23.1 

3/7.23.12a1 --- 3-3-1/23.1.1 

3/7.23.12a2 --- 3-3-1/23.1.2 

3/7.23.12a2a --- 3-3-1/23.1.2i) 

3/7.23.12a2b --- 3-3-1/23.1.2ii) 

3/7.23.12a2c --- 3-3-1/23.1.2iii) 

3/7.23.12a3 --- 3-3-1/23.1.3 

3/7.23.12a4 --- 3-3-1/23.1.4 

3/7.23.12a5 --- 3-3-1/23.1.5 

3/7.23.12a6 --- 3-3-1/23.1.6 

3/7.23.12a7 --- 3-3-1/23.1.7 

3/7.23.12b --- 3-3-1/23.3 

3/7.23.12c --- 3-3-1/23.5 

3/7.23.12c1 --- 3-3-1/23.5.1 

3/7.23.12c2 --- 3-3-1/23.5.2 

3/7.23.12d --- 3-3-1/23.7 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

3/7.23.12e --- 3-3-1/23.9 

3/7.23.12f --- 3-3-1/23.11 

3/7.23.12g --- 3-3-1/23.13 

3/7.23.12h --- 3-3-1/23.15 

3/7.23.12i Central Operating Console 3-3-1/23.17 

3/7.23.12i1 --- 3-3-1/23.17.1 

3/7.23.12i2 --- 3-3-1/23.17.2 

3/7.23.12i3 --- 3-3-1/23.17.3 

3/7.23.13 Watertight Doors in Cargo Spaces 3-3-1/25 

3/7.23.14 Portable Plates 3-3-1/27 

3/7.23.15 Miscellaneous 3-3-1/29 

3/7.23.15a --- 3-3-1/29.1 

3/7.23.15b --- 3-3-1/29.3 

3/7.23.15c --- 3-3-1/29.5 

3/7.23.16 Watertight Decks, Trunks, Tunnels, Duct Keels and Ventilators 3-3-1/31 

3/7.23.17 Inclining Experiment 3-3-1/33 

3/7.23.18 Deadweight Survey 3-3-1/35 

3/7.23.19 Trim and Stability Booklets 3-3-1/37 

3/7.23.20 Damage Control Plans 3-3-1/39 

3/7.25 Life Saving Appliances 3-5-1/3 

3/7.25.1 Life Jackets 3-5-1/3.1 

3/7.25.2 Life Buoys 3-5-1/3.3 

3/7.25.3 Rescue Boats and Life Rafts 3-5-1/3.5 

3/7.25.4 Immersion Suits and Thermal Protective Aids 3-5-1/3.7 

3/7.25.5 Portable Radio Apparatus 3-5-1/3.9 

3/7.25.6 Guards and Rails 3-5-1/3.11 

3/7.27 Structural Fire Protection Section 3-4-1 

3/7.27.1 Application 3-4-1/1 

3/7.27.2 Definitions 3-4-1/3 

3/7.27.2a Accommodation Space 3-4-1/3.1 

3/7.27.2b Public Space 3-4-1/3.3 

3/7.27.2c High Risk Service Space 3-4-1/3.5 

3/7.27.2d Special Category Space 3-4-1/3.7 

3/7.27.2e Corridors 3-4-1/3.9 

3/7.27.2f Control Stations 3-4-1/3.11 

3/7.27.2g Machinery Spaces of Category A 3-4-1/3.13 

3/7.27.2g1 --- 3-4-1/3.13i) 

3/7.27.2g2 --- 3-4-1/3.13ii) 

3/7.27.2g3 --- 3-4-1/3.13iii) 

3/7.27.2h Machinery Spaces 3-4-1/3.15 

3/7.27.2i Non Combustible Material 3-4-1/3.17 

3/7.27.2j Standard Fire Test 3-4-1/3.19 

3/7.27.2k \A] Class Division 3-4-1/3.21 

3/7.27.2k1 --- 3-4-1/3.21i) 

3/7.27.2k2 --- 3-4-1/3.21ii) 

3/7.27.2k3 --- 3-4-1/3.21iii) 

3/7.27.2k4 --- 3-4-1/3.21iv) 

3/7.27.2k5 --- 3-4-1/3.21v) 

3/7.27.2l \B] Class Division 3-4-1/3.23 

3/7.27.2l1 --- 3-4-1/3.23i) 

3/7.27.2l2 --- 3-4-1/3.23ii) 

3/7.27.2l3 --- 3-4-1/3.23iii) 

3/7.27.2l4 --- 3-4-1/3.23iv) 

3/7.27.2m Continuous \B] Class Ceilings or Linings 3-4-1/3.25 

3/7.27.2n Steel Equivalent Material 3-4-1/3.27 

3/7.27.2o Low Flame Spread Surface 3-4-1/3.29 

3/7.27.3 Main Vertical fones 3-4-1/5 

3/7.27.4 Protection of Accommodation Spaces, Service Spaces and Control Stations 3-4-1/7 

3/7.27.4a --- 3-4-1/7.1 

3/7.27.4b --- 3-4-1/7.3 

3/7.27.4c --- 3-4-1/7.5 

3/7.27.4d --- 3-4-1/7.7 

3/7.27.4e --- 3-4-1/7.9 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

3/7.27.5 Stairways and Elevators 3-4-1/9 

3/7.27.5a --- 3-4-1/9.1 

3/7.27.5b --- 3-4-1/9.3 

3/7.27.6 Non-combustible Materials 3-4-1/11 

3/7.27.6a --- 3-4-1/11.1 

3/7.27.6b --- 3-4-1/11.3 

3/7.27.6c --- 3-4-1/11.5 

3/7.27.6d --- 3-4-1/11.7 

3/7.27.6e --- 3-4-1/11.9 

3/7.27.7 Exposed Surfaces, Deck Coverings, and Paints, Varnishes and Other Finishes 3-4-1/13.1 

3/7.27.7a --- 3-4-1/13.3 

3/7.27.7a1 --- 3-4-1/13.3 bullet 

3/7.27.7b --- 3-4-1/13.5 

3/7.27.7c --- 3-4-1/13 

3/7.27.8 Details of Construction 3-4-1/15 

3/7.27.8 --- 3-4-1/15i) 

3/7.27.8 --- 3-4-1/15ii) 

3/7.27.9 Ventilation 3-4-1/17 

3/7.27.9a --- 3-4-1/17.1 

3/7.27.9a1 --- 3-4-1/17.1i) 

3/7.27.9a2 --- 3-4-1/17.1ii) 

3/7.27.9b --- 3-4-1/17.3 

3/7.27.9c --- 3-4-1/17.5 

3/7.27.9c1 --- 3-4-1/17.5i) 

3/7.27.9c2 --- 3-4-1/17.5ii) 

3/7.27.9c3 --- 3-4-1/17.5iii) 

3/7.27.9c4 --- 3-4-1/17.5iv) 

3/7.27.9c5 --- 3-4-1/17.5v) 

3/7.27.9d --- 3-4-1/17.7 

3/7.27.10 Miscellaneous Items 3-4-1/19 

3/7.27.10a --- 3-4-1/19.1 

3/7.27.10b --- 3-4-1/19.3 

3/7.27.10c --- 3-4-1/19.5 

3/7.27.10d --- 3-4-1/19.7 

3/7.27.11 Means of Escape 3-4-1/21 

3/7.27.11a -- 3-4-1/21.1 

3/7.27.11b --- 3-4-1/21.3 

3/7.27.11c --- 3-4-1/21.5 

3/7.27.11d --- 3-4-1/21.7 

3/7.27.11e --- 3-4-1/21.9 

3/7.27.11f --- 3-4-1/21.11 

3/7.27.11g --- 3-4-1/21.13 

3/7.27.12 Fire Control Plans 3-4-1/23 

3/7.29 Equipment 3-5-1/1 

3/7.29.1 General 3-5-1/1.1 

3/7.29.3 Berthed Passenger Vessels 3-5-1/1.3 

3/7.29.5 Environmental Conditions 3-5-1/1.5 

3/7.29.7 Calculations and Data 3-5-1/1.7 

3/7.29.9 Anchor Weight and Cable Size 3-5-1/1.9 

Figure 3/7.1 Passenger Vessel Framing 3-2-5/Figure 1 

Figure 3/7.2 Rudder Types 3-2-5/Figure 2 


Section 8 Weld Design 

3/8.1 Fillet Welds 3-2-6/1 

3/8.1.1 General 3-2-6/1.1 

3/8.1.2 Tee-Type Boundary Connections 3-2-6/1.3 

3/8.1.3 Tee-Type End Connections 3-2-6/1.5 

3/8.1.4 Other Tee-Type Connections 3-2-6/1.7 

3/8.1.5 Lapped Joints 3-2-6/1.9 

3/8.1.6 Overlapped End Connections 3-2-6/1.11 

3/8.1.7 Overlapped Seams 3-2-6/1.13 

3/8.1.8 Plug Welds or Slot Welds 3-2-6/1.15 

3/8.2 Alternatives 3-2-6/3 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

Table 3/8.1 Double Continuous Fillet Weld Sizes – Millimeters 3-2-6/Table 1 

Table 3/8.1 Double Continuous Fillet Weld Sizes – Inches 3-2-6/Table 1 

Table 3/8.2 Intermittent Fillet Weld Sizes and Spacing – Millimeters 3-2-6/Table 2 

Table 3/8.2 Intermittent Fillet Weld Sizes and Spacing – Inches 3-2-6/Table 2 

Part 4 Machinery Equipment and Systems 

Section 1 Machinery Equipment and Installation 

4/1.1 General 4-1-1/1 

4/1.1.1 Gross Tonnage 4-1-1/1.1 

4/1.3 Certification of Machinery 4-1-1/3 

4/1.3.1 Basic Requirements 4-1-1/3.1 

4/1.3.2 Type Approval Program 4-1-1/3.3 

4/1.3.3 Non-mass Produced Machinery 4-1-1/3.5 

4/1.3.4 Details of Certification of Some Representative Products 4-1-1/3.7 

4/1.5 Machinery Plans and Data 4-1-1/5 

4/1.5.1 Details 4-1-1/5.1 

4/1.5.2 Submissions 4-1-1/5.3 

4/1.6 Oil Fuel Unit 4-1-1/7 

4/1.7 Machinery Space Ventilation 4-1-1/9 

4/1.9 Units 4-1-1/23 

4/1.11 Boilers and Pressure Vessels 4-1-1/11 

4/1.13 Turbines, Engines and Reduction Gears 4-1-1/13 

4/1.15 Engine Installation Particulars 4-1-1/15 

4/1.15.1 Tank Barges 4-1-1/15.1 

4/1.15.2 Engine Exhausts on Tank Barges 4-1-1/15.3 

4/1.17 Starting Arrangements for Propulsion Engines 4-1-1/17 

4/1.17.1 Starting Air System 4-1-1/17.1 

4/1.17.1a Compressors 4-1-1/17.1.1 

4/1.17.1b Containers 4-1-1/17.1.2 

4/1.17.1b1 Diesel Propulsion 4-1-1/17.1.2(a) 

4/1.17.1b2 Diesel-electric Propulsion 4-1-1/17.1.2(b) 

4/1.17.2 Starting Batteries 4-1-1/17.3 

4/1.17.3 Hydraulic Steering 4-1-1/17.5 

4/1.19 Trial 4-1-1/19 

4/1.19.1 General 4-1-1/19.1 

4/1.19.2 Steering Gear 4-1-1/19.3 

4/1.19.3 Reduction Gears for Propulsion 4-1-1/19.5 

4/1.21 Materials Containing Asbestos 4-1-1/21 

Part 4 

Section 2 

4/2.1 General 

Machinery Equipment and Systems 

Propellers and Propulsion Shafting 

4-2-1/1 

4-2-2/1 

4/2.3 Propellers Section 4-2-2 

4/2.3.1 Materials and Testing 4-2-2/3 

4/2.3.1a Propeller Material 4-2-2/3.1 

4/2.3.1b Stud Material 4-2-2/3.3 

4/2.3.2 Blade Design 4-2-2/5 

4/2.3.2a Blade Thickness 4-2-2/5.1 

4/2.3.2a1 Fixed-pitch Propellers 4-2-2/5.1 

4/2.3.2a2 Controllable-pitch Propellers 4-2-2/5.1 

4/2.3.2b Blade-root Fillets 4-2-2/5.3 

4/2.3.2c Built-up Blades 4-2-2/5.5 

4/2.3.2d Tip Thickness 4-2-2/5.7 

4/2.3.2e Blade Thickness at Other Radii 4-2-2/5.9 

4/2.3.3 Studs 4-2-2/7 

4/2.3.3a Stud Area 4-2-2/7.1 

4/2.3.3b Fit of Studs and Nuts 4-2-2/7.3 

4/2.3.4 Blade Flange and Mechanisms 4-2-2/9 

4/2.3.5 Key 4-2-2/11 

4/2.3.6 Protection Against Corrosion 4-2-2/13 

4/2.5 Shafting Section 4-2-1 

4/2.5.1 Line Shaft, Tail Shaft, Tube Shaft and Thrust Shaft Diameters 4-2-1/3 

4/2.5.2 Line Shaft Bearing Locations 4-2-1/5 

4/2.5.3 Inboard End – Tail Shaft 4-2-1/7 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/2.5.4 Propeller-end Design – Tail Shaft 4-2-1/9 

4/2.5.4a Propeller Forward End 4-2-1/9.1 

4/2.5.4b Propeller Aft End 4-2-1/9.3 

4/2.5.4c Non-corrosive Non-pitting Alloys 4-2-1/9.5 

4/2.5.5 Propeller-end Design 4-2-1/11 

4/2.5.5a Water-lubricated Bearings 4-2-1/11.1 

4/2.5.5b Oil-lubricated Bearings 4-2-1/11.3 

4/2.5.6 Tail-shaft Liners 4-2-1/13 

4/2.5.6a Thickness at Bearings 4-2-1/13.1 

4/2.5.6b Thickness between Bearings 4-2-1/13.3 

4/2.5.6c Continuous Liners 4-2-1/13.5 

4/2.5.6d Fit between Bearings 4-2-1/13.7 

4/2.5.6e Material and Fit 4-2-1/13.9 

4/2.5.6f After-end Seal 4-2-1/13.11 

4/2.5.6g Glass Reinforced Plastic Coating 4-2-1/13.13 

4/2.5.7 Hollow Shafts 4-2-1/15 

4/2.5.8 Coupling Bolts 4-2-1/17 


Section 3 Steering Gears 

4/3.1 Steering Gear Requirements for All Types of Vessels 4-2-3/1 

4/3.1.1 General 4-2-3/1.1 

4/3.1.2 Plans 4-2-3/1.3 

4/3.1.3 Power Gear Stops 4-2-3/1.5 

4/3.1.4 Strength Requirements 4-2-3/1.7 

4/3.1.5 Steering Chains 4-2-3/1.9 

4/3.1.6 Sheaves 4-2-3/1.11 

4/3.1.7 Buffers 4-2-3/1.13 

4/3.1.8 Hydraulic Piping for Steering Gears 4-2-3/1.15 

4/3.1.9 Electrical Parts of Steering Gears 4-2-3/1.17 

4/3.1.10 Trials 4-2-3/1.19 

4/3.1.10a Towboats and Tugs 4-2-3/1.19.1 

4/3.1.10b Passenger Vessels and Other Self-propelled Vessels 4-2-3/1.19.2 

4/3.2 

Steering Gear for Passenger Vessels Over 100 Gross Tons or Carrying More than 

150 Passengers 

4-2-3/3 

4/3.2.1 General 4-2-3/3.1 

4/3.2.1a Design 4-2-3/3.1.1 

4/3.2.1b Special Steering 4-2-3/3.1.2 

4/3.2.1c Single Failure 4-2-3/3.1.3 

4/3.2.2 Plans 4-2-3/3.3 

4/3.2.3 Steering-gear Protection 4-2-3/3.5 

4/3.2.4 Power-driven Steering Gear 4-2-3/3.7 

4/3.2.5 Mechanical Components 4-2-3/3.9 

4/3.2.6 Power Units 4-2-3/3.11 

4/3.2.6a Definitions 4-2-3/3.11.1 

4/3.2.6a1 Electric Steering Gear 4-2-3/3.11.1i) 

4/3.2.6a2 Electro-hydraulic Steering Gear 4-2-3/3.11.1ii) 

4/3.2.6a3 Other Hydraulic Steering Gear 4-2-3/3.11.1iii) 

4/3.2.6b Composition 4-2-3/3.11.2 

4/3.2.6c Testing 4-2-3/3.11.3 

4/3.2.6c1 --- 4-2-3/3.11.3i) 

4/3.2.6c2 --- 4-2-3/3.11.3ii) 

4/3.2.7 Mechanical Steering 4-2-3/3.13 

4/3.2.8 Material 4-2-3/3.15 

4/3.2.8a General 4-2-3/3.15.1 

4/3.2.8b Material Test Attendance 4-2-3/3.15.2 

4/3.2.9 Transfer 4-2-3/3.17 

4/3.2.10 Power-gear Stops 4-2-3/3.19 

4/3.2.11 Rudder Actuators 4-2-3/3.21 

4/3.2.11a General 4-2-3/3.21.1 

4/3.2.11b Non-duplicated Rudder Actuators 4-2-3/3.21.2 

4/3.2.11c Oil Seals 4-2-3/3.21.3 

4/3.2.12 Piping Arrangement 4-2-3/3.23 

4/3.2.12a General 4-2-3/3.23.1 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/3.2.12b Requirements 4-2-3/3.23.2 

4/3.2.12c Valves 4-2-3/3.23.3 

4/3.2.12d Relief Valves 4-2-3/3.23.4 

4/3.2.12e Filtration 4-2-3/3.23.5 

4/3.2.12f Storage Tank 4-2-3/3.23.6 

4/3.2.12g Testing 4-2-3/3.23.7 

4/3.2.12g1 Shop Tests 4-2-3/3.23.7(a) 

4/3.2.12g2 Installation Test 4-2-3/3.23.7(b) 

4/3.2.13 Controls 4-2-3/3.25 

4/3.2.13a General 4-2-3/3.25.1 

4/3.2.13b Control System Disconnect 4-2-3/3.25.2 

4/3.2.13c Communications 4-2-3/3.25.3 

4/3.2.14 Instrumentation and Alarms 4-2-3/3.27 

4/3.2.14a Rudder Position Indicator 4-2-3/3.27.1 

4/3.2.14b Power Failure 4-2-3/3.27.2 

4/3.2.14c Motor Alarms 4-2-3/3.27.3 

4/3.2.14d Control Power Failure 4-2-3/3.27.4 

4/3.2.14e Motor Running Indicators 4-2-3/3.27.5 

4/3.2.14f Low Oil-level Alarm 4-2-3/3.27.6 

4/3.2.14g Hydraulic Lock 4-2-3/3.27.7 

4/3.2.14h Autopilot Override 4-2-3/3.27.8 

4/3.2.15 Electrical Components 4-2-3/3.29 

4/3.2.16 Operating Instructions 4-2-3/3.31 

4/3.2.17 Trials 4-2-3/3.33 

4/3.2.17a --- 4-2-3/3.33.1 

4/3.2.17a1 Full Speed Trial 4-2-3/3.33.1(a) 

4/3.2.17a2 Half Speed Trial 4-2-3/3.33.1(b) 

4/3.2.17b --- 4-2-3/3.33.2 

4/3.2.17c --- 4-2-3/3.33.3 

4/3.2.17d --- 4-2-3/3.33.4 

4/3.2.17e --- 4-2-3/3.33.5 

4/3.2.17f --- 4-2-3/3.33.6 

4/3.2.17g --- 4-2-3/3.33.7 

4/3.2.17h --- 4-2-3/3.33.8 


Section 4 Electrical Installations 


4/4.3 Definitions 4-5-1/3 

4/4.3.1 Earthed distribution System 4-5-1/3.1 

4/4.3.2 Essential Services 4-5-1/3.3 

4/4.3.3 Explosion-proof (Flameproof) Equipment 4-5-1/3.5 

4/4.3.4 Hazardous Area (Hazardous Location) 4-5-1/3.7 

4/4.3.5 Hull-return System 4-5-1/3.9 

4/4.3.6 Intrinsically-safe 4-5-1/3.11 

4/4.3.6a Category \ia] 4-5-1/3.11.1 

4/4.3.7 Increased Safety 4-5-1/3.13 

4/4.3.8 Non-periodic Duty Rating 4-5-1/3.15 

4/4.3.9 Non-sparking Fan 4-5-1/3.17 

4/4.3.10 Periodic Duty Rating 4-5-1/3.19 

4/4.3.11 Portable Apparatus 4-5-1/3.21 

4/4.3.12 Pressurized Equipment 4-5-1/3.23 

4/4.3.13 Semi-enclosed Space 4-5-1/3.25 

4/4.3.14 Separate Circuit 4-5-1/3.27 

4/4.3.15 Short Circuit 4-5-1/3.29 

4/4.3.16 Short-time Rating 4-5-1/3.21 

4/4.5 Plans and Data to be Submitted 4-5-1/5 

4/4.7 Standard Distribution System 4-5-1/7 

4/4.9 Voltage and Frequency Variations 4-5-1/9 

4/4.10 Inclinations 4-5-1/11 

4/4.11 Materials 4-5-1/13 

4/4.13 Insulation Material 4-5-1/15 

4/4.13.1 Class A Insulation 4-5-1/15.1 

4/4.13.2 Class B Insulation 4-5-1/15.3 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4.13.3 Class E Insulation 4-5-1/15.5 

4/4.13.4 Class F Insulation 4-5-1/15.7 

4/4.13.5 Class H Insulation 4-5-1/15.9 

4/4.13.6 Insulation for Temperatures Above 180°C (356°F) 4-5-1/15.11 

4/4.15 Degree of Protection for Enclosures 4-5-1/17 

4/4.17 Temperature Ratings 4-5-1/19 

4/4.17.1 General 4-5-1/19.1 

4/4.17.2 Reduced Ambient Temperature 4-5-1/19.3 

4/4.17.2a Environmentally Controlled Spaces 4-5-1/19.3.1 

4/4.17.2a1 --- 4-5-1/19.3.1i) 

4/4.17.2a2 --- 4-5-1/19.3.1ii) 

4/4.17.2a3 --- 4-5-1/19.3.1iii) 

4/4.17.2a4 --- 4-5-1/19.3.1iv) 

4/4.17.2b Rating of Cables 4-5-1/19.3.2 

4/4.17.2c Ambient temperature Control Equipment 4-5-1/19.3.3 

4/4.19 Clearances and Creepage Distances 4-5-1/21 

4/4.21 Service Trial 4-5-1/23 

4/4.21.1 Electrical Installations for Ship Services 4-5-1/23.1 

4/4.21.2 Communication Facilities 4-5-1/23.3 

Table 4/4.1 Voltage and Frequency Variations 4-5-1/Table 1 

Table 4/4.2 Degree of Protection – indicated by the first characteristic numeral 4-5-1/Table 2 

Table 4/4.3 Degree of Protection – indicated by the second characteristic numeral 4-5-1/Table 3 

Table 4/4.4 Primary Essential Services 4-5-1/Table 4 

Table 4/4.5 Secondary Essential Services 4-5-1/Table 5 



Part A Shipboard Systems 

4/4A1 Plans and Data to be Submitted 4-5-2/1 

4/4A1.1 Wiring 4-5-2/1.1 

4/4A1.1.1 Systems 4-5-2/1.1.1 

4/4A1.1.2 Data for Wiring Systems 4-5-2/1.1.2 

4/4A1.3 Short-circuit Data 4-5-2/1.3 

4/4A1.5 Protective Device Coordination 4-5-2/1.5 

4/4A1.7 Load Analysis 4-5-2/1.7 

4/4A2 Main Source of Power 4-5-2/3 

4/4A2.1 Propulsion 4-5-2/3.1 

4/4A2.2 Shiphs Service 4-5-2/3.3 

4/4A2.3 Main Transformers 4-5-2/3.5 

4/4A3 Emergency Source of Power 4-5-2/5 

4/4A3.1 Non-passenger Vessels 4-5-2/5.1 

4/4A3.1a --- 4-5-2/5.1i) 

4/4A3.1b --- 4-5-2/5.1ii) 

4/4A3.1c --- 4-5-2/5.1iii) 

4/4A3.2 Passenger Vessels 4-5-2/5.3 

4/4A4 Distribution System 4-5-2/7 

4/4A4.1 Ship Service Distribution System 4-5-2/7.1 

4/4A4.1.1 General 4-5-2/7.1.1 

4/4A4.1.2 Method of Distribution 4-5-2/7.1.2 

4/4A4.1.3 Through-feed Arrangements 4-5-2/7.1.3 

4/4A4.1.4 Motor Control Center 4-5-2/7.1.4 

4/4A4.1.5 Motor Branch Circuit 4-5-2/7.1.5 

4/4A4.1.6 Ventilation System 4-5-2/7.1.6 

4/4A4.1.7 Heating Appliances 4-5-2/7.1.7 

4/4A4.1.8 Circuits for Bunker or Cargo Space 4-5-2/7.1.8 

4/4A4.3 Hull Return System 4-5-2/7.3 

4/4A4.3.1 General 4-5-2/7.3.1 

4/4A4.3.1a All Vessels 4-5-2/7.3.1(a) 

4/4A4.3.1a1 --- 4-5-2/7.3.1(a)i) 

4/4A4.3.1a2 --- 4-5-2/7.3.1(a)ii) 

4/4A4.3.1a3 --- 4-5-2/7.3.1(a)iii) 

4/4A4.3.1b Tankers 4-5-2/7.3.1(b) 

4/4A4.3.2 Final Subcircuits and Earth Wires 4-5-2/7.3.2 

4/4A4.5 Earthed Distribution System 4-5-2/7.5 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4A4.7 External or Shore Power Supply Connection 4-5-2/7.7 

4/4A4.7.1 General 4-5-2/7.7.1 

4/4A4.7.2 Earthing Terminal 4-5-2/7.7.2 

4/4A4.7.3 Indicators 4-5-2/7.7.3 

4/4A4.7.4 Polarity or Phase Sequence 4-5-2/7.7.4 

4/4A4.7.5 Information Plate 4-5-2/7.7.5 

4/4A4.7.6 Securing of Trailing Cable 4-5-2/7.7.6 

4/4A4.9 Harmonics 4-5-2/7.9 

4/4A5 Circuit Protection System 4-5-2/9 

4/4A5.1 System Design 4-5-2/9.1 

4/4A5.1.1 General 4-5-2/9.1.1 

4/4A5.1.1a --- 4-5-2/9.1.1i) 

4/4A5.1.1b --- 4-5-2/9.1.1ii) 

4/4A5.1.1c --- 4-5-2/9.1.1iii) 

4/4A5.1.1i --- 4-5-2/9.1.1i) 

4/4A5.1.1ii --- 4-5-2/9.1.1ii) 

4/4A5.1.2 Protection Against Short-circuit 4-5-2/9.1.2 

4/4A5.1.2a Protective Devices 4-5-2/9.1.2(a) 

4/4A5.1.2b Rated Short-circuit Breaking Capacity 4-5-2/9.1.2(b) 

4/4A5.1.2c Rated Short-circuit Making Capacity 4-5-2/9.1.2(c) 

4/4A5.1.3 Protection Against Overload 4-5-2/9.1.3 

4/4A5.1.3a Circuit Breakers 4-5-2/9.1.3(a) 

4/4A5.1.3b Fuses 4-5-2/9.1.3(b) 

4/4A5.1.3c Rating 4-5-2/9.1.3(c) 

4/4A5.1.3d Indication 4-5-2/9.1.3(d) 

4/4A5.1.4 Cascade System (Back-up Protection) 4-5-2/9.1.4 

4/4A5.1.4a General 4-5-2/9.1.4(a) 

4/4A5.1.4b Application 4-5-2/9.1.4(b) 

4/4A5.1.5 Coordinated Tripping 4-5-2/9.1.5 

4/4A5.1.5a --- 4-5-2/9.1.5(a) 

4/4A5.1.5b --- 4-5-2/9.1.5(b) 

4/4A5.1.5c --- 4-5-2/9.1.5(c) 

4/4A5.3 Protection for Generators 4-5-2/9.3 

4/4A5.3.1 General 4-5-2/9.3.1 

4/4A5.3.2 Trip Setting for Coordination 4-5-2/9.3.2 

4/4A5.3.3 Load Shedding Arrangements 4-5-2/9.3.3 

4/4A5.3.3a Provision for Load Sharing Arrangements 4-5-2/9.3.3(a) 

4/4A5.3.3a1 --- 4-5-2/9.3.3(a)i) 

4/4A5.3.3a2 --- 4-5-2/9.3.3(a)ii) 

4/4A5.3.3b Services not Allowed for Shedding 4-5-2/9.3.3(b) 

4/4A5.3.3b1 --- 4-5-2/9.3.3(b)i) 

4/4A5.3.3b2 --- 4-5-2/9.3.3(b)ii) 

4/4A5.3.3b3 --- 4-5-2/9.3.3(b)iii) 

4/4A5.3.4 Emergency Generator 4-5-2/9.3.4 

4/4A5.5 Protection for Alternating-current (AC) Generators 4-5-2/9.5 

4/4A5.5.1 Short-time Delay Trip 4-5-2/9.5.1 

4/4A5.5.2 Parallel Operation 4-5-2/9.5.2 

4/4A5.5.2a Instantaneous Trip 4-5-2/9.5.2(a) 

4/4A5.5.2b Reverse Power Protection 4-5-2/9.5.2(b) 

4/4A5.5.2c Undervoltage Protection 4-5-2/9.5.2(c) 

4/4A5.7 Protection for Direct Current (DC) Generators 4-5-2/9.7 

4/4A5.7.21 Instantaneous Trip 4-5-2/9.7.1 


4/4A5.7.2a Reverse Power Protection 4-5-2/9.7.2(a) 

4/4A5.7.2b Generator Ammeter Shunts 4-5-2/9.7.2(b) 

4/4A5.7.2c Undervoltage Protection 4-5-2/9.7.2(c) 

4/4A5.9 Protection for Accumulator Batteries 4-5-2/9.9 

4/4A5.11 Protection for External or Shore Power Supply 4-5-2/9.11 

4/4A5.11.1 General 4-5-2/9.11.1 

4/4A5.11.2 Interlocking Arrangement 4-5-2/9.11.2 

4/4A5.13 Protection for Motor Branch Circuits 4-5-2/9.13 

4/4A5.13.1 General 4-5-2/9.13.1 

4/4A5.13.2 Direct-current Motor Branch Circuits 4-5-2/9.13.2 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4A5.13.3 Alternating-current Motor Branch Circuits 4-5-2/9.13.3 

4/4A5.13.4 Motor Running Protection 4-5-2/9.13.4 

4/4A5.13.5 Undervoltage Protection and Undervoltage Release 4-5-2/9.13.5 

4/4A5.15 Protection for Transformer Circuits 4-5-2/9.15 

4/4A5.15.1 Setting of Overcurrent Device 4-5-2/9.15.1 


4/4A5.17 Protection for Meters, Pilot Lamps and Control Circuits 4-5-2/9.17 

4/4A6 Systems for Steering Gear 4-5-2/11 

4/4A6.1 Power Supply Feeder 4-5-2/11.1 

4/4A6.3 Protection for Steering Gear Motor Circuit 4-5-2/11.3 

4/4A6.3.1 Short Circuit Protection 4-5-2/11.3.1 

4/4A6.3.2 Undervoltage Release 4-5-2/11.3.3 

4/4A6.5 Controls, Instrumentation and Alarms 4-5-2/11.5 

4/4A7 Lighting and Navigation Light System 4-5-2/13 

4/4A7.1 Lighting System 4-5-2/13.1 

4/4A7.1.1 Main Lighting System 4-5-2/13.1.1 

4/4A7.1.2 System Arrangement 4-5-2/13.1.2 

4/4A7.1.2a Main Lighting System 4-5-2/13.1.2(a) 

4/4A7.1.2b Emergency Lighting System 4-5-2/13.1.2(b) 

4/4A7.1.3 Lighting Circuits 4-5-2/13.1.3 

4/4A7.1.3a Machinery Spaces 4-5-2/13.1.3(a) 

4/4A7.1.3b Cargo Spaces 4-5-2/13.1.3b) 

4/4A7.1.4 Protection for Lighting Circuits 4-5-2/13.1.4 

4/4A7.1.5 Low Voltage System Systems, 0-50 Volts 4-5-2/13.1.5 

4/4A7.3 Navigation Light System 4-5-2/13.3 

4/4A7.3.1 Feeders 4-5-2/13.3.1 

4/4A7.3.2 Navigation Light Indicator 4-5-2/13.3.2 

4/4A7.3.3 Protection 4-5-2/13.3.3 

4/4A7.4 Emergency and Interior-communication Switchboard 4-5-2/13.5 

4/4A9 Refrigerated Space Alarm 4-5-2/15 

4/4A10 Fire Protection Systems 4-5-2/17 

4/4A10.1 Emergency Stop 4-5-2/17.1 

4/4A10.1.1 Ventilation System 4-5-2/17.1.1 

4/4A10.1.1a General 4-5-2/17.1.1(a) 

4/4A10.1.1b Machinery Space Ventilation 4-5-2/17.1.1(b) 

4/4A10.1.1c Ventilation Other Than Machinery Space 4-5-2/17.1.1(c) 

4/4A10.1.2 Fuel Oil Units 4-5-2/17.1.2 

4/4A10.1.3 Fire Detection and Alarm System 4-5-2/17.1.3 



Part B Shipboard Installation 

4/4B1 Plans and Data to be Submitted 4-5-3/1 

4/4B1.1 Booklet of Standard Details 4-5-3/1.1 

4/4B1.3 Arrangement of Electrical Equipment 4-5-3/1.3 

4/4B1.5 Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Areas 4-5-3/1.5 

4/4B2 Electrical Installation and Arrangement 4-5-3/3 

4/4B2.1 General Consideration 4-5-3/3.1 

4/4B2.1.1 Equipment Location 4-5-3/3.1.1 

4/4B2.1.1a General 4-5-3/3.1.1 

4/4B2.1.1b 

Equipment in Areas Protected by Local Fixed Pressure Water-spraying and Watermist 

Fire Extinguishing System in Machinery Spaces 

4-5-3/3.1.2 

Figure 4/4B.1 

Example of Protected Area of Direct Spray and Adjacent Area where Water May 

Extend 

4-5-3/Figure 1 

4/4B2.1.2 Protection from Bilge Water 4-5-3/3.1.3 

4/4B2.1.3 Accessibility 4-5-3/3.1.3 

4/4B2.3 Generators 4-5-3/3.3 

4/4B2.5 Ship Service Motors 4-5-3/3.5 

4/4B2.5.1 General 4-5-3/3.5.1 

4/4B2.5.2 Pump Motors 4-5-3/3.5.2 

4/4B2.5.3 Motors on Weather Decks 4-5-3/3.5.3 

4/4B2.5.4 Motors Below Decks 4-5-3/3.5.4 

4/4B2.7 Accumulator Batteries 4-5-3/3.7 

4/4B2.7.1 General 4-5-3/3.7.1 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4B2.7.2 Battery Installation and Arrangements 4-5-3/3.7.2 

4/4B2.7.2a Large Batteries 4-5-3/3.7.2(a) 

4/4B2.7.2b Moderate-size Batteries 4-5-3/3.7.2(b) 

4/4B2.7.2c Small Batteries 4-5-3/3.7.2(c) 

4/4B2.7.2d Low-hydrogen-emission Battery Installations 4-5-3/3.7.2(d) 

4/4B2.7.2d1 --- 4-5-3/3.7.2(d)i) 

4/4B2.7.2d2 --- 4-5-3/3.7.2(d)ii) 

4/4B2.7.2e Battery Trays 4-5-3/3.7.2(e) 

4/4B2.7.2f Identification of Battery Types 4-5-3/3.7.2(f) 

4/4B2.7.3 Ventilation 4-5-3/3.7.3 

4/4B2.7.3a Battery Rooms 4-5-3/3.7.3(a) 

4/4B2.7.3b Battery Lockers 4-5-3/3.7.3(b) 

4/4B2.7.3c Deck Boxes 4-5-3/3.7.3(c) 

4/4B2.7.3d Small Battery Boxes 4-5-3/3.7.3(d) 

4/4B2.7.4 Protection from Corrosion 4-5-3/3.7.4 

4/4B2.9 Switchboard 4-5-3/3.9 

4/4B2.11 Distribution Boards 4-5-3/3.11 

4/4B2.11.1 Location and Protection 4-5-3/3.11.1 

4/4B2.11.2 Switchboard-type Distribution Boards 4-5-3/3.11.2 

4/4B2.11.3 Safety-type Panels 4-5-3/3.11.3 

4/4B2.13 Motor Controllers and Control Centers 4-5-3/3.13 

4/4B2.13.1 Location and Installation 4-5-3/3.13.1 

4/4B2.13.2 Disconnecting Arrangements 4-5-3/3.13.2 

4/4B2.13.2a Device 4-5-3/3.13.2(a) 

4/4B2.13.2b Location 4-5-3/3.13.2(b) 

4/4B2.13.2c Locking 4-5-3/3.13.2(c) 

4/4B2.13.2d Identification Plate 4-5-3/3.13.2(d) 

4/4B2.13.2e Open and Close Indications 4-5-3/3.13.2(e) 

4/4B2.13.3 Indicating Light Circuits 4-5-3/3.13.3 

4/4B2.15 Resistors for Control Apparatus 4-5-3/3.15 

4/4B2.17 Lighting Fixtures 4-5-3/3.17 

4/4B2.19 Heating Equipment 4-5-3/3.19 

4/4B2.21 Magnetic Compasses 4-5-3/3.21 

4/4B2.23 Portable Equipment and Outlets 4-5-3/3.23 

4/4B2.25 Receptacles and Plugs of Different Ratings 4-5-3/3.25 

4/4B3 Cable Installation 4-5-3/5 

4/4B3.1 General Considerations 4-5-3/5.1 

4/4B3.1.1 Continuity of Cabling 4-5-3/5.1.1 

4/4B3.1.2 Choice of Cables 4-5-3/5.1.2 

4/4B3.1.3 Cable Voltage Drop for New Installations 4-5-3/5.1.3 

4/4B3.1.4 Restricted Location of Cabling 4-5-3/5.1.4 

4/4B3.1.5 Means of Drainage from Cable Enclosures 4-5-3/5.1.5 

4/4B3.1.6 High Voltage Cables 4-5-3/5.1.6 

4/4B3.1.7 Paint on Cables 4-5-3/5.1.7 

4/4B3.1.8 Cable Installation above High-voltage Switchgear and Control-gear 4-5-3/5.1.8 

4/4B3.3 Insulation Resistance for New Installation 4-5-3/5.3 

4/4B3.5 Protection for Electric-magnetic Induction 4-5-3/5.5 

4/4B3.5.1 Multiple Conductor Cables 4-5-3/5.5.1 

4/4B3.5.2 Single Conductor Cables 4-5-3/5.5.2 

4/4B3.5.2a --- 4-5-3/5.5.2(a) 

4/4B3.5.2b --- 4-5-3/5.5.2(b) 

4/4B3.5.2c --- 4-5-3/5.5.2(c) 

4/4B3.5.3 Non-shielded Signal Cables 4-5-3/5.5.3 

4/4B3.7 Joints and Sealing 4-5-3/5.7 

4/4B3.9 Support and Bending 4-5-3/5.9 

4/4B3.9.1 Support and Fixing 4-5-3/5.9.1 

4/4B3.9.1a --- 4-5-3/5.9.1(a) 

4/4B3.9.1b --- 4-5-3/5.9.1(b) 

4/4B3.9.1c --- 4-5-3/5.9.1(c) 

4/4B3.9.1d --- 4-5-3/5.9.1(d) 

4/4B3.9.1e --- 4-5-3/5.9.1(e) 

4/4B3.9.1f --- 4-5-3/5.9.1(f) 

4/4B3.9.2 Bending Radius 4-5-3/5.9.2 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4B3.9.3 Plastic Cable Trays and Protective Casings 4-5-3/5.9.3 

4/4B3.9.3a Installations 4-5-3/5.9.3(a) 

4/4B3.9.3b Safe Working Load 4-5-3/5.9.3(b) 

4/4B3.9.3c Cable Occupation Ratio in Protective Casing 4-5-3/5.9.3(c) 

4/4B3.9.3d Type Testing 4-5-3/5.9.3(d) 

4/4B3.11 Cable Run in Bunches 4-5-3/5.11 

4/4B3.11.1 Reduction of Current Rating 4-5-3/5.11.1 

4/4B3.11.2 Clearance and Segregation 4-5-3/5.11.2 

4/4B3.11.3 Cable of Lower Conductor Temperature 4-5-3/5.11.3 

4/4B3.13 Deck and Bulkhead Penetrations 4-5-3/5.13 

4/4B3.15 Mechanical Protection 4-5-3/5.15 

4/4B3.15.1 Metallic Armor 4-5-3/5.15.1 

4/4B3.15.2 Conduit Pipe or Structural Shapes 4-5-3/5.15.2 

4/4B3.17 Emergency and Essential Feeders 4-5-3/5.17 

4/4B3.17.1 Location 4-5-3/5.17.1 

4/4B3.17.2 Requirements by the Governmental Authority 4-5-3/5.17.2 

4/4B3.19 Mineral Insulated Cables 4-5-3/5.19 

4/4B3.21 Fiver Optic Cables 4-5-3/5.21 

4/4B3.23 Battery Room 4-5-3/5.23 

4/4B3.25 Paneling and Dome Fixtures 4-5-3/5.25 

4/4B3.27 Sheathing and Structural Insulation 4-5-3/5.27 

4/4B3.29 Splicing of Electrical Cables 4-5-3/5.29 

4/4B3.29.1 Basis of Approval 4-5-3/5.29.1 

4/4B3.29.2 Installation 4-5-3/5.29.2 

4/4B3.29.3 Protection 4-5-3/5.29.3 

4/4B3.31 Splicing of Fiber Optic Cables 4-5-3/5.31 

4/4B3.33 Cable Junction Box 4-5-3/5.33 

4/4B3.33.1 --- 4-5-3/5.33.1 

4/4B3.33.2 --- 4-5-3/5.33.2 

4/4B3.33.3 --- 4-5-3/5.33.3 

4/4B3.33.3a --- 4-5-3/5.33.3(a) 

4/4B3.33.3b --- 4-5-3/5.33.3(b) 

4/4B3.33.3c --- 4-5-3/5.33.3(c) 

4/4B3.33.4 --- 4-5-3/5.33.4 

4/4B3.33.5 --- 4-5-3/5.33.5 

4/4B4 Earthing 4-5-3/7 

4/4B4.1 General 4-5-3/7.1 

4/4B4.3 Permanent Equipment 4-5-3/7.3 

4/4B4.5 Connections 4-5-3/7.5 

4/4B4.5.1 General 4-5-3/7.5.1 

4/4B4.5.2 Earthed Distribution System 4-5-3/7.5.2 

4/4B4.5.3 Connection to Hull Structure 4-5-3/7.5.3 

4/4B4.7 Portable Cords 4-5-3/7.7 

4/4B4.9 Cable Metallic Covering 4-5-3/7.9 

4/4B4.11 Lighting Earth Conductors 4-5-3/7.11 

4/4B5 Installation in Cargo Hold for Dry Bulk Cargoes 4-5-3/9 

4/4B5.1 Equipment 4-5-3/9.1 

4/4B5.3 Self-unloading Controls and Alarms 4-5-3/9.3 

4/4B5.3.1 General 4-5-3/9.3.1 

4/4B5.3.2 Monitors 4-5-3/9.3.2 

4/4B5.3.3 Emergency Shutdowns 4-5-3/9.3.3 

4/4B7 Equipment and Installation in Hazardous Areas 4-5-3/11 

4/4B7.1 General Consideration 4-5-3/11.1 

4/4B7.1.1 General 4-5-3/11.1.1 

4/4B7.1.2 Lighting Circuits 4-5-3/11.1.2 

4/4B7.1.3 Cables Installation 4-5-3/11.1.3 

4/4B7.1.4 Permanent Warning Plates 4-5-3/11.1.4 

4/4B7.3 Certified-safe Type and Pressurized Equipment and Systems 4-5-3/11.3 

4/4B7.3.1 Installation Approval 4-5-3/11.3.1 

4/4B7.3.2 Intrinsically-safe Systems 4-5-3/11.3.2 

4/4B7.3.2a Installation of Cables and Wiring 4-5-3/11.3.2(a) 

4/4B7.3.2b Separation and Mechanical Protection 4-5-3/11.3.2(b) 

4/4B7.3.2b1 --- 4-5-3/11.3.2(b)i) 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4B7.3.2b2 --- 4-5-3/11.3.2(b)ii) 

4/4B7.3.2b3 --- 4-5-3/11.3.2(b)iii) 

4/4B7.3.2b4 --- 4-5-3/11.3.2(b)iv) 

4/4B7.3.2c Sub-compartment 4-5-3/11.3.2(c) 

4/4B7.3.2d Termination Arrangements 4-5-3/11.3.2(d) 

4/4B7.3.2d1 --- 4-5-3/11.3.2(d)i) 

4/4B7.3.2d2 --- 4-5-3/11.3.2(d)ii) 

4/4B7.3.2e Identification Plate 4-5-3/11.3.2(e) 

4/4B7.3.2f Replacement 4-5-3/11.3.2(f) 

4/4B7.3.3 Pressurized Equipment 4-5-3/11.3.3 

4/4B7.5 Paint Stores 4-5-3/11.5 

4/4B7.5.1 General 4-5-3/11.5.1 

4/4B7.5.1a --- 4-5-3/11.5.1i) 

4/4B7.5.1b --- 4-5-3/11.5.1ii) 

4/4B7.5.1c --- 4-5-3/11.5.1iii) 

4/4B7.5.1d --- 4-5-3/11.5.1iv) 

4/4B7.5.1e --- 4-5-3/11.5.1v) 

4/4B7.5.2 Open Area Near Ventilation Openings 4-5-3/11.5.2 

4/4B7.5.3 Enclosed Access Spaces 4-5-3/11.5.3 

4/4B7.5.3a --- 4-5-3/11.5.3i) 

4/4B7.5.3b --- 4-5-3/11.5.3ii) 

4/4B7.5.3c --- 4-5-3/11.5.3iii) 

4/4B7.7 Non-sparking Fans 4-5-3/11.7 

4/4B7.7.1 Design Criteria 4-5-3/11.7.1 

4/4B7.7.1a Air Gap 4-5-3/11.7.1(a) 

4/4B7.7.1b Protection Screen 4-5-3/11.7.1(b) 

4/4B7.7.2 Materials 4-5-3/11.7.2 

4/4B7.7.2a Impeller and Its Housing 4-5-3/11.7.2(a) 

4/4B7.7.2b Electrostatic Charges 4-5-3/11.7.2(b) 

4/4B7.7.2c Acceptable Combination of Materials 4-5-3/11.7.2(c) 

4/4B7.7.2c1 --- 4-5-3/11.7.2(c)i) 

4/4B7.7.2c2 --- 4-5-3/11.7.2(c)ii) 

4/4B7.7.2c3 --- 4-5-3/11.7.2(c)iii) 

4/4B7.7.2c4 --- 4-5-3/11.7.2(c)iv) 

4/4B7.7.2d Unacceptable Combination of Materials 4-5-3/11.7.2(d) 

4/4B7.7.2d1 --- 4-5-3/11.7.2(d)i) 

4/4B7.7.2d2 --- 4-5-3/11.7.2(d)ii) 

4/4B7.7.2d3 --- 4-5-3/11.7.2(d)iii) 

4/4B7.7.3 Type Test 4-5-3/11.7.3 

Table 4/4B1 Minimum Degree of Protection 4-5-3/Table 1 

Table 4/4B2 Minimum Bending Radii of Cables 4-5-3/Table 2 

Table 4/4B3 Size of Earth-continuity Conductors and Earthing Connections 4-5-3/Table 3 



Part C Machinery and Equipment 

4/4C1 Plans and Data to be Submitted 4-5-4/1 

4/4C1.1 Generators and Motors of 100 kW and Over 4-5-4/1.1 

4/4C1.3 Generators and Motors Below 100 kW 4-5-4/1.3 

4/4C1.5 

Switchboards, Distribution Boards, etc., for Essential or Emergency Services or 

RMC Certification 

4-5-4/1.5 

4/4C2 Rotating Machines 4-5-4/3 

4/4C2.1 General 4-5-4/3.1 

4/4C2.1.1 Application 4-5-4/3.1.1 

4/4C2.1.2 Certification on Basis of an Approved Quality Assurance Program 4-5-4/3.1.2 

4/4C2.1.3 References 4-5-4/3.1.3 

4/4C2.1.3a Inclination 4-5-4/3.1.3(a) 

4/4C2.1.3b Insulation 4-5-4/3.1.3(b) 

4/4C2.1.3c Capacity of Generators 4-5-4/3.1.3(c) 

4/4C2.1.3d Power Supply by Generators 4-5-4/3.1.3(d) 

4/4C2.1.3e Protection for Generator Circuits 4-5-4/3.1.3(e) 

4/4C2.1.3f Protection for Motor Circuits 4-5-4/3.1.3(f) 

4/4C2.1.3g Installation 4-5-4/3.1.3(g) 

4/4C2.1.3h Protection Enclosures and its Selection 4-5-4/3.1.3(h) 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4C2.3 Testing and Inspection 4-5-4/3.3 

4/4C2.3.1 Applications 4-5-4/3.3.1 

4/4C2.3.1a Machines of 100 kW and Over 4-5-4/3.3.1(a) 

4/4C2.3.1b Machines Below 100 kW 4-5-4/3.3.1(b) 

4/4C2.3.2 Special Testing Arrangements 4-5-4/3.3.2 

4/4C2.5 Insulation Resistance Measurement 4-5-4/3.5 

4/4C2.6 Overload and Overcurrent Capacity 4-5-4/3.7 

4/4C2.6.1 AC Generators 4-5-4/3.7.1 

4/4C2.6.2 AC Motors 4-5-4/3.7.2 

4/4C2.6.2a Over-current Capacity 4-5-4/3.7.2(a) 

4/4C2.6.2b Overload Capacity 4-5-4/3.7.2(b) 

4/4C2.6.2c Overload Capacity for Synchronous Motors 4-5-4/3.7.2(c) 

4/4C2.7 Dielectric Strength of Insulation 4-5-4/3.9 

4/4C2.7.1 Application 4-5-4/3.9.1 

4/4C2.7.2 Standard Voltage Test 4-5-4/3.9.2 

4/4C2.7.3 Direct Current Test 4-5-4/3.9.3 

4/4C2.9 Temperature Ratings 4-5-4/3.11 

4/4C2.9.1 Temperature Rises 4-5-4/3.11.1 

4/4C2.9.1a Continuous Rating Machines 4-5-4/3.11.1(a) 

4/4C2.9.1b Short-time Rating Machines 4-5-4/3.11.1(b) 

4/4C2.9.1c Periodic Duty Rating Machines 4-5-4/3.11.1(c) 

4/4C2.9.1d Non-periodic Duty Rating Machines 4-5-4/3.11.1(d) 

4/4C2.9.1e Insulation Material Above 180°C (356°F) 4-5-4/3.11.1(e) 

4/4C2.9.2 Ambient Temperature 4-5-4/3.11.2 

4/4C2.11 Construction and Assemblies 4-5-4/3.13 

4/4C2.11.1 Enclosure, Frame and Pedestals 4-5-4/3.13.1 

4/4C2.11.2 Shafts and Couplings 4-5-4/3.13.2 

4/4C2.11.3 Circulating Currents 4-5-4/3.13.3 

4/4C2.11.4 Rotating Machines 4-5-4/3.13.4 

4/4C2.11.5 Insulation of Windings 4-5-4/3.13.5 

4/4C2.11.6 Protection Against Cooling Water 4-5-4/3.13.6 

4/4C2.11.7 Moisture-condensation Prevention 4-5-4/3.13.7 

4/4C2.11.8 Terminal Arrangements 4-5-4/3.13.8 

4/4C2.11.9 Nameplates 4-5-4/3.13.9 

4/4C2.13 Lubrication 4-5-4/3.15 

4/4C2.15 Turbines for Generators 4-5-4/3.17 

4/4C2.15.1 Operating Governor 4-5-4/3.17.1 

4/4C2.15.1a Transient Frequency Variations 4-5-4/3.17.1(a) 

4/4C2.15.1a1 --- 4-5-4/3.17.1(a)i) 

4/4C2.15.1a2 --- 4-5-4/3.17.1(a)ii) 

4/4C2.15.1b Frequency Variations at Steady State 4-5-4/3.17.1(b) 

4/4C2.15.2 Overspeed Governor 4-5-4/3.17.2 

4/4C2.15.3 Exhaust Steam to the Turbines 4-5-4/3.17.3 

4/4C2.15.4 Extraction of Steam 4-5-4/3.17.4 

4/4C2.15.5 Power Output of Gas Turbines 4-5-4/3.17.5 

4/4C2.17 Diesel Engines for Generators 4-5-4/3.19 

4/4C2.17.1 Operating Governor 4-5-4/3.19.1 

4/4C2.17.1a Transient Frequency Variations 4-5-4/3.19.1(a) 

4/4C2.17.1a1 --- 4-5-4/3.19.1(a)i) 

4/4C2.17.1a2 --- 4-5-4/3.19.1(a)ii) 

4/4C2.17.1a3 --- 4-5-4/3.19.1(a)iii) 

4/4C2.17.1b Frequency Variations at Steady State 4-5-4/3.19.1(b) 

4/4C2.17.1c Emergency Generator Prime Movers 4-5-4/3.19.1(c) 

4/4C2.17.2 Overspeed Governor 4-5-4/3.19.2 

4/4C2.19 Alternating-current (AC) Generators 4-5-4/3.21 

4/4C2.19.1 Control and Excitation of Generators 4-5-4/3.21.1 

4/4C2.19.2 Voltage Regulation 4-5-4/3.21.2 

4/4C2.19.2a Voltage Regulators 4-5-4/3.21.2(a) 

4/4C2.19.2b Steady Conditions 4-5-4/3.21.2(b) 

4/4C2.19.2c Short Circuit Conditions 4-5-4/3.21.2(c) 

4/4C2.19.3 Parallel Operation 4-5-4/3.21.3 

4/4C2.19.3a Reactive Load Sharing 4-5-4/3.21.3(a) 

4/4C2.19.3b Load Sharing 4-5-4/3.21.3(b) 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4C2.19.3c Facilities for Load Adjustment 4-5-4/3.21.3(c) 

4/4C2.21 Direct-current (DC) Generators 4-5-4/3.23 

4/4C2.21.1 Control and Excitation of Generators 4-5-4/3.23.1 

4/4C2.21.1a Field Regulations 4-5-4/3.23.1(a) 

4/4C2.21.1b Polarity of Series Windings 4-5-4/3.23.1(b) 

4/4C2.21.1c Equalizer Connections 4-5-4/3.23.1(c) 

4/4C2.21.2 Voltage Regulation 4-5-4/3.23.2 

4/4C2.21.2a Shunt or Stabilized Shunt-wound Generator 4-5-4/3.23.2(a) 

4/4C2.21.2b Compound-wound Generator 4-5-4/3.23.2(b) 

4/4C2.21.2c Automatic Voltage Regulators 4-5-4/3.23.2(c) 

4/4C2.21.3 Parallel Operation 4-5-4/3.23.3 

4/4C2.21.3a Stability 4-5-4/3.23.3(a) 

4/4C2.21.3b Load Sharing 4-5-4/3.23.3(b) 

4/4C2.21.3c Tripping of Circuit Breaker 4-5-4/3.23.3(c) 

4/4C3 Accumulator Batteries 4-5-4/5 

4/4C3.1 General 4-5-4/5.1 

4/4C3.1.1 Application 4-5-4/5.1.1 

4/4C3.1.2 Sealed Type Batteries 4-5-4/5.1.2 

4/4C3.1.3 References 4-5-4/5.1.3 

4/4C3.1.3a Emergency Services 4-5-4/5.1.3(a) 

4/4C3.1.3b Protection of Batteries 4-5-4/5.1.3(b) 

4/4C3.1.3c Battery Installation 4-5-4/5.1.3(c) 

4/4C3.1.3d Cable Installation 4-5-4/5.1.3(d) 

4/4C3.3 Construction and Assembly 4-5-4/5.3 

4/4C3.3.1 Cells and Filling Plugs 4-5-4/5.3.1 

4/4C3.3.2 Crates and Trays 4-5-4/5.3.2 

4/4C3.3.3 Nameplate 4-5-4/5.3.3 

4/4C3.5 Engine-starting Battery 4-5-4/5.5 

4/4C4 Switchboards, Distribution Boards, Chargers and Controllers 4-5-4/7 

4/4C4.1 General 4-5-4/7.1 


4/4C4.1.2 References 4-5-4/7.1.2 

4/4C4.1.2a Inclination 4-5-4/7.1.2(a) 

4/4C4.1.2b Emergency Switchboard 4-5-4/7.1.2(b) 

4/4C4.1.2c Circuit Breakers 4-5-4/7.1.2(c) 

4/4C4.1.2d Feeder Protection 4-5-4/7.1.2(d) 

4/4C4.1.2e Hull Return and Earthed Distribution Systems 4-5-4/7.1.2(e) 

4/4C4.1.2f Earthing 4-5-4/7.1.2(f) 

4/4C4.1.2g Installation 4-5-4/7.1.2(g) 

4/4C4.1.2h Protection Enclosures and its Selection 4-5-4/7.1.2(h) 

4/4C4.3 Testing and Inspection 4-5-4/7.3 


4/4C4.3.1a For Essential or Emergency Services 4-5-4/7.3.1(a) 

4/4C4.3.1b For Non-essential or Non-emergency Services 4-5-4/7.3.1(b) 

4/4C4.3.1c Motor Control Centers 4-5-4/7.3.1(c) 

4/4C4.3.1d Battery Chargers and Discharging Board 4-5-4/7.3.1(d) 

4/4C4.3.1e Test Items 4-5-4/7.3.1(e) 

4/4C4.3.2 Special Testing Arrangements 4-5-4/7.3.2 

4/4C4.5 Insulation Resistance Measurement 4-5-4/7.5 

4/4C4.7 Dielectric Strength of Insulation 4-5-4/7.7 

4/4C4.7a --- 4-5-4/7.7i) 

4/4C4.7b --- 4-5-4/7.7ii) 

4/4C4.7.1 Production-line Apparatus 4-5-4/7.7.1 

4/4C4.7.2 Devices with Low Insulation Strength 4-5-4/7.7.2 


4/4C4.9.1 Enclosures and Assemblies 4-5-4/7.9.1 

4/4C4.9.2 Dead Front 4-5-4/7.9.2 

4/4C4.9.3 Mechanical Strength 4-5-4/7.9.3 

4/4C4.9.4 Mechanical Protection 4-5-4/7.9.4 

4/4C4.11 Bus Bars, Wiring and Contacts 4-5-4/7.11 

4/4C4.11.1 Design 4-5-4/7.11.1 

4/4C4.11.2 Operating Temperature of Bus Bars 4-5-4/7.11.2 

4/4C4.11.3 Short Circuit Rating 4-5-4/7.11.3 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4C4.11.4 Internal Wiring 4-5-4/7.11.4 

4/4C4.11.5 Arrangement 4-5-4/7.11.5 

4/4C4.11.5a Accessibility 4-5-4/7.11.5(a) 

4/4C4.11.5b Locking of Connections 4-5-4/7.11.5(b) 

4/4C4.11.5c Soldered Connections 4-5-4/7.11.5(c) 

4/4C4.11.6 Clearances and Creepage Distances 4-5-4/7.11.6 

4/4C4.11.7 Terminals 4-5-4/7.11.7 

4/4C4.13 Control and Protective Devices 4-5-4/7.13 

4/4C4.13.1 Circuit-disconnecting Devices 4-5-4/7.13.1 

4/4C4.13.1a Systems Exceeding 55 Volts 4-5-4/7.13.1(a) 

4/4C4.13.1b Systems of 55 Volts and Less 4-5-4/7.13.1(b) 

4/4C4.13.1c Disconnect Device 4-5-4/7.13.1(c) 

4/4C4.13.2 Arrangement of Equipment 4-5-4/7.13.2 

4/4C4.13.2a Air Circuit Breakers 4-5-4/7.13.2(a) 

4/4C4.13.2b Voltage Regulators 4-5-4/7.13.2(b) 

4/4C4.13.2c Equipment Operated in High Temperature 4-5-4/7.13.2(c) 

4/4C4.13.2d Accessibility to Fuses 4-5-4/7.13.2(d) 

4/4C4.13.2e Protective Device for Instrumentation 4-5-4/7.13.2(e) 

4/4C4.13.2f Wearing Parts 4-5-4/7.13.2(f) 

4/4C4.13.3 Markings 4-5-4/7.13.3 

4/4C4.15 Switchboards 4-5-4/7.15 

4/4C4.15.1 Handrails 4-5-4/7.15.1 

4/4C4.15.2 Main Bus Bar Subdivision 4-5-4/7.15.2 

4/4C4.15.3 Equalizer Circuit for Direct-current (DC) Generators 4-5-4/7.15.3 

4/4C4.15.3a Equalizer Main Circuit 4-5-4/7.15.3(a) 

4/4C4.15.3b Equalizer Bus Bars 4-5-4/7.15.3(b) 

4/4C4.15.4 Equipment and Instrumentation 4-5-4/7.15.4 

4/4C4.17 Motor Controllers and Control Centers 4-5-4/7.17 

4/4C4.17.1 Enclosures and Assemblies 4-5-4/7.17.1 

4/4C4.17.2 Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers 4-5-4/7.17.2 

4/4C4.17.3 Auto-starters 4-5-4/7.17.3 

4/4C4.19 Battery Chargers 4-5-4/7.19 

4/4C4.19.1 Charging Capacity 4-5-4/7.19.1 

4/4C4.19.2 Equipment and Instrumentation 4-5-4/7.19.2 

4/4C4.19.2a Power Supply Disconnecting Switch 4-5-4/7.19.2(a) 

4/4C4.19.2b Pilot Lamp 4-5-4/7.19.2(b) 

4/4C4.19.2c Charging Voltage Adjuster 4-5-4/7.19.2(c) 

4/4C4.19.2d Voltmeter 4-5-4/7.19.2(d) 

4/4C4.19.2e Ammeter 4-5-4/7.19.2(e) 

4/4C4.19.2f Discharge Protection 4-5-4/7.19.2(f) 

4/4C4.19.2g Current Limiting Constant Voltage 4-5-4/7.19.2(g) 

4/4C5 Transformers 4-5-4/9 

4/4C5.1 General 4-5-4/9.1 


4/4C5.1.2 References 4-5-4/9.1.2 

4/4C5.1.2a Power Supply Arrangement 4-5-4/9.1.2(a) 

4/4C5.1.2b Protection 4-5-4/9.1.2(b) 

4/4C5.1.2c Protection Enclosures and its Selection 4-5-4/9.1.2(c) 

4/4C5.1.3 Forced Cooling Arrangement (Air or Liquid) 4-5-4/9.1.3 

4/4C5.3 Temperature Rise 4-5-4/9.3 


4/4C5.5.1 Windings 4-5-4/9.5.1 

4/4C5.5.2 Terminals 4-5-4/9.5.2 

4/4C5.5.3 Nameplate 4-5-4/9.5.3 

4/4C5.5.4 Prevention of the Accumulation of Moisture 4-5-4/9.5.4 

4/4C5.7 Testing 4-5-4/9.7 

4/4C5.7a --- 4-5-4/9.7i) 

4/4C5.7b --- 4-5-4/9.7ii) 

4/4C5.7c --- 4-5-4/9.7iii) 

4/4C6 Other Electric and Electronics Devices 4-5-4/11 

4/4C6.1 Circuit Breakers 4-5-4/11.1 

4/4C6.1.1 General 4-5-4/11.1.1 

4/4C6.1.2 Mechanical Property 4-5-4/11.1.2 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4C6.1.3 Isolation 4-5-4/11.1.3 

4/4C6.3 Fuses 4-5-4/11.3 

4/4C6.5 Semiconductor Converters 4-5-4/11.5 

4/4C6.5.1 General 4-5-4/11.5.1 

4/4C6.5.2 Cooling Arrangements 4-5-4/11.5.2 

4/4C6.5.3 Accessibility 4-5-4/11.5.3 

4/4C6.5.4 Nameplate 4-5-4/11.5.4 

4/4C6.7 Cable Junction Boxes 4-5-4/11.7 

4/4C6.7.1 General 4-5-4/11.7.1 

4/4C6.7.2 Design and Construction 4-5-4/11.7.2 

4/4C7 Cables and Wires 4-5-4/13 

4/4C7.1 Cable Construction 4-5-4/13.1 

4/4C7.1.1 General 4-5-4/13.1.1 

4/4C7.1.2 Flame Retardant Property 4-5-4/13.1.2 

4/4C7.1.2a Standards 4-5-4/13.1.2(a) 

4/4C7.1.2b Alternative Arrangement 4-5-4/13.1.2(b) 

4/4C7.1.3 Fire Resistant Property 4-5-4/13.1.3 

4/4C7.1.4 Insulation Material 4-5-4/13.1.4 

4/4C7.1.5 Armor for Single-conductor Cables 4-5-4/13.1.5 

4/4C7.1.6 Fiber Optic Cables 4-5-4/13.1.6 

4/4C7.3 --- --- 

4/4C7.5 Portable and Flexing Electric Cables 4-5-4/13.3 

4/4C7.7 Mineral-insulated Metal-sheathed Cable 4-5-4/13.5 

Table 4/4C1 Factory Testing Schedule for Rotating Machines of 100 kW and Over 4-5-4/Table 1 

Table 4/4C2 Dielectric Strength Test for Rotating Machines 4-5-4/Table 2 

Table 4/4C3 Limits of Temperature Rise for Air-cooled Rotating Machines 4-5-4/Table 3 

Table 4/4C4 Nameplates 4-5-4/Table 4 

Table 4/4C5 

Factory Testing Schedule for Switchboards, Chargers, Motor Control Centers and 

Controllers 

4-5-4/Table 5 

Table 4/4C6 

Clearance and Creepage Distance for Switchboards, Distribution Boards, Chargers, 

Motor Control Centers and Controllers 

4-5-4/Table 6 

Table 4/4C7 Equipment and Instrumentation for Switchboard 4-5-4/Table 7 

Table 4/4C8 Temperature Rise for Transformers 4-5-4/Table 8 

Table 4/4C9 Types of Cable Insulation 4-5-4/Table 9 

Table 4/4C10 Maximum Current Carrying Capacity for Insulated Copper Wires and Cables 4-5-4/Table 10 



Part D Specialized Installations 

4/4D1 High Voltage Systems 4-5-5/1 

4/4D1.1 General 4-5-5/1.1 

4/4D1.1.1 Application 4-5-5/1.1.1 

4/4D1.1.2 Standard Voltages 4-5-5/1.1.2 

4/4D1.1.3 Air Clearance and Creepage Distances 4-5-5/1.1.3 

4/4D1.1.3a Air Clearance 4-5-5/1.1.3(a) 

4/4D1.1.3b Creepage Distances 4-5-5/1.1.3(b) 

4/4D1.3 System Design 4-5-5/1.3 

4/4D1.3.1 Selective Coordination 4-5-5/1.3.1 

4/4D1.3.2 Earthed Neutral Systems 4-5-5/1.3.2 

4/4D1.3.2a Neutral Earthing 4-5-5/1.3.2(a) 

4/4D1.3.2b Equipment 4-5-5/1.3.2(b) 

4/4D1.3.3 Neutral Disconnection 4-5-5/1.3.3 

4/4D1.3.4 Hull Connection of Earthing Impedance 4-5-5/1.3.4 

4/4D1.3.5 Earth Fault Detection 4-5-5/1.3.5 

4/4D1.3.6 Number and Capacity of Transformers 4-5-5/1.3.6 

4/4D1.5 Circuit Breakers and Switches – Auxiliary Circuit Power Supply Systems 4-5-5/1.5 

4/4D1.5.1 Source and Capacity of Power Supply 4-5-5/1.5.1 

4/4D1.5.2 Number of External Sources or Stored Energy 4-5-5/1.5.2 

4/4D1.7 Circuit Protection 4-5-5/1.7 

4/4D1.7.1 Protection of Generator 4-5-5/1.7.1 

4/4D1.7.2 Protection of Power Transformers 4-5-5/1.7.2 

4/4D1.7.2a Coordinated Trips of Protective Devices 4-5-5/1.7.2(a) 

4/4D1.7.2ai) --- 4-5-5/1.7.2(a)i) 

4/4D1.7.2aii) --- 4-5-5/1.7.2(a)ii) 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4D1.7.2b Load Shedding Arrangement 4-5-5/1.7.2(b) 

4/4D1.7.2c Protection from Electrical Disturbance 4-5-5/1.7.2(c) 

4/4D1.7.2d Detection of Phase-to-phase Internal Faults 4-5-5/1.7.2(d) 

4/4D1.7.2e Protection from Earth-faults 4-5-5/1.7.2(e) 

4/4D1.7.2f Transformers Arranged in Parallel 4-5-5/1.7.2(f0 

4/4D1.7.3 Voltage Transformers for Control and Instrumentation 4-5-5/1.7.3 

4/4D1.7.4 Fuses 4-5-5/1.7.4 

4/4D1.7.5 Over Voltage Protection 4-5-5/1.7.5 

4/4D1.7.5i) --- 4-5-5/1.7.5i) 

4/4D1.7.5ii) --- 4-5-5/1.7.5ii) 

4/4D1.7.5iii) --- 4-5-5/1.7.5iii) 

4/4D1.9 Equipment Installation and Arrangement 4-5-5/1.9 

4/4D1.9.1 Degree of Protection 4-5-5/1.9.1 

4/4D1.9.2 Protective Arrangements 4-5-5/1.9.2 

4/4D1.9.2a Interlocking Arrangements 4-5-5/1.9.2(a) 

4/4D1.9.2b Warning Plate 4-5-5/1.9.2(b) 

4/4D1.9.3 Cables 4-5-5/1.9.3 

4/4D1.9.3a Runs of Cables 4-5-5/1.9.3(a) 

4/4D1.9.3b Segregation 4-5-5/1.9.3(b) 

4/4D1.9.3c Installation Arrangements 4-5-5/1.9.3(c) 

4/4D1.9.3d Termination and Splices 4-5-5/1.9.3(d) 

4/4D1.9.3e Marking 4-5-5/1.9.3(e) 

4/4D1.9.3f Test After Installation 4-5-5/1.9.3(f) 

4/4D1.11 Machinery and Equipment 4-5-5/1.11 

4/4D1.11.1 Rotating Machines 4-5-5/1.11.1 

4/4D1.11.1a Protection 4-5-5/1.11.1(a) 

4/4D1.11.1b Windings 4-5-5/1.11.1(b) 

4/4D1.11.1c Temperature Detectors 4-5-5/1.11.1(c) 

4/4D1.11.1d Cooler --- 

4/4D1.11.1e Space Heater 4-5-5/1.11.1(d) 

4/4D1.11.1f Tests 4-5-5/1.11.1(e) 

4/4D1.11.2 Switchgear and Control-gear Assemblies 4-5-5/1.11.2 

4/4D1.11.2a Protection 4-5-5/1.11.2(a) 

4/4D1.11.2b Mechanical Construction 4-5-5/1.11.2(b) 

4/4D1.11.2c Configuration 4-5-5/1.11.2(c) 

4/4D1.11.2d Clearance and Creepage Distances 4-5-5/1.11.2(d) 

4/4D1.11.2e Locking Facilities 4-5-5/1.11.2(e) 

4/4D1.11.2f Shutters 4-5-5/1.11.2(f) 

4/4D1.11.2g Earthing and Short-circuiting Facilities 4-5-5/1.11.2(g) 

4/4D1.11.2h Tests 4-5-5/1.11.2(h) 

4/4D1.11.3 Transformers 4-5-5/1.11.3 

4/4D1.11.3a Application 4-5-5/1.11.3(a) 

4/4D1.11.3b Plans 4-5-5/1.11.3(b) 

4/4D1.11.3c Enclosure 4-5-5/1.11.3(c) 

4/4D1.11.3d Space Heater 4-5-5/1.11.3(d) 

4/4D1.11.3e Testing 4-5-5/1.11.3(e) 

4/4D1.11.3ei) --- 4-5-5/1.11.3(e)i) 

4/4D1.11.3eii) --- 4-5-5/1.11.3(e)ii) 

4/4D1.11.3f Nameplate 4-5-5/1.11.3(f) 

4/4D1.11.4 Cables 4-5-5/1.11.4 

4/4D1.11.4a Standards 4-5-5/1.11.4(a) 

4/4D2 Bridge Control of Propulsion Machinery 4-5-5/3 

4/4D2.1 Control Capability 4-5-5/3.1 

4/4D2.2 Emergency Stopping 4-5-5/3.3 

4/4D2.3 Order of Control Station Command 4-5-5/3.5 

4/4D2.4 Local Control 4-5-5/3.7 

4/4D2.5 Bridge Control Indicators 4-5-5/3.9 

4/4D3 Electric Propulsion System 4-5-5/5 

4/4D3.1 Application 4-5-5/5.1 

4/4D3.3 Plans and Data to be Submitted 4-5-5/5.3 

4/4D3.5 Propulsion Power Supply Systems 4-5-5/5.5 

4/4D3.5.1 Propulsion Generators 4-5-5/5.5.1 

4/4D3.5.1a Power Supply 4-5-5/5.5.1(a) 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4D3.5.1b Single System 4-5-5/5.5.1(b) 

4/4D3.5.1c Multiple Systems 4-5-5/5.5.1(c) 

4/4D3.5.1d Excitation Systems 4-5-5/5.5.1(d) 

4/4D3.5.1e Features for Other Services 4-5-5/5.5.1(e) 

4/4D3.5.2 Propulsion Excitation 4-5-5/5.5.2 

4/4D3.5.2a Excitation Circuits 4-5-5/5.5.2(a) 

4/4D3.5.2b Field Circuits 4-5-5/5.5.2(b) 

4/4D3.5.2c Shiphs Service Generator Connection 4-5-5/5.5.2(c) 

4/4D3.5.3 Semiconductor Converters 4-5-5/5.5.3 

4/4D3.5.3a --- 4-5-5/5.5.3(a) 

4/4D3.5.3b --- 4-5-5/5.5.3(b) 

4/4D3.5.3c --- 4-5-5/5.5.3(c) 

4/4D3.5.3d --- 4-5-5/5.5.3(d) 

4/4D3.7 Circuit Protection 4-5-5/5.7 

4/4D3.7.1 Setting 4-5-5/5.7.1 

4/4D3.7.2 Direct-current (DC) Propulsion Circuits 4-5-5/5.7.2 

4/4D3.7.2a Circuit Protection 4-5-5/5.7.2(a) 

4/4D3.7.2b Protection for Renewal of the Rotation 4-5-5/5.7.2(b) 

4/4D3.7.3 Excitation Circuits 4-5-5/5.7.3 

4/4D3.7.4 Reduction of Magnetic Fluxes 4-5-5/5.7.4 


4/4D3.7.5a Overvoltage Protection 4-5-5/5.7.5(a) 

4/4D3.7.5b Overcurrent Protection 4-5-5/5.7.5(b) 

4/4D3.7.5c Short-circuit Protection 4-5-5/5.7.5(c) 

4/4D3.7.5d Filter Circuits 4-5-5/5.7.5(d) 

4/4D3.9 Protection for Earth Leakage 4-5-5/5.9 

4/4D3.9.1 Main Propulsion Circuits 4-5-5/5.9.1 

4/4D3.9.2 Excitation Circuits 4-5-5/5.9.2 

4/4D3.9.3 Alternating-current (AC) Systems 4-5-5/5.9.3 

4/4D3.9.4 Direct-current (DC) Systems 4-5-5/5.9.4 

4/4D3.11 Electric Propulsion Control 4-5-5/5.11 

4/4D3.11.1 General 4-5-5/5.11.1 

4/4D3.11.2 Testing and Installation 4-5-5/5.11.2 

4/4D3.11.3 Initiation of Control 4-5-5/5.11.3 

4/4D3.11.4 Emergency Stop 4-5-5/5.11.4 

4/4D3.11.5 Prime Mover Control 4-5-5/5.11.5 

4/4D3.11.6 Control Power Failure 4-5-5/5.11.6 

4/4D3.11.7 Protection 4-5-5/5.11.7 

4/4D3.11.8 Interlocks 4-5-5/5.11.8 

4/4D3.13 Instrumentation at the Control Station 4-5-5/5.13 

4/4D3.13.1 Indication, Display and Alarms 4-5-5/5.13.1 

4/4D3.13.1a For AC Systems 4-5-5/5.13.1(a) 

4/4D3.13.1b For DC Systems 4-5-5/5.13.1(b) 

4/4D3.13.1c For Electric Slip Couplings 4-5-5/5.13.1(c) 

4/4D3.13.2 Indication of Propulsion System Status 4-5-5/5.13.2 

4/4D3.13.2a \Ready for Operation] 4-5-5/5.13.2(a) 

4/4D3.13.2b \Faulty] 4-5-5/5.13.2(b) 

4/4D3.13.2c \Power Limitation] 4-5-5/5.13.2(c) 

4/4D3.15 Equipment Installation and Arrangement 4-5-5/5.15 

4/4D3.15.1 General 4-5-5/5.15.1 

4/4D3.15.2 Accessibility and Facilities for Repairs 4-5-5/5.15.2 

4/4D3.15.2a Accessibility 4-5-5/5.15.2(a) 

4/4D3.15.2b Facility for Supporting 4-5-5/5.15.2(b) 

4/4D3.15.2c Slip-couplings 4-5-5/5.15.2(c) 


4/4D3.15.4 Propulsion Cables 4-5-5/5.15.4 

4/4D3.17 Machinery and Equipment 4-5-5/5.17 

4/4D3.17.1 Material Tests 4-5-5/5.17.1 

4/4D3.17.2 Temperature Rating 4-5-5/5.17.2 

4/4D3.17.3 Protection Against Moisture Condensation 4-5-5/5.17.3 

4/4D3.17.4 Prime Movers 4-5-5/5.17.4 

4/4D3.17.4a Capability 4-5-5/5.17.4(a) 

4/4D3.17.4b Speed Control 4-5-5/5.17.4(b) 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4D3.17.4c Manual Controls 4-5-5/5.17.4(c) 

4/4D3.17.4d Parallel Operation 4-5-5/5.17.4(d) 

4/4D3.17.4e Protection for Regenerated Power 4-5-5/5.17.4(e) 

4/4D3.17.5 Rotating Machines for Propulsion 4-5-5/5.17.5 

4/4D3.17.5a Ventilation and Protection 4-5-5/5.17.5(a) 

4/4D3.17.5b Fire-extinguishing Systems 4-5-5/5.17.5(b) 

4/4D3.17.5c Air Coolers 4-5-5/5.17.5(c) 

4/4D3.17.5d Temperature Sensors 4-5-5/5.17.5(d) 

4/4D3.17.6 Propulsion Generators 4-5-5/5.17.6 

4/4D3.17.7 Direct-current (DC) Propulsion Motors 4-5-5/5.17.7 

4/4D3.17.7a Rotors 4-5-5/5.17.7(a) 

4/4D3.17.7b Overspeed Protection 4-5-5/5.17.7(b) 

4/4D3.17.8 Electric Couplings 4-5-5/5.17.8 

4/4D3.17.8a General 4-5-5/5.17.8(a) 

4/4D3.17.8b Accessibility for Repairs 4-5-5/5.17.8(b) 

4/4D3.17.8c Temperature Rating 4-5-5/5.17.8(c) 

4/4D3.17.8d Excitation 4-5-5/5.17.8(d) 

4/4D3.17.8e Control Equipment 4-5-5/5.17.8(e) 

4/4D3.17.8f Nameplates 4-5-5/5.17.8(f) 

4/4D3.17.9 Semiconductor Converters for Propulsion 4-5-5/5.17.9 

4/4D3.17.9a General 4-5-5/5.17.9(a) 

4/4D3.17.9b Testing and Inspection 4-5-5/5.17.9(b) 

4/4D3.17.9c Insulation Test 4-5-5/5.17.9(c) 

4/4D3.17.9d Design Data 4-5-5/5.17.9(d) 

4/4D3.17.9e Watertight Enclosures 4-5-5/5.17.9(e) 

4/4D3.17.9f Terminals 4-5-5/5.17.9(f) 

4/4D3.17.9g Nameplates 4-5-5/5.17.9(g) 

4/4D3.17.10 Reactors and Transformers for Semiconductor Converters 4-5-5/5.17.10 

4/4D3.17.10a General 4-5-5/5.17.10(a) 

4/4D3.17.10b Voltage Regulation 4-5-5/5.17.10(b) 

4/4D3.17.10c High Temperature Alarm 4-5-5/5.17.10(c) 

4/4D3.17.11 Switches 4-5-5/5.17.11 

4/4D3.17.11a General Design 4-5-5/5.17.11(a) 

4/4D3.17.11b Generator and Motor Switches 4-5-5/5.17.11(b) 

4/4D3.17.11c Field Switches 4-5-5/5.17.11(c) 

4/4D3.17.12 Propulsion Cables 4-5-5/5.17.12 

4/4D3.17.12a Conductors 4-5-5/5.17.12(a) 

4/4D3.17.12b Insulation Materials 4-5-5/5.17.12(b) 

4/4D3.17.12c Braided Metallic Armor and Impervious Metallic Sheaths 4-5-5/5.17.12(c) 

4/4D3.17.12d Inner Wiring 4-5-5/5.17.12(d) 

4/4D3.17.12e Testing 4-5-5/5.17.12(e) 

4/4D3.19 Dock and Sea Trials 4-5-5/5.19 

4/4D4 Three-wire Dual-voltage DC System 4-5-5/7 

4/4D4.1 Three-wire DC Shiphs Generators 4-5-5/7.1 

4/4D4.3 Neutral Earthing 4-5-5/7.3 

4/4D4.3.1 Main Switchboard 4-5-5/7.3.1 

4/4D4.3.2 Emergency Switchboard 4-5-5/7.3.2 

4/4D4.5 Size of Neutral Conductors 4-5-5/7.5 

Table 4/4D.1 Nameplates 4-5-5/Table 1 



Part E Specialized Vessels and Systems 

4/4E1 Oil Carriers 4-5-6/1 

4/4E1.1 Application 4-5-6/1.1 

4/4E1.3 Earthed Distribution System 4-5-6/1.3 

4/4E1.3a --- 4-5-6/1.3i) 

4/4E1.3b --- 4-5-6/1.3ii) 

4/4E1.3c --- 4-5-6/1.3iii) 

4/4E1.3d --- 4-5-6/1.3iv) 

4/4E1.5 Hazardous Areas 4-5-6/1.5 

4/4E1.5.1 --- 4-5-6/1.5.1 

4/4E1.5.1a --- 4-5-6/1.5.1i) 

4/4E1.5.1b --- 4-5-6/1.5.1ii) 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4E1.5.1c --- 4-5-6/1.5.1iii) 

4/4E1.5.1d --- 4-5-6/1.5.1iv) 

4/4E1.5.1e --- 4-5-6/1.5.1v) 

4/4E1.5.1f --- 4-5-6/1.5.1vi) 

4/4E1.5.1g --- 4-5-6/1.5.1vii) 

4/4E1.5.1h --- 4-5-6/1.5.1viii) 

4/4E1.5.1i --- 4-5-6/1.5.1ix) 

4/4E1.5.1j --- 4-5-6/1.5.1x) 

4/4E1.5.1k --- 4-5-6/1.5.1xi) 

4/4E1.5.2 --- 4-5-6/1.5.2 

4/4E1.5.2a --- 4-5-6/1.5.2i) 

4/4E1.5.2b --- 4-5-6/1.5.2ii) 

4/4E1.7 Installation of Equipment and Cables 4-5-6/1.7 

4/4E1.7.1 General 4-5-6/1.7.1 

4/4E1.7.2 Cables 4-5-6/1.7.2 

4/4E1.7.3 Sea Depth Sounder, Speed Log and Impressed Current Cathodic Protection Systems 4-5-6/1.7.3 

4/4E1.7.3a --- 4-5-6/1.7.3a 

4/4E1.7.3b --- 4-5-6/1.7.3b 

4/4E1.7.3c --- 4-5-6/1.7.3c 

4/4E1.7.3d --- 4-5-6/1.7.3d 

4/4E1.7.3e --- 4-5-6/1.7.3e 

4/4E1.9 Cargo Oil Pump Room 4-5-6/1.9 

4/4E1.9.1 Ventilation 4-5-6/1.9.1 

4/4E1.9.1a System and Arrangement 4-5-6/1.9.1(a) 

4/4E1.9.1a1 Lower Intake 4-5-6/1.9.1(a)i) 

4/4E1.9.1a2 Emergency Intake 4-5-6/1.9.1(a)ii) 

4/4E1.9.1a3 Dampers 4-5-6/1.9.1(a)iii) 

4/4E1.9.1a4 Floor Plate 4-5-6/1.9.1(a)iv) 

4/4E1.9.1b Fan Motors and Fans 4-5-6/1.9.1(b) 

4/4E1.9.2 Gas Detection 4-5-6/1.9.2 

4/4E1.9.3 Lighting 4-5-6/1.9.3 

4/4E1.9.3a Lighting Fitted Outside the Pump Room 4-5-6/1.9.3(a) 

4/4E1.9.3b Lighting Fitted Inside the Pump Room 4-5-6/1.9.3(b) 

4/4E1.9.4 Cable Installation 4-5-6/1.9.4 

4/4E2 Vessels Carrying Coal in Bulk 4-5-6/3 


4/4E2.3 Hazardous Areas 4-5-6/3.3 

4/4E2.5 Installation of Equipment 4-5-6/3.5 

4/4E2.5.1 Classified Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Area 4-5-6/3.5.1 

4/4E2.5.2 Internal Combustion Engines in Hazardous Area 4-5-6/3.5.2 

4/4E2.5.3 Cargo Hold 4-5-6/3.5.3 

4/4E2.5.3a Instruments for Measuring 4-5-6/3.5.3(a) 

4/4E2.5.3a1 --- 4-5-6/3.5.3(a)i) 

4/4E2.5.3a2 --- 4-5-6/3.5.3(a)ii) 

4/4E2.5.3a3 --- 4-5-6/3.5.3(a)iii) 

4/4E2.5.3a4 --- 4-5-6/3.5.3(a)iv) 

4/4E2.5.3b Cargo Atmosphere Measuring Equipment 4-5-6/3.5.3(b) 

4/4E2.5.3c Sampling Points 4-5-6/3.5.3(c) 

4/4E2.5.3d Warning Plate 4-5-6/3.5.3(d) 

4/4E3 Cargo Vessels Carrying Motor Vehicles with in Their Tank 4-5-6/5 


4/4E3.3 Ventilation System 4-5-6/5.3 

4/4E3.3.1 Arrangement 4-5-6/5.3.1 

4/4E3.3.2 Capacity 4-5-6/5.3.2 

4/4E3.3.3 Fans 4-5-6/5.3.3 

4/4E3.3.4 Material and Arrangement of Ducts 4-5-6/5.3.4 

4/4E3.3.5 Exhaust Inlet and Outlet 4-5-6/5.3.5 

4/4E3.3.6 Emergency Shutdown 4-5-6/5.3.6 

4/4E3.3.7 Navigation Bridge Indication 4-5-6/5.3.7 

4/4E3.5 Location and Type of Equipment 4-5-6/5.5 

4/4E3.5.1 Certified Safe Type Equipment 4-5-6/5.5.1 

4/4E3.5.2 Alternative Arrangements 4-5-6/5.5.2 

4/4E3.5.3 Equipment in Ducts from Vehicle Space 4-5-6/5.5.3 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4E4 Vessels Carrying Hazardous Cargoes in Bulk 4-5-6/7 

4/4E5 Passenger Vessels 4-5-6/9 

4/4E5.1 Emergency Source of Power 4-5-6/9.1 

4/4E5.1.1 General 4-5-6/9.1.1 

4/4E5.1.1a Location 4-5-6/9.1.1(a) 

4/4E5.1.1b Separation 4-5-6/9.1.1(b) 

4/4E5.1.1b1 Machinery Space of Category A 4-5-6/9.1.1(b)i) 

4/4E5.1.1b2 Machinery Space Other Than Category A 4-5-6/9.1.1(b)ii) 

4/4E5.1.1b3 Alternative Arrangement 4-5-6/9.1.1(b)iii) 

4/4E5.1.1b3a --- 4-5-6/9.1.1(b)iii)" 

4/4E5.1.1b3b --- 4-5-6/9.1.1(b)iii)" 

4/4E5.1.2 Emergency Services 4-5-6/9.1.2 

4/4E5.1.2a General 4-5-6/9.1.2(a) 

4/4E5.1.2b Lighting Systems and Navigation Light 4-5-6/9.1.2(b) 

4/4E5.1.2b1 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(b)i) 

4/4E5.1.2b2 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(b)ii) 

4/4E5.1.2b3 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(b)iii) 

4/4E5.1.2b4 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(b)iv) 

4/4E5.1.2b5 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(b)v) 

4/4E5.1.2b6 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(b)vi) 

4/4E5.1.2b7 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(b)vii) 

4/4E5.1.2b8 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(b)viii) 

4/4E5.1.2b9 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(b)ix) 

4/4E5.1.2c Communication System, Navigation Aid and Alarm Systems 4-5-6/9.1.2(c) 

4/4E5.1.2c1 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(c)i) 

4/4E5.1.2c2 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(c)ii) 

4/4E5.1.2c3 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(c)iii) 

4/4E5.1.2c4 --- 4-5-6/9.1.2(c)iv) 

4/4E5.1.2d Emergency Fire Pump 4-5-6/9.1.2(d) 

4/4E5.1.2e Steering Gear 4-5-6/9.1.2(e) 

4/4E5.1.2f Watertight Doors 4-5-6/9.1.2(f) 

4/4E5.1.2g Elevators 4-5-6/9.1.2(g) 

4/4E5.1.3 Power Supply 4-5-6/9.1.3 

4/4E5.1.3a General 4-5-6/9.1.3(a) 

4/4E5.1.3b Generator 4-5-6/9.1.3(b) 

4/4E5.1.3b1 --- 4-5-6/9.1.3(b)i) 

4/4E5.1.3b2 --- 4-5-6/9.1.3(b)ii) 

4/4E5.1.3b3 --- 4-5-6/9.1.3(b)iii) 

4/4E5.1.3c Accumulator Battery 4-5-6/9.1.3(c) 

4/4E5.1.3c1 --- 4-5-6/9.1.3(c)i) 

4/4E5.1.3c2 --- 4-5-6/9.1.3(c)ii) 

4/4E5.1.3c3 --- 4-5-6/9.1.3(c)iii) 

4/4E5.1.3d Emergency Generator for Non-emergency Services 4-5-6/9.1.3(d) 

4/4E5.1.4 Transitional Source of Power 4-5-6/9.1.4 

4/4E5.1.4a --- 4-5-6/9.1.4i) 

4/4E5.1.4b --- 4-5-6/9.1.4ii) 

4/4E5.1.5 Emergency Switchboard 4-5-6/9.1.5 

4/4E5.1.5a General 4-5-6/9.1.5(a) 

4/4E5.1.5b Emergency Switchboard for Generator 4-5-6/9.1.5(b) 

4/4E5.1.5c Accumulator Battery 4-5-6/9.1.5(c) 

4/4E5.1.5d Interconnector Feeder Between Emergency and Main Switchboards 4-5-6/9.1.5(d) 

4/4E5.1.5e Disconnection of Non-emergency Circuits 4-5-6/9.1.5(e) 

4/4E5.1.6 Arrangements for Periodic Testing 4-5-6/9.1.6 

4/4E5.1.7 Starting Arrangements for Emergency Generator Sets 4-5-6/9.1.7 

4/4E5.1.7a Cold Conditions 4-5-6/9.1.7(a) 

4/4E5.1.7b Number of Starts 4-5-6/9.1.7(b) 

4/4E5.1.7c Charging of Stored Energy 4-5-6/9.1.7(c) 

4/4E5.1.7c1 --- 4-5-6/9.1.7(c)i) 

4/4E5.1.7c2 --- 4-5-6/9.1.7(c)ii) 

4/4E5.1.7c3 --- 4-5-6/9.1.7(c)iii) 

4/4E5.1.7d Manual Starting 4-5-6/9.1.7(d) 

4/4E5.3 Emergency Power Supply for Steering Gear 4-5-6/9.3 

4/4E5.5 Power Supply Through Transformers and Converters 4-5-6/9.5 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/4E5.7 Interior Communication Systems 4-5-6/9.7 

4/4E5.7.1 Main Propulsion Control Stations 4-5-6/9.7.1 

4/4E5.7.2 Voice Communications 4-5-6/9.7.2 

4/4E5.7.2a Propulsion and Steering Control Stations 4-5-6/9.7.2(a) 

4/4E5.7.2b Elevator 4-5-6/9.7.2(b) 

4/4E5.7.2c Independence of Power Supply Circuit 4-5-6/9.7.2(c) 

4/4E5.9 Manually Operated Alarms 4-5-6/9.9 

4/4E5.9.1 General Emergency Alarm System 4-5-6/9.9.1 

4/4E5.9.2 Engineersh Alarm 4-5-6/9.9.2 

4/4E5.9.3 Elevator 4-5-6/9.9.3 

Table 4/4E.1 Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Areas for Oil Carriers 4-5-6/Table 1 


Section 5 Pumps and Piping Systems 

4/5.1 General Requirements 4-3-1/1.1 

4/5.1.1 Piping Groups 4-3-1/1.3 

4/5.1.2 Plans and Data to be Submitted 4-3-1/3 

4/5.1.2a Plans 4-3-1/3.1 

4/5.1.2b Data 4-3-1/3.3 

4/5.1.3 Material, Tests and Inspection 4-3-1/5 

4/5.1.3a Specifications and Purchase Orders 4-3-1/5.1 

4/5.1.3b Special Materials 4-3-1/5.3 

4/5.1.4 Pressure Tests 4-3-2/3 

4/5.1.4a General 4-3-2/3.1 

4/5.1.4b Fuel-oil Suction and Transfer Lines 4-3-2/3.3 

4/5.1.4c Cargo-oil Piping Systems 4-3-2/3.5 

4/5.1.4d Hydraulic Power Piping 4-3-2/3.7 

4/5.1.4e All Piping 4-3-2/3.9 

4/5.1.5 General Installation Details 4-3-1/7 

4/5.1.5a Protection 4-3-1/7.1 

4/5.1.5b Pipes Near Switchboards 4-3-1/7.3 

4/5.1.5c Expansion or Contraction Stresses 4-3-1/7.5 

4/5.1.5d Bulkhead, Deck or Tank-top Penetrations 4-3-1/7.9 

4/5.1.5e Relief Valves 4-3-1/7.11 

4/5.1.5f Common Overboard Discharge 4-3-1/7.13 

4/5.1.5g Plastic Piping 4-3-1/7.15 

4/5.1.5h Standard Thicknesses 4-3-1/7.17 

4/5.1.5i Instruments 4-3-1/7.19 

4/5.1.5i1 Temperature 4-3-1/7.19.1 

4/5.1.5i2 Pressure 4-3-1/7.19.2 

4/5.1.5j Hose 4-3-1/7.21 

4/5.1.5k Molded Expansion Joints 4-3-1/7.7 

4/5.1.5k1 Circulating Water System 4-3-1/7.7.1 

4/5.1.5k2 Oil Systems 4-3-1/7.7.2 

4/5.1.5k2a --- 4-3-1/7.7.2(a) 

4/5.1.5k2b --- 4-3-1/7.7.2(b) 

4/5.1.5k2c --- 4-3-1/7.7.2(c) 

4/5.1.5k2d --- 4-3-1/7.7.2(d) 

4/5.1.5k3 Fire Retardant Test 4-3-1/7.7.3 

4/5.3 Piping, Valves and Fittings Section 4-3-2 

4/5.3.1 General 4-3-2/1 

4/5.3.2 Pipes 4-3-2/5 

4/5.3.2a Test and Inspection Group I Piping 4-3-2/5.1 

4/5.3.2b Steel Pipe 4-3-2/5.3 

4/5.3.2c Copper Pipe 4-3-2/5.5 

4/5.3.2d Brass Pipe 4-3-2/5.7 

4/5.3.2e Plastic Pipe 4-3-2/5.9 

4/5.3.2f Working Pressure and Thickness of Metallic Pipe 4-3-2/5.11 

4/5.3.3 Valves 4-3-2/11 

4/5.3.3a Standard Valves 4-3-2/11.1.1 

4/5.3.3b Non-standard Valves 4-3-2/11.1.2 

4/5.3.3c Construction 4-3-2/11.3 

4/5.3.3d Hydrostatic Test and Identification 4-3-2/11.5 

4/5.3.4 Pipe Fittings 4-3-2/13 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/5.3.4a General 4-3-2/13.1 

4/5.3.4b Hydrostatic Test and Identification 4-3-2/13.3 

4/5.3.4c Non-standard Fittings 4-3-2/13.5 

4/5.3.5 Welded Non-standard Valves and Fittings 4-3-2/15 

4/5.3.6 Flanges 4-3-2/17 

4/5.3.6a General 4-3-2/17.1 

4/5.3.6b Group I Piping Flanges 4-3-2/17.3 

4/5.3.6b1 Steel Pipe 4-3-2/17.3.1 

4/5.3.6b2 Nonferrous Pipe 4-3-2/17.3.2 

4/5.3.6c Group II Piping Flanges 4-3-2/17.5 

4/5.3.7 Materials for Valves and Fittings 4-3-2/9 

4/5.3.7a General 4-3-2/9.1 

4/5.3.7b Forged or Cast Steel 4-3-2/9.3 

4/5.3.7c Cast Iron 4-3-2/9.5 

4/5.3.7d Nonferrous 4-3-2/9.7 

4/5.3.7e Nodular (Ductile) Iron 4-3-2/9.9 

4/5.3.7f Plastic Compounds 4-3-2/9.11 

4/5.4 Plastic Pipes 4-3-2/7 

4/5.4.1 General 4-3-2/7.1 

4/5.4.2 Specification 4-3-2/7.3 

4/5.4.3 Design 4-3-2/7.5 

4/5.4.3a Internal Pressure 4-3-2/7.5.1 

4/5.4.3b External Pressure 4-3-2/7.5.2 

4/5.4.3c Axial Strength 4-3-2/7.5.3 

4/5.4.3c1 --- 4-3-2/7.5.3(a) 

4/5.4.3c2 --- 4-3-2/7.5.3(b) 

4/5.4.3d Temperature 4-3-2/7.5.4 

4/5.4.3e Impact Resistance 4-3-2/7.5.5 

4/5.4.3f Fire Endurance 4-3-2/7.5.6 

4/5.4.3f1 --- 4-3-2/7.5.6i) 

4/5.4.3f2 --- 4-3-2/7.5.6ii) 

4/5.4.3f3 --- 4-3-2/7.5.6iii) 

4/5.4.3f4 --- 4-3-2/7.5.6iv) 

4/5.4.3g Flame Spread 4-3-2/7.5.7 

4/5.4.3h Electrical Conductivity 4-3-2/7.5.8 

4/5.4.3h1 --- 4-3-2/7.5.8(a) 

4/5.4.3h2 --- 4-3-2/7.5.8(b) 

4/5.4.3h3 --- 4-3-2/7.5.8(c) 

4/5.4.3h4 --- 4-3-2/7.5.8(d) 

4/5.4.3i Marking 4-3-2/7.5.9 

4/5.4.4 Installation of Plastic Pipes 4-3-2/7.7 

4/5.4.4a Supports 4-3-2/7.7.1 

4/5.4.4a1 --- 4-3-2/7.7.1(a) 

4/5.4.4a2 --- 4-3-2/7.7.1(b) 

4/5.4.4a3 --- 4-3-2/7.7.1(c) 

4/5.4.4a4 --- 4-3-2/7.7.1(d) 

4/5.4.4a5 --- 4-3-2/7.7.1(e) 

4/5.4.4b External Loads 4-3-2/7.7.2 

4/5.4.4c Plastic Pipe Connections 4-3-2/7.7.3 

4/5.4.4c1 --- 4-3-2/7.7.3(a) 

4/5.4.4c2 --- 4-3-2/7.7.3(b) 

4/5.4.4c3 --- 4-3-2/7.7.3(c) 

4/5.4.4c4 --- 4-3-2/7.7.3(d) 

4/5.4.4d Electrical Conductivity 4-3-2/7.7.4 

4/5.4.4d1 --- 4-3-2/7.7.4(a) 

4/5.4.4d2 --- 4-3-2/7.7.4(b) 

4/5.4.4e Shell Connections 4-3-2/7.7.5 

4/5.4.4f Bulkhead and Deck Penetrations 4-3-2/7.7.6 

4/5.4.4f1 --- 4-3-2/7.7.6(a) 

4/5.4.4f2 ---- 4-3-2/7.7.6(b) 

4/5.4.4f3 --- 4-3-2/7.7.6(c) 

4/5.4.4g Application of Fire Protection Coatings 4-3-2/7.7.7 

4/5.4.5 Manufacturing of Plastic Pipes 4-3-2/7.9 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/5.4.6 Plastic Pipe Bonding Procedure 4-3-2/7.11 

4/5.4.6a Procedure Qualification Requirements 4-3-2/7.11.1 

4/5.4.6a1 --- 4-3-2/7.11.1(a) 

4/5.4.6a2 --- 4-3-2/7.11.1(b) 

4/5.4.6b Procedure Qualification Testing 4-3-2/7.11.2 

4/5.4.6b1 --- 4-3-2/7.11.2(a) 

4/5.4.6b2 --- 4-3-2/7.11.2(b) 

4/5.4.6b3 --- 4-3-2/7.11.2(c) 

4/5.4.7 

Tests by the Manufacturer – Fire Endurance Testing of Plastic Piping in the Dry 

Condition (For Level 1 and Level 2) 

4-3-2/7.13 

4/5.4.7a Test Method 4-3-2/7.13.1 

4/5.4.7a1 --- 4-3-2/7.13.1(a) 

4/5.4.7a2 --- 4-3-2/7.13.1(b) 

4/5.4.7a3 --- 4-3-2/7.13.1(c) 

4/5.4.7b Test Specimens 4-3-2/7.13.2 

4/5.4.7b1 --- 4-3-2/7.13.2(a) 

4/5.4.7b2 --- 4-3-2/7.13.2(b) 

4/5.4.7b3 --- 4-3-2/7.13.2(c) 

4/5.4.7b4 --- 4-3-2/7.13.2(d) 

4/5.4.7b5 --- 4-3-2/7.13.2(e) 

4/5.4.7b6 --- 4-3-2/7.13.2(f) 

4/5.4.7c Test Condition 4-3-2/7.13.3 

4/5.4.7d Acceptance Criteria 4-3-2/7.13.4 

4/5.4.7d1 --- 4-3-2/7.13.4(a) 

4/5.4.7d2 --- 4-3-2/7.13.4(b) 

4/5.4.7d3 --- 4-3-2/7.13.4(c) 

4/5.4.8 

Test by Manufacturer – Fire Endurance Testing of Water-filled Plastic Piping (For 

Level 3) 

4-3-2/7.15 

4/5.4.8a Test Method 4-3-2/7.15.1 

4/5.4.8a1 --- 4-3-2/7.15.1(a) 

4/5.4.8a2 --- 4-3-2/7.15.1(b) 

4/5.4.8a3 --- 4-3-2/7.15.1(c) 

4/5.4.8a4 --- 4-3-2/7.15.1(d) 

4/5.4.8a5 --- 4-3-2/7.15.1(e) 

4/5.4.8b Test Specimen 4-3-2/7.15.2 

4/5.4.8b1 --- 4-3-2/7.15.2(a) 

4/5.4.8b2 --- 4-3-2/7.15.2(b) 

4/5.4.8b3 --- 4-3-2/7.15.2(c) 

4/5.4.8b4 --- 4-3-2/7.15.2(d) 

4/5.4.8b5 --- 4-3-2/7.15.2(e) 

4/5.4.8b6 --- 4-3-2/7.15.2(f) 

Figure 4/5.1 Fire Endurance Test Burner Assembly 4-3-2/Figure 1 

Figure 4/5.2 Fire Endurance Test Stand with Mounted Sample 4-3-2/Figure 2 

4/5.4.8b7 --- 4-3-2/7.15.2(g) 

4/5.4.8c Test Conditions 4-3-2/7.15.3 

4/5.4.8c1 --- 4-3-2/7.15.3(a) 

4/5.4.8c2 --- 4-3-2/7.15.3(b) 

4/5.4.8c3 --- 4-3-2/7.15.3(c) 

4/5.4.8d Acceptance Criteria 4-3-2/7.15.4 

4/5.4.8d1 --- 4-3-2/7.15.4(a) 

4/5.4.8d2 --- 4-3-2/7.15.4(b) 

4/5.4.9 Tests by Manufacturer – Flame Spread 4-3-2/7.17 

4/5.4.9a Test Method 4-3-2/7.17.1 

4/5.4.9a1 --- 4-3-2/7.17.1(a) 

4/5.4.9a2 --- 4-3-2/7.17.1(b) 

4/5.4.9a3 --- 4-3-2/7.17.1(c) 

4/5.4.9a4 --- 4-3-2/7.17.1(d) 

4/5.4.9a5 --- 4-3-2/7.17.1(e) 

4/5.4.9a6 --- 4-3-2/7.17.1(f) 

4/5.4.9a7 --- 4-3-2/7.17.1(g) 

4/5.4.9a8 --- 4-3-2/7.17.1(h) 

4/5.4.9a9 --- 4-3-2/7.17.1(i) 

4/5.4.10 Testing on Board After Installation 4-3-2/7.19 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/5.5 Sea Chests, Sea Valves and Overboard Discharge Connections 4-3-2/19 

4/5.5.1 General 4-3-2/19.1 

4/5.5.1a Installation 4-3-2/19.1.1 

4/5.5.1b Valve Connections to the Shell 4-3-2/19.1.2 

4/5.5.1c Valves Required 4-3-2/19.1.3 

4/5.5.2 Sea Chests 4-3-2/19.3 

4/5.5.2a Location 4-3-2/19.3.1 

4/5.5.2b Strainer Plates 4-3-2/19.3.2 

4/5.5.3 Scuppers 4-3-2/19.5 

4/5.5.4 Sanitary Discharges 4-3-2/19.7 

4/5.6 Cooler Installations External to the Hull 4-3-2/21 

4/5.6.1 General 4-3-2/21.1 

4/5.6.2 Integral Keel Cooler Installations 4-3-2/21.3 

4/5.6.3 Non-integral Cooler Installations 4-3-2/21.5 

4/5.7 Bilge and Ballast Systems for Self-propelled Vessels 4-3-3/1 

4/5.7.1 General 4-3-3/1.1 

4/5.7.2 Pumps 4-3-3/1.3 

4/5.7.3 Bilge and Ballast Piping 4-3-3/1.5 

4/5.7.3a General 4-3-3/1.5.1 

4/5.7.3b Installation 4-3-3/1.5.2 

4/5.7.3c Manifolds, Cocks and Valves 4-3-3/1.5.3 

4/5.7.3d Strainers 4-3-3/1.5.4 

4/5.7.3e Size of Bilge Suctions 4-3-3/1.5.5 

4/5.7.3e1 Main Line 4-3-3/1.5.5(a) 

4/5.7.3e2 Branch Lines 4-3-3/1.5.5(b) 

4/5.7.3e3 Main Line Reduction 4-3-3/1.5.5(c) 

4/5.7.3e4 Size Limits 4-3-3/1.5.5(d) 

4/5.8 Bilge Systems for Self-propelled Passenger Vessels 4-3-3/3 

4/5.8.1 General 4-3-3/3.1 

4/5.8.2 Bilge Piping System 4-3-3/3.3 

4/5.8.2a General 4-3-3/3.3.1 

4/5.8.2b Spindles 4-3-3/3.3.2 

4/5.8.2c Bilge Suctions 4-3-3/3.3.3 

4/5.8.2d Direct Bilge Suction 4-3-3/3.3.4 

4/5.8.2e Manifolds, Cocks and Valves 4-3-3/3.3.5 

4/5.8.3 Bilge Pumps 4-3-3/3.5 

4/5.8.3a Number of Pumps 4-3-3/3.5.1 

4/5.8.3b Location 4-3-3/3.5.2 

4/5.8.3c Arrangement 4-3-3/3.5.3 

4/5.8.3d Capacity 4-3-3/3.5.4 

4/5.9 Bilge Systems for Barges 4-3-3/5 

4/5.9.1 Unmanned Barges 4-3-3/5.1 

4/5.9.2 Manned Barges 4-3-3/5.3 

4/5.10 Vent, Sounding and Overflow Pipes 4-3-3/7 

4/5.10.1 General 4-3-3/7.1 

4/5.10.2 Size 4-3-3/7.3 

4/5.10.3 Termination 4-3-3/7.5 

4/5.11 Sounding 4-3-3/9 

4/5.11.1 General 4-3-3/9.1 

4/5.11.2 Sounding Pipes 4-3-3/9.3 

4/5.11.2a Oil Tanks 4-3-3/9.3.1 

4/5.11.2b Other Tanks 4-3-3/9.3.2 

4/5.11.3 Gauge Glasses 4-3-3/9.5 

4/5.13 Fuel-oil Transfer, Filling and Service Systems 4-3-4/1 

4/5.13.1 General 4-3-4/1.1 

4/5.13.2 Pipes in Oil Tanks 4-3-4/1.3 

4/5.13.3 Control Valves or Cocks 4-3-4/1.5 

4/5.13.4 Valves on Oil Tanks 4-3-4/1.7 

4/5.13.4a General 4-3-4/1.7.1 

4/5.13.4b Valve Operators 4-3-4/1.7.2 

4/5.13.4b --- 4-3-4/1.7.2 

4/5.13.4b --- 4-3-4/1.7.2 

4/5.13.4b --- 4-3-4/1.7.2 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/5.13.4c Filling Lines 4-3-4/1.7.3 

4/5.13.5 Overflows and Drains 4-3-4/1.9 

4/5.13.6 Fuel Oil Purifiers 4-3-4/1.11 

4/5.13.7 Fuel-oil Injection System 4-3-4/1.13 

4/5.15 Liquid Petroleum Gas 4-3-8/3 

4/5.17 Exhaust System 4-3-5/3 

4/5.19 Lubricating-oil System 4-3-4/3 

4/5.19.1 General 4-3-4/3.1 

4/5.19.2 Oil Filters 4-3-4/3.3 

4/5.19.3 Protective Features 4-3-4/3.5 

4/5.21 Hydraulic Piping 4-3-8/1 

4/5.21.1 Arrangements 4-3-8/1.1 

4/5.21.2 Valves 4-3-8/1.3 

4/5.21.2a General 4-3-8/1.3.1 

4/5.21.2b Relief Valves 4-3-8/1.3.3 

4/5.21.3 Piping 4-3-8/1.5 

4/5.21.4 Pipe Fittings 4-3-8/1.7 

4/5.21.4a Non-standard Fittings 4-3-8/1.7.1 

4/5.21.4b Split Flanges 4-3-8/1.7.2 

4/5.21.4c Straight-thread, O-ring Connections 4-3-8/1.7.3 

4/5.21.4d Tapered-threaded Connections 4-3-8/1.7.4 

4/5.21.5 Hose 4-3-8/1.9 

4/5.21.6 Accumulators 4-3-8/1.11 

4/5.21.7 Fluid Power Cylinders 4-3-8/1.13 

4/5.21.8 Design Pressure 4-3-8/1.15 

4/5.21.9 Segregation of High Pressure Hydraulic Units in Machinery Spaces 4-3-8/1.17 

4/5.23 Cooling-water System 4-3-5/1 

4/5.23.1 General 4-3-5/1.1 

4/5.23.2 Sea Suctions 4-3-5/1.3 

4/5.23.3 Direct Cooling System 4-3-5/1.5 

4/5.25 Vessels Carrying Oil in Bulk Having a Flashpoint of 60°C (140°F) or Less 4-3-6/1 

4/5.25.1 Cargo Pumps 4-3-6/1.1 

4/5.25.1a Construction 4-3-6/1.1.1 

4/5.25.1b Installation 4-3-6/1.1.2 

4/5.25.1c Relief Valves and Bypass 4-3-6/1.1.3 

4/5.25.1d Pressure Gauges 4-3-6/1.1.4 

4/5.25.2 Cargo Piping Systems 4-3-6/1.3 

4/5.25.2a General 4-3-6/1.3.1 

4/5.25.2b Suctions 4-3-6/1.3.2 

4/5.25.2c Operating-rod Stuffing Boxes 4-3-6/1.3.3 

4/5.25.3 Other Piping Systems 4-3-6/1.5 

4/5.25.3a Pump-room and Cofferdam Bilge System 4-3-6/1.5.1 

4/5.25.3b Piping Through Cargo Tanks 4-3-6/1.5.2 

4/5.25.4 Venting Systems 4-3-6/1.7 

4/5.25.4a General 4-3-6/1.7.1 

4/5.25.4b Cargo Oil with Flash Point Above 27°C (80°C) 4-3-6/1.7.2 

4/5.25.4c Inert Gas System 4-3-6/1.7.3 

4/5.25.4d Cofferdams 4-3-6/1.7.4 

4/5.25.5 Inert Gas System Requirements 4-3-6/1.9 

4/5.25.5a Pressure 4-3-6/1.9.1 

4/5.25.5b Blower Isolating Valves 4-3-6/1.9.2 

4/5.25.5c Demister 4-3-6/1.9.3 

4/5.25.5d Gas Regulating Valve 4-3-6/1.9.4 

4/5.25.5e Blowers 4-3-6/1.9.5 

4/5.25.5f Fire Protection 4-3-6/1.9.6 

4/5.25.5g Venting 4-3-6/1.9.7 

4/5.25.5h Fuel-oil Shutdown 4-3-6/1.9.8 

4/5.25.5i Scrubber Cooling Pump 4-3-6/1.9.9 

4/5.25.6 Cargo Vapor Emission Control Systems 4-3-6/1.11 

4/5.27 Cargo-handling Systems 4-3-6/3 

4/5.27.1 General 4-3-6/3 

4/5.27.2 Dangerous Chemicals 4-3-6/3 

4/5.27.3 Liquefied Gases 4-3-6/3 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/5.27.4 Pressurized Gases 4-3-6/3 

4/5.27.5 Cargo-oil Piping 4-3-6/3 

4/5.27.6 Noncombusitble Liquids 4-3-6/3 

4/5.29 Ship Service Ammonia System 4-3-8/5 

4/5.29.1 Compartmentation 4-3-8/5.1 

4/5.29.2 Safety Measures 4-3-8/5.3 

4/5.29.2a --- 4-3-8/5.3.1 

4/5.29.2b --- 4-3-8/5.3.2 

4/5.29.2c --- 4-3-8/5.3.3 

4/5.29.2d --- 4-3-8/5.3.4 

4/5.29.2e --- 4-3-8/5.3.5 

4/5.29.3 Ammonia Piping 4-3-8/5.5 

Table 4/5.1 Allowable Stress Values for Piping 0 kg/mm 2 (psi) 4-3-2/Table 1 

Table 4/5.2 Fire Endurance Requirements Matrix 4-3-2/Table 2 


Section 6 Cargo Transfer Systems for Dangerous Chemical Cargoes 

4/6.1 General 4-3-7/1 

4/6.3 Cargo Piping Classification 4-3-7/3 

4/6.3.1 Cargo Piping for Barge Type I 4-3-7/3.1 

4/6.3.2 Cargo Piping for Barge Types II and III 4-3-7/3.3 

4/6.5 Plans and Data to be Submitted 4-3-7/5 

4/6.7 Materials 4-3-7/7 

4/6.7.1 General 4-3-7/7.1 

4/6.7.2 Service Temperature Below –18°C (0°F) 4-3-7/7.3 

4/6.9 Venting 4-3-7/9 

4/6.9.1 Open Venting 4-3-7/9.1 

4/6.9.2 Pressure-Vacuum Venting 4-3-7/9.3 

4/6.9.2a System Design 4-3-7/9.3.1 

4/6.9.2b Vent Line Capacity 4-3-7/9.3.2 

4/6.9.2c Condensation 4-3-7/9.3.3 

4/6.9.3 Safety-Relief Venting 4-3-7/9.5 

4/6.11 Safety-Relief Valves 4-3-7/11 

4/6.11.1 Capacity 4-3-7/11.1 

4/6.11.2 Certification 4-3-7/11.2 

4/6.11.3 Installation 4-3-7/11.3 

4/6.11.4 Tests 4-3-7/11.4 

4/6.13 Pressure Vessels 4-3-7/13 

4/6.15 Cargo Transfer 4-3-7/15 

4/6.15.1 General 4-3-7/15.1 

4/6.15.2 Cargo Pumps 4-3-7/15.3 

4/6.15.3 Pump Wells 4-3-7/15.5 

4/6.15.4 Pump Prime Movers 4-3-7/15.7 

4/6.15.5 Pressure Gauges 4-3-7/15.9 

4/6.15.6 Independent Tank Connections 4-3-7/15.11 

4/6.15.7 Piping, Valves and Fittings 4-3-7/15.13 

4/6.15.7a Design of Piping 4-3-7/15.13.1 

4/6.15.7a1 --- 4-3-7/15.13.1i) 

4/6.15.7a2 --- 4-3-7/15.13.1ii) 

4/6.15.7a3 --- 4-3-7/15.13.1iii) 

4/6.15.7a4 --- 4-3-7/15.13.1iv) 

4/6.15.7b Valves and Fittings 4-3-7/15.13.2 

4/6.15.7c Low Temperature Piping 4-3-7/15.13.3 

4/6.15.8 Piping Flexibility Arrangements 4-3-7/15.15 

4/6.15.9 Pipe Joints 4-3-7/15.17 

4/6.15.10 Cargo Filling Lines in Tanks 4-3-7/15.19 

4/6.15.11 Spillage Containment 4-3-7/15.21 

4/6.15.12 Electrical Bonding 4-3-7/15.23 

4/6.17 Protective Housing 4-3-7/17 

4/6.19 Electrical 4-3-7/19 

4/6.21 Fire Extinguishing 4-3-7/21 

4/6.23 Salvaging Connections 4-3-7/23 

Table 4/6.1 Values of 9 for Use in Calculating Safety-Relief Valve Capacity 4-3-7/Table 1 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 


Section 7 Fire Extinguishing Systems and Equipment 

4/7.1 General 4-4-1/1 

4/7.3 Governmental Authority 4-4-1/3 

4/7.5 Fire Safety Measures 4-4-1/5 

4/7.7 Plans and Data 4-4-1/7 

4/7.7.1 Plans 4-4-1/7.1 

4/7.7.2 Data 4-4-1/7.3 

4/7.9 Fire Pumps 4-4-1/9 

4/7.9.1 Number of Pumps 4-4-1/9.1 

4/7.9.1a General 4-4-1/9.1.1 

4/7.9.1b Passenger Vessels 4-4-1/9.1.2 

4/7.9.2 Type and Capacity 4-4-1/9.3 

4/7.9.2a Power-driven Pumps 4-4-1/9.3.1 

4/7.9.2b Hand-operated Pumps 4-4-1/9.3.2 

4/7.9.3 Relief Valves 4-4-1/9.5 

4/7.11 Fire Mains 4-4-1/11 

4/7.11.1 Size 4-4-1/11.1 

4/7.11.2 Cocks or Valves 4-4-1/11.3 

4/7.11.3 Materials 4-4-1/11.5 

4/7.13 Hydrants, Hoses and Nozzles 4-4-1/13 

4/7.13.1 Hydrants 4-4-1/13.1 

4/7.13.1a General 4-4-1/13.1.1 

4/7.13.1b Passenger Vessels 4-4-1/13.1.2 

4/7.13.2 Hoses 4-4-1/13.3 

4/7.13.3 Nozzles 4-4-1/13.5 

4/7.13.3a General 4-4-1/13.5.1 

4/7.13.3b Vessels 100 Gross Tons and Under 4-4-1/13.5.2 

4/7.13.3c Passenger Vessels 4-4-1/13.5.3 

4/7.17 Portable Extinguishers 4-4-1/15 

4/7.19 Shutdowns and Closures 4-4-1/17 

4/7.21 Fixed Fire Extinguishing Systems for Machinery Spaces 4-4-1/19 

4/7.21.1 Provision 4-4-1/19.1 

4/7.21.1a --- 4-4-1/19.1i) 

4/7.21.1b --- 4-4-1/19.1ii) 

4/7.21.1c --- 4-4-1/19.1iii) 

4/7.21.2 Carbon Dioxide Systems 4-4-1/19.3 

4/7.21.2a Cylinders 4-4-1/19.3.1 

4/7.21.2b Storage 4-4-1/19.3.2 

4/7.21.2b1 --- 4-4-1/19.3.2i) 

4/7.21.2b2 --- 4-4-1/19.3.2ii) 

4/7.21.2b3 --- 4-4-1/19.3.2iii) 

4/7.21.2b4 --- 4-4-1/19.3.2iv) 

4/7.21.2c Alarm 4-4-1/19.3.3 

4/7.21.2d Controls 4-4-1/19.3.4 

4/7.21.2e Gas Quantity 4-4-1/19.3.5 

4/7.21.2e1 --- 4-4-1/19.3.5i) 

4/7.21.2e2 --- 4-4-1/19.3.5ii) 

4/7.21.2f Gas Distribution System 4-4-1/19.3.6 

4/7.21.3 Other Fixed Gas Extinguishing Medium 4-4-1/19.5 

4/7.22 Segregation of Fuel Oil Purifiers 4-4-1/21 

4/7.22a --- 4-4-1/21i) 

4/7.22b --- 4-4-1/21ii) 

4/7.22c --- 4-4-1/21iii) 

4/7.22d --- 4-4-1/21iv) 

4/7.23 Protection of Cargo Spaces 4-4-1/23 

4/7.23.1 Cargo Vessels of 2000 Gross Tons and Over 4-4-1/23.1 

4/7.23.2 Fixed Fire-extinguishing Systems 4-4-1/23.3 

4/7.23.3 Fire Protection on Chemical Barges 4-4-1/23.5 

4/7.25 Additional Requirements for Vessels Intended to Carry Passengers 4-4-1/25 

4/7.25.1 

Fixed Fire Detection and Fire Alarm Systems, Automatic Sprinkler, Fire Detection 

and Fire Alarm Systems 

4-4-1/25.1 

4/7.25.1a Vessels Carrying 36 Passengers or Less 4-4-1/25.1.1 



!"#$%&''( *"+,$ !"#$% -../ 

4/7.25.1a1 --- 4-4-1/25.1.1i) 

4/7.25.1a2 --- 4-4-1/25.1.1ii) 

4/7.25.1b Vessels Carrying More than 36 Passengers 4-4-1/25.1.2 

4/7.25.1c Control Station for Fire Detection Alarms 4-4-1/25.1.3 

4/7.25.1d Fixed Fire Detection and Fire Alarm Systems 4-4-1/25.1.4 

4/7.25.1d1 General 4-4-1/25.1.4(a) 

4/7.25.1d2 Alarm 4-4-1/25.1.4(b) 

4/7.25.1d3 Control Panel 4-4-1/25.1.4(c) 

4/7.25.1d4 Indicating Units 4-4-1/25.1.4(d) 

4/7.25.1e Automatic Sprinkler, Fire Detection and Fire Alarm Systems 4-4-1/25.1.5 

4/7.25.1e1 General 4-4-1/25.1.5(a) 

4/7.25.1e2 Alarm 4-4-1/25.1.5(b) 

4/7.25.1e3 Indicating Units 4-4-1/25.1.5(c) 

4/7.25.1e4 Sprinklers 4-4-1/25.1.5(d) 

4/7.25.1e5 Isolation 4-4-1/25.1.5(e) 

4/7.25.1e6 Pressure Indication 4-4-1/25.1.5(f) 

4/7.25.1e7 Pressure Tank 4-4-1/25.1.5(g) 

4/7.25.1e8 Pump and Piping System 4-4-1/25.1.5(h) 

4/7.25.1e9 Test Valve 4-4-1/25.1.5(i) 

4/7.25.1e10 Water Supply 4-4-1/25.1.5(j) 

4/7.25.2 Special Category Spaces 4-4-1/25.3 

4/7.25.2a Fixed Fire Extinguishing System 4-4-1/25.3.1 

4/7.25.2b Fire Detection and Alarm System 4-4-1/25.3.2 

4/7.25.2b1 --- 4-4-1/25.3.2i) 

4/7.25.2b2 --- 4-4-1/25.3.2ii) 

4/7.25.2c Fire Extinguishing Equipment 4-4-1/25.3.3 

4/7.25.2c1 --- 4-4-1/25.3.3i) 

4/7.25.2c2 --- 4-4-1/25.3.3ii) 

4/7.25.2c3 --- 4-4-1/25.3.3iii) 

4/7.25.3 

Cargo Spaces, Other than Special Category Spaces, Intended for the Carriage of 

Motor Vehicles with Fuel in their Tanks 

4-4-1/25.5 

4/7.25.3a Fixed Fire Detection System 4-4-1/25.5.1 

4/7.25.3b Fixed Fire Extinguishing System 4-4-1/25.5.2 

4/7.25.3c Fire Extinguishing Equipment 4-4-1/25.5.3 

4/7.25.4 Other Cargo Spaces 4-4-1/25.7 

4/7.25.5 Special Arrangements in Machinery Spaces 4-4-1/25.9 

4/7.25.5a Remote Controls 4-4-1/25.9.1 

4/7.25.5b Fuel Oil Tanks 4-4-1/25.9.2 

4/7.25.5c Sounding Pipes 4-4-1/25.9.3 

4/7.25.5d Doors in Machinery Spaces 4-4-1/25.9.4 

4/7.25.5e Nozzles 4-4-1/25.9.5 

4/7.25.6 Alarm Systems 4-4-1/25.11 

4/7.25.7 General or Special Fire Alarm 4-4-1/25.13 

4/7.25.8 Public Address System 4-4-1/25.15 

4/7.25.9 Portable Communication Equipment 4-4-1/25.17 

4/7.25.10 Fire Control Plans 4-4-1/25.19 

Table 4/7.1 Portable and Semi-portable Extinguisher Locations 4-4-1/Table 2 

Table 4/7.2 Classification of Portable and Semi-portable Extinguishers 4-4-1/Table 1

Rules for Building and Classing - Towmasters: the Master of Towing ...

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?